The Second Reference Dictionary of the Nomenclature of Celestial Objects

(Solar System excluded)

Volume I

Marie-Claire Lortet lortet@mesioa.obspm.fr DAEC, Observatoire de Meudon, F–92195 Meudon, France

Suzanne Borde borde@iap.fr DASGAL, Observatoire de Paris, F–75014 Paris, France

François Ochsenbein francois@simbad.u-strasbg.fr CDS, Observatoire de Strasbourg, 11, rue de l’Univserité, F–67000 Strasbourg, France This is a self-contained, revised and updated version of the First Dictionary and its Supplements, except for the Parts devoted to Individual Names and the Nomenclature based on Constellation Names which are not developed here.

How to use this Dictionary

The present work has been described by the authors in A&AS 1994 (in press). The present printed version is subdivided into two volumes: the Table of Acronyms in landscape format constitutes Vol. I; the introduction, and chapters 2 to 6 constitute Vol. II. Most astronomical objects are named by an entry in some catalogue. These names generally consist of a word or acronym and a numbering which structure is called the format. To identify any object which is so named, the reader is referred to the main dictionary in Chapter 1 (Vol. I): Col.1 lists the acronym, Col.3 the format; Col.7 and 8 provide a key to the original references for each catalogue, as listed in Chapter 3. Papers are listed chronologically by year and alphabetically by first author’s first letter within each year. For any catalogue which was published as a series of papers, the first paper with catalogue entries appears in its apropriate chronological place in the table and all subsequent papers in the series follow immediately after the first. Thus all papers of a given catalogue appear together and the reader can refer to them for specific information on a given source. The computerized Dictionary allows several facilities which are described at the end of the Introduction and in Chapter 5. Auxiliary tables and Annexes are collected in Chapter 6. The nomenclature based on constellation names (e.g. Cas A, Mon OB2, etc…) and individual names as opposed to catalogue names are not described here; we refer the reader to Parts V and VI of the previous version (First Dictionary, Fernandez et al., 1983; Lortet & Spite, 1986) and to a few other general references (Table 6.8 of the present edition). The 3-letter abbreviations recommended for constellation names are given in Table 6.9.

The following Table compares the present edition of the Second Reference Dictionary of the Nomenclature of Celestial Objects with its description in A&AS 1994 (in press):

Second Reference Dictionary  A&AS paper On-line (*)
Chap. 1 Table of Acronyms (Vol.I ) Fig. 4 cati
Introduction  (Vol.II )
Chap. 2  Table of Comprehensive Catalogues  Fig. 5  compil
Chap. 3  Coded references  Fig. 6  ref
Chap. 4  Author Index  Fig. 7  cata
Chap. 5  The On–line Dictionary  Sec. 4
Chap. 6  Auxiliary Tables & Annexes:

Table 6.1 Wavelengths, Abbreviations, Types of Objects

                                                         —  (cato)

Table 6.2 Inventory of the Formats  Table 2  (catf)
Table 6.3 Recommended Formats  —
Table 6.4 Misleading Formats  Table 3

Table 6.5 Abbreviations for journals, translitteration

                                                         —  (journal)

Table 6.6 Very short usual designations  Table 4
Table 6.7 A sample of misleading designations  Table 5

Table 6.8 Individual names and Nomenclature based on Constellations

Table 6

Table 6.9 Abbreviations for Constellation names  —
Table 6.10 Abbreviations for Greek letters  —

(*) See Chapter 5 on how to get started with the On-line version of the Dictionary. The parentheses in the last column indicate that the on-line

information is different in its aim or presentation: cato used alone gives a census of of the types of objects; journal gives the whole set of abbreviations used for journals in SIMBAD.

Please report any error, comment or omission to one of the authors:

Suzanne Borde  borde@iap.fr
François Ochsenbein francois@simbad.u-strasbg.fr
Marie-Claire Lortet lortet@mesioa.obspm.fr

Chapter 1

Table of Acronyms

The items entered into the Dictionary of Acronyms are as follows:

• Col. 1: Acronyms, in alphabetical order; note that a new kind of acronyms made of one to three authors’ initials and the year of publication between brackets (e.g. [BS92]) has been introduced in NED ([?]) and more recently in SIMBAD when no suitable acronym could be found; the brackets should not be dropped in such designations.

The “alphabetical order” is to be understood as follows: arabic or roman numerals before an acronym or just behind it have the same function as a serial number. The roman numerals before an acronym occupy one to four places and would lead to an unsuitable ordering of the acronyms, e.g. IV Zw with the letter I, VIII Zw with the letter V. Thus we wrote 4Zw , 8Zw instead of IVZw , VIIIZw, and classified e.g. PS VI (roman numeral) before PSC (three letters). For the ordering,we ignored the brackets.The following examples illustrate how the years, blanks or lowercase letters were taken into account:

1H

H [H28] [H80] H88 [H92] H1-H2-H 1-H 2-H2O HA Ha

• Col. 2: A comment on the usage of the acronym; it is

– a blank for the main acronym;

– use ... (a main acronym follows) e.g. B use Brey means that B is a bad acronym which should never be used because it would generate confusions

– eq. ... (a main acronym follows) eq. stands for equivalent to e.g. BREY eq. Brey means that we have chosen Brey as the main acronym for full information, refer to this throughout the book

– Catalog this is an abbreviation for a catalogue (not an acronym for a source), this catalogue has no systematic acronym.

– Catalog: use ... (a main acronym follows) e.g. SSSC Catalog: use IRAS . This means that the sources studied in this catalogue have the acronym IRAS

Lortet M.-C., Borde S., Ochsenbein F.: The Second Reference Dictionary — Chapter 1: Table of Acronyms 1–2

1–1 • Col. 3: Format (see Tables 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 in Vol.II )

• Col. 4: Number of objects This is the number corresponding to the coded reference (col. 7 or 9). It is the total number if more than one reference is given in col.7 (or 9). This number may not take into account duplications.

A + sign may separate the object counts when only one entry is given though it may correspond to different formats and/or types of objects, as for BWI (112 RR Lyr stars and 9 eclipsing binaries), or SYHG (139 stars and 23 variable stars).

A / sign may separate the actual number of objects and the highest object number, as in LMC AGB.

There is no entry in this column in case of surveys or systematic designations, overlapping lists etc...

• Col. 5: Type of object

• Col. 6: Acronym used in SIMBAD

• Col. 7: Coded reference, refers to Chap.3 in Vol.II (Table of references), where the adopted scheme for these codes is detailed. In case of an acronym defined in a series of papers, note that the year refers to the first appearance of the acronym rather than to the year of actual publication: for instance, 1954H1 S which is the 18th reference, issued in 1984.

As a rule no coded reference has been affected to most acronyms collected in compilations (e.g. PK Nomenclature), to most of the acronyms between brackets, or to acronyms qualified as obsolete in Col.11.

• Col. 8: First author

• Col. 9: 19 digits reference code in SIMBAD ; the last digit is the first author’s initial, not a numeral! The abbreviations used for Journals in this code are given in Tables 6.5 in Vol.II .

• Col.10: Meaning of the acronym: acronyms are based on different ideas, namely: author’s initials or names (rarely first name); instrument or observatory; geographical place on the earth; localization in the sky; type of object; year of observations (87GB) or of publication; several uninformative words such as catalogues, of, etc.; numeral (roman or arabic) corresponding to a table, the rank of a survey etc. (ex. 6C).

• Col.11: Short note , or reference to a remark or to synonymous acronyms given in the lower part of the page.

The notes are usually : a qualifier for the acronym (discovery list, obsolete, systematic); a reference to a systematic nomenclature described in a Comprehensive Catalogue (PN Nomenclature refers to 1967PK and 1992AO); an explicit name when there is only one to three objects ; also the year of publication and the information about the availability of identification charts, for acronyms without coded reference; the relevant table number(s) of the papers quoted in Col.7 or 9 if necessary.

At the bottom of each page, synonymous acronyms corresponding to a main acronym and remarks are displayed; ambiguous synonyms (to be avoided) are enclosed in parentheses.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

1A

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  -

(X)

                                                                    1A

.  -  .

Ariel satellite, list 1

(a)

2A

HHMM+DDd  105

(X)

                                                                    2A

                                                                                     1978C2  COOKE B.A.+  1978MNRAS.182..489C

Ariel satellite, list 2 (|b| > 10^{∘})

(b)

3A

HHMM+DDd  251

(X)

                                                                    3A

                                                                                     1981M1  McHARDY I.M.+  1981MNRAS.197..893M
                                                                                     1981W2  WARWICK R.S.+  1981MNRAS.197..865W

Ariel satellite, list 3

(c)

A  NNNN  - Flare ∗  -  .  -  .  Asiago  V ∗ Nmcl
A  eq. 1A  HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  . (X)  1A  .  -  .  Ariel satellite

A  eq. Anon  HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMMSS+DDMM HHMMSS.s+DDMMSS . G  ANON  .  -  .  Anonymous

A  use ADS  NNNNNAA  . Double ∗  ADS             1932A1  AITKEN R.G.  .  Aitken

A  use A55  NN  . PN  PN A55          1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A Abell
A  use Pal  NN  . GCl  Cl Pal          1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A Abell

A  use APG  NNN  . G  APG             1966A1  ARP G.C.  .  Arp

A  NN  86 PN  PN A66          1966A2  ABELL G.O.  1966ApJ...144..259A Abell  PN Nmcl (d)

A

R R(a) R.N  -

HVC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1968H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1968BAN....20...33H
                                                                                     1968H1 B GIOVANELLI R.+  1973A&AS...12..209G
                                                                                     1975H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1975A&A....40....1H

cloud complex labelled A

A eq. ACO

NNNN  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    ACO

                                                                                     1958A1  ABELL G.O.  1958ApJS....3..211A
                                                                                     1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A

Abell

A  use Andrews  NNNNN  . ∗ in Orion  Andrews         1981AG  ANDREWS A.D.+  .  Andrews

(a) 1A = (A) = Ariel
(b) 2A = Ariel
(c) 3A = Ariel
(d) A  = (A’) = A66 = (Abell)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
A  use ARDB  NNN  . ∗ in LMC  ARDB            1972A2 A ARDEBERG A.+  1972A&AS....6..249A Ardeberg

A’  use A  NN  . PN  PN A66          1966A2  ABELL G.O.  1966ApJ...144..259A Abell

A1-

NNN  129

Blue Obj.

                                                                    -

1968B1 A BARBIERI C.+  .

                                                                                     1968B1 B ERCULIANI ABATI L.  1982A&AS...48..333E

Asiago obs., field 1

A2-  NNNa  487 Blue Obj.  p A2-           1972B1  BARBIERI C.+  1972Ap&SS..16..324B Asiago obs., field 2

A55

NN  73

PN

                                                                    PN A55

                                                                                     1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A

Abell, 1955 Obsolete, PK Nmcl (a)

A66  eq. A  NN  . PN  PN A66          1966A2  ABELL G.O.  1966ApJ...144..259A Abell, 1966

AAO

+DD NNN  6037

∗

                                                                    AAO

                                                                                     1988C5  CHARGEISHVILI K.B.  1988AbaOB..65...18C

Abatsumani Astrophys. Obs.

AB  NNN  175 (UV)  AB              1970B3  BRACCESI A.+  1970A&A.....5..264B A. Braccesi  ^{(b)}
AB  use SMC AB N  . {WR \atop in SMC}  -               1979A3  AZZOPARDI M.+  1979A&A....75..120A Authors’ initials

Ab  NN  30 {G in ACO \atop 400} -  .  CORBELLI E.+  1991ApJ...370...49C Abell cl., bright

ABCG  NNNN  2712 Cluster of G ABCG            1958A1  ABELL G.O.  1958ApJS....3..211A Abell, Cluster of G ^{(c)}

ABCG  eq. ACO  NNNN  . Cluster of G ACO             1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A Abell, Cluster of G

ABCG S eq. ACOS

NNNN  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    ACO S

                                                                                     1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A

Abell, Cluster of G, Suppl. southern

Abel  use A55  NN  . PN  PN A55          1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A Author’s name
Abel  use Pal  NN  . GCl  Cl Pal          1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A Author’s name

Abel use ACO

NNNN  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    ACO

                                                                                     1958A1  ABELL G.O.  1958ApJS....3..211A
                                                                                     1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A

Author’s name

(a) A55  = (A) = (Abel) = (Abell)
(b) AB  = (B)
(c) ABCG  Revised and extended by ACO, ref. 1989AC

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Abell  use A55  NN  . PN  PN A55          1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A Author’s name
Abell  use Pal  NN  . GCl  Cl Pal          1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A Author’s name

Abell use ACO

NNNN  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    ACO

                                                                                     1958A1  ABELL G.O.  1958ApJS....3..211A
                                                                                     1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A

Author’s name

Abell  use A  NN  . PN  PN A66          1966A2  ABELL G.O.  1966ApJ...144..259A Author’s name
Abetti  NN  23 Double ∗  -  .  -  .  Discoverer’s name IDS Nmcl (a)

ABGC use ACO

NNNN  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    ACO

                                                                                     1958A1  ABELL G.O.  1958ApJS....3..211A
                                                                                     1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A

Abell, Galaxy Cluster

ABT  eq. Abetti  NN  . Double ∗  -  .  -  .  Discoverer’s name

ABW-A

NNN  316

Carbon ∗ ; in SMC

                                                                    ABW-A

                                                                                     1986W1  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1986A&AS...65...79W

Authors ’initials, field A

ABW-B

NNN  133

Carbon ∗ ; in SMC

                                                                    ABW-B

                                                                                     1986W1  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1986A&AS...65...79W

Authors ’initials, field B

ABWR eq. SMC AB

N  .

{WR \atop in SMC}

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1979A3  AZZOPARDI M.+  1979A&A....75..120A

Authors’ initials, WR ∗

AC  NN  20 Double ∗  ∗∗ AC  .  CLARK A.  .  A. Clark  IDS Nmcl

AC

R  -

HVC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1968H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1968BAN....20...33H
                                                                                     1975H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1975A&A....40....1H

Anticenter Cloud Complex

AC

+DD NNNN +DD NNNNA DD.NNNNN +DD NNNN-NNN  -

∗

                                                                    AC

1974EC  EICHHORN H.  .

Astrographic Catalog

(b)

AC  use ACO  NNNN  . Cluster of G ACO             1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A Abell, Cluster of G

(a) Abetti = ABT
(b) AC  = (GR) = (Gr) = GRW

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
AC  NNN  30 Cluster of G p ACCG  .  ABELL G.O.+  .  Abell & Corwin  ^{(a)}

ACCG eq. AC

NNN  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    p ACCG

.  ABELL G.O.+  .

Abell & Corwin, Cluster of G

ACG  HHMM+DD  2 Compact G ACG             1975A3  ARP H.+  1975ApJ...197..291A Arp, Compact G  ^{(b)}
ACH  NN  15 {GCl \atop in M 31}  ACH  .  AURIERE M.+  1992A&A...256...95A Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

ACH92 eq. ACH

NN  .

{GCl \atop in M 31}

                                                                    ACH

                                                                                         .  AURIERE M.+  1992A&A...256...95A

Authors’ initials, 1992

ACO  NNNN  4076 Cluster of G ACO             1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A Authors initials  ^{(d)}

ACOS

NNNN  1174

Cluster of G

                                                                    ACO S

                                                                                     1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A

Authors initials, Suppl. southern

(e)

ACO S eq. ACOS

NNNN  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    ACO S

                                                                                     1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A

Authors initials, Suppl. southern

AD  use SN  YYYYA YYYYaa  . SN  SN              1974SS  SARGENT W.L.W.+  .  Anno Domini

A.D.  use SN  YYYYA YYYYaa  . SN  SN              1974SS  SARGENT W.L.W.+  .  Anno Domini

ADS  NNNNNAA  17180 Double ∗  ADS             1932A1  AITKEN R.G.  .  Aitken, Double ∗  IDS Nmcl (f)

AE

N  1

V ∗

                                                                    NAME AE 1

                                                                                     1975E1  ELVIUS A.  1975A&A....44..117E

A. Elvius = V803 Cen, V ∗ Nmcl

Ae1- eq. Al

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Al

                                                                                         .  ALLEN D.A.  1973Obs....93...85A

Author’s name,

list 1

(a) AC  = ACCG

Unpublished, Nos 101-130

(b) ACG  = (CG)

Also format H/MM+DD or HH/MM+DD ; Rounded, not truncated coordinates

(c) ACH  = ACH92 = (C)

Tables 3 and 4: format NN

(d) ACO  = A = ABCG = (Abel) = (Abell) = (ABGC) = (AC)

Revision of ref. 1958A1 (ABCG) and extension to the southern hemisphere

(e) ACOS = ABCG S = ACO S = (S)
(f) ADS  = (A) = (Aitken)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Ae2- eq. Al2-

A  .

PN

PN Al 2-

.  ALLEN D.A.  1979Obs....99...83A

Author’s name, list 2

Ae 1- eq. Al

N  .

PN

PN Al

.  ALLEN D.A.  1973Obs....93...85A

Author’s name, list 1

Ae 2- eq. Al2-

A  .

PN

PN Al 2-

.  ALLEN D.A.  1979Obs....99...83A

Author’s name, list 2

AF use AFGL

NNNN  .

(IR)

AFGL

1975W1  WALKER R.G.+  .
1976P1+ PRICE S.D.+  .

Air Force

Af  NN  49 {G in ACO \atop 400} -  .  CORBELLI E.+  1991ApJ...370...49C Abell cl., faint

A-F  use CAFS  NNNN  . A-F ∗  CASE A-F        1988S2+ SANDULEAK N.  .  A-F type ∗

AFCRL

NNN-NNNN  2363

(IR)

-

1972W1  WALKER R.G.+  .

Air Force Cambridge Research Lab.

AFCRL

NNNN  ≃ 3100

(IR)

AFGL

1975W1  WALKER R.G.+  .

Air Force Cambridge Research Lab. updated by AFGL

AFCRL-UOA eq. UOA

NN  .

(IR)

-

1973L2  LOW F.J.  .

Air Force Cambridge Research Lab., Univ. Of Arizona

AFGL

NNNN  3500

(IR)

AFGL

1975W1  WALKER R.G.+  .
1976P1 A PRICE S.D.+  .
1976P1 B PRICE S.D.  .

1976P1 C GRASDALEN G.L.+  1983ApJS...53..413G

Air Force Geophys. Lab.

(a)

AG eq. AGK3

+DD NNNN  .

∗

AG

1975H2  HECKMANN O.+  .

Astr. Gesellschaft katalog

AG eq. AGK3U

+DD NNNN  .

∗

AG

1992B3  BUCCIARELLI B.+  1992AJ....103.1689B

Astr. Gesellschaft katalog

AGC  NN  15 Double ∗  ∗∗ AGC  .  CLARK A.G.  .  A.G. Clark  IDS Nmcl

AGK

+DD NNNN  -

∗

AG

.  -  .

Astr. Gesellschaft Katalog Superseded by AGK3

(a) AFGL = (AF) = CRL = (GL)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

AGK2

+DD NNNN  -

∗

AG

.  -  .

Astr. Gesellschaft Katalog, 2nd version Superseded by AGK3 (a)

AGK/2 eq. AGK2

+DD NNNN  .

∗

AG

.  -  .

Astr. Gesellschaft Katalog, 2nd version Superseded by AGK3

AGK3

+DD NNNN  180000

∗

AG

1975H2  HECKMANN O.+  .

Astr. Gesellschaft Katalog, 3rd version

(b)

AGK/3 eq. AGK3

+DD NNNN  .

∗

AG

1975H2  HECKMANN O.+  .

Astr. Gesellschaft Katalog, 3rd version

AGK3R

NNNNN  21499

∗

AGKR

.  CORBIN T.E.  1978IAUCo..48..505C

Astr. Gesellschaft Katalog, 3rd version, Reference stars

(c)

AGKR eq. AGK3R

NNNNN  .

∗

AGKR

.  CORBIN T.E.  1978IAUCo..48..505C

Astr. Gesellschaft Katalog, Reference ∗

AGK3U  +DD NNNN  - ∗  AG              1992B3  BUCCIARELLI B.+  1992AJ....103.1689B AGK3 Updated  ^{(d)}

AGN catalog: use GN

HH.MM.m.NN  .

Neb. Obj.

p GN

1985NV  NECKEL Th.+  .

Atlas of Gal. Nebula

Aguero  NN  48 G  p Aguero        1971A1  AGUERO E.L.  1971PASP...83..310A Author’s name
Aitken  use ADS  NNNNNAA  . Double ∗  ADS             1932A1  AITKEN R.G.  .  Discoverer’s name
Akn  eq. ARAK  NNN  . G  ARK             1975A2  ARAKELIAN M.A.  1975SoByu..47....3A Author’s name
Al  N  1 PN  PN Al  .  ALLEN D.A.  1973Obs....93...85A Author’s name  ^{(e)}

Al1- eq. Al

N  .

PN

PN Al

.  ALLEN D.A.  1973Obs....93...85A

Author’s name, list 1

(a) AGK2  = AGK/2
(b) AGK3  = AG = AGK/3
(c) AGK3R = AGKR
(d) AGK3U = AG
(e) Al  = Ae1 = Ae 1- = Al1- = Al 1-

Al 1 = PN G006.8-08.6 = PK 006-08 1

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Al2-

A  19

PN

PN Al 2-

.  ALLEN D.A.  1979Obs....99...83A

Author’s name, list 2

PN Nmcl (a)

Al 1- eq. Al

N  .

PN

PN Al

.  ALLEN D.A.  1973Obs....93...85A

Author’s name, list 1

Al 2- eq. Al2-

A  .

PN

PN Al 2-

.  ALLEN D.A.  1979Obs....99...83A

Author’s name, list 2

AL-  NNN  446 \begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}  -               1964A1  ANDREWS A.D.+  1964IrAJ....6..241A Authors’ initials

Ali  NNNN  1192 Double ∗  ∗∗ ALI  .  -  .  Author’s name  IDS Nmcl

ALR-GC C

NN  34

Carbon ∗ ; in gal. bulge

ALR -GC C

1991A2 A AZZOPARDI M.+  1991A&AS...88..265A
1991A2 B WESTERLUND B.E.+  1991A&A...244..367W

Three discoverers’ initials, Gal. Center, Carbon ∗

Alter  N  1 OCl  Cl Alter  .  -  .  Author’s name  {= C 0029+628 \atop = King 14}

ALW 1-

N  8

Carbon ∗ ; in Scl Dw. ; G

-

.  AZZOPARDI M.+  1985A&A...144..388A
.  AZZOPARDI M.+  1986A&A...161..232A

Authors’ initials, list 1 Table 2 (both ref.)

ALW 2-

NN  12

Carbon ∗ ; in Car Dw. ; G

-

.  AZZOPARDI M.+  1985A&A...144..388A
.  AZZOPARDI M.+  1986A&A...161..232A

Authors’ initials, list 2 Table 3 (both ref.)

ALW 3-

N  7

Carbon ∗ ; in Leo II ; Dw. G

p ALW 3-

.  AZZOPARDI M.+  1985A&A...144..388A

Authors’ initials, list 3

Table 4

ALW 4-

NN  19

Carbon ∗ ; in Leo I ; Dw. G

p ALW 4-

.  AZZOPARDI M.+  1986A&A...161..232A

Authors’ initials, list 4

Table 4

(a) Al2- = Ae2- = Ae 2- = Al 2-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

AM

HHMM-DD\underline{M}  -

G

                                                                    AM

1987AM  ARP H.C.+  .

Authors’ initials Incorrect numbering (a)

AM-

N  4

GCl

                                                                    NAME AM-

                                                                                     1979M1 A MADORE B.F.+  1979ApJ...227.L103M
                                                                                     1979M1 B MADORE B.F.+  1982PASP...94...40M

Authors’ initials

(b)

[AMR93]

NN  56

∗

                                                                    [AMR93]

                                                                                         .  ARNAL E.M.+  1993MNRAS.265....1A

Authors’ initials, 1993

AN

NNN.YYYY  -

V ∗

                                                                    AN

.  -  .

Astronomische Nachrichten

V ∗ Nmcl

An  use An Cl  -  . OCl  -               1978P3  PFLEIDERER J.+  .  Anonymous
An 1 XRS  eq. 1XRS  HHMMm+DD  . (X)  1XRS  .  AMNUEL P.R.+  1979ApJS...41..327A X-ray source, list 1
An 2 XRS  eq. 2XRS  HHMMm+DDd  . (X)  -               1982AM  AMNUEL P.R.+  1982Ap&SS..82....3A X-ray source, list 2

An (Bok) eq. Bok

-  .

OCl

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1977P2  PHILIP A.G.  1977PASP...89..554P

Anonymous, Discoverer’s name

An Cl

N  4

OCl

                                                                    -

1978P3  PFLEIDERER J.+  .

Anonymous Cluster

(c)

Andrews  NNNNN  16777 ∗ in Orion  Andrews         1981AG  ANDREWS A.D.+  .  Author’s name  ^{(d)}
ANON  eq. Anon  HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMMSS+DDMM HHMMSS.s+DDMMSS . G  ANON  .  -  .  Anonymous

Anon  HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMMSS+DDMM HHMMSS.s+DDMMSS - G  ANON  .  -  .  Anonymous  ^{(e)}

(a) AM  = APM

Ref 1987AM: In the format, the 3rd digit in the declination is incorrect: The authors have truncated the arc minutes instead of writing a decimal fraction of degree e.g. +43^{∘} 59’ is written +435

(b) AM-  AM-1 = E1, galactocentric distance 118 kpc (Aaronson+, 1984, Ap. J. 276, 221-228 and plates 1 and 2)
(c) An Cl  = (An)

An Cl 1 = C 0104+653 ; An Cl 2 = C 1755-050 ; An Cl 3 = C 2306+606 ; An Cl 4 = C 2348+620 (Lynga 1983 private communication)

(d) Andrews = (A)
(e) Anon  = A = ANON = Anonym

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Anon

NN  85

∗ Ring

-

1968I1 B URANOVA T.A.  1973ACiCh.772....4U
1968I1 C URANOVA T.A.  1973ACiCh.773....3U

Anonymous

(a)

Anonym  eq. Anon  HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMMSS+DDMM HHMMSS.s+DDMMSS . G  ANON  .  -  .  Anonymous

ANS

HHMM+DD  -

(X)

-

.  -  .

Astron. Netherland satellite

AO

HHMM+DDA  35

(Rad)

AO

1967H1 A HAZARD C.+  1967ApJ...148..669H
1967H1 B HAZARD C.+  1968ApJ...154..413H
1967H1 C GULKIS S.+  1969ApJ...157.1047G
1967H1 D LANG K.R.+  1970ApJ...160...17L

Arecibo obs., Occultation

AO  eq. GAT  NNN  . ∗  GAT             1973G1  GATEWOOD G.+  1973AJ.....78..769G Allegheny Obs.

AP use PSR

HHMM+DD  .

PSR

PSR

1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T

Arecibo obs., Pulsar Superseded by PSR

Ap1-

NN  12

PN

PN Ap 1-

.  FRANZMAN Y.L.  1962AZh....39..256F

Discoverer’s name, list 1

PN Nmcl (b)

Ap2-

N  1

PN

PN Ap 2-

.  APRIAMASHVILI S.P.  1962ATsir.231...25A

Author’s name, list 2

(c)

Ap3-

N  1

PN

PN Ap 3-

.  APRIAMASHVILI S.P.  1962ATsir.232....3A

Author’s name, list 3

(d)

Ap4-

N  1

PN

PN Ap 4-

.  APRIAMASHVILI S.P.  1964ATsir.279....1A

Author’s name, list 4

(e)

Ap5-

N  1

Not a PN

-

.  APRIAMASHVILI S.P.  .

Author’s name, list 5

Ap 1- eq. Ap1-

NN  .

PN

PN Ap 1-

.  FRANZMAN Y.L.  1962AZh....39..256F

Discoverer’s name, list 1

(a) Anon = A = ANON = Anonym
(b) Ap1- = Ap 1-
(c) Ap2- = Ap 2-

Ap2-1 = PN G035.1-00.7 = PK 035-00 1

(d) Ap3- = Ap 3-

Ap3-1 = PK 037-02 1, rejected PN in ref. 1992AO

(e) Ap4- = Ap 4-

Ap4-1 = PN G048.0-02.3 = PK 048-02 1

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Ap 2- eq. Ap2-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Ap 2-

                                                                                         .  APRIAMASHVILI S.P.  1962ATsir.231...25A

Author’s name,

list 2

Ap 3- eq. Ap3-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Ap 3-

                                                                                         .  APRIAMASHVILI S.P.  1962ATsir.232....3A

Author’s name,

list 3

Ap 4- eq. Ap4-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Ap 4-

                                                                                         .  APRIAMASHVILI S.P.  1962ATsir.231...25A

Author’s name,

list 4

APG  NNN  338 G  APG             1966A1  ARP G.C.  .  Atlas of Peculiar G ^{(a)}
APM  eq. AM  HHMM-DDd HHMM-DDMM  . G  AM              1987AM  ARP H.C.+  .  Authors’ names

Apriamasvili  N  1 OCl  Cl Apriamaswili 1964A2  APRIAMASVILI S.P.  1964ATsir.280....1A Author’s name  = C 1845-059

Aqr C

NN  30

(UV)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1983C3  CARRUTHERS G.R.+  1983ApJS...53..623C

Aquarius, in S 201 Catalog

Aqr NC

NN  22

(UV)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1983C3  CARRUTHERS G.R.+  1983ApJS...53..623C

Aquarius, Not in S 201 Catalog

ARAK  NNN  591 G  ARK             1975A2  ARAKELIAN M.A.  1975SoByu..47....3A Author’s name  ^{(b)}
Arakelian  eq. ARAK  NNN  . G  ARK             1975A2  ARAKELIAN M.A.  1975SoByu..47....3A Author’s name
Arakeljan  eq. ARAK  NNN  . G  ARK             1975A2  ARAKELIAN M.A.  1975SoByu..47....3A Author’s name
Arakelyan  eq. ARAK  NNN  . G  ARK             1975A2  ARAKELIAN M.A.  1975SoByu..47....3A Author’s name
Ard  NNN  - Double ∗  -  .  -  .  ?  IDS Nmcl

ARDB

NNN  583

∗ in LMC

                                                                    ARDB

                                                                                     1972A2 A ARDEBERG A.+  1972A&AS....6..249A

First author’s

name

(c)

Ardeberg eq. ARDB

NNN  .

∗ in LMC

                                                                    ARDB

                                                                                     1972A2 A ARDEBERG A.+  1972A&AS....6..249A

First author’s

name

ARG  NN  99 Double ∗  ∗∗ ARG  .  -  .  Argelander  IDS Nmcl
ARG  a  8 (Rad)  -               1974G1  GILLESPIE A.R.  1974MNRAS.166..11PG A.R. Gillespie

(a) APG  = (A) = Arp
(b) ARAK = Akn = ARK = Arakelian = Arakeljan = Arakelyan
(c) ARDB = (A) = Ardeberg

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Ariel  eq. 1A  HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  . (X)  1A  .  -  .  Ariel satellite

Ariel  eq. 2A  HHMM+DDd  . (X)  2A              1978C2  COOKE B.A.+  1978MNRAS.182..489C Ariel satellite

Ariel eq. 3A

HHMM+DDd  .

(X)

                                                                    3A

                                                                                     1981M1  McHARDY I.M.+  1981MNRAS.197..893M
                                                                                     1981W2  WARWICK R.S.+  1981MNRAS.197..865W

Ariel satellite

ARK  eq. ARAK  NNN  . G  ARK             1975A2  ARAKELIAN M.A.  1975SoByu..47....3A Author’s name
ARM  use SMC ARM NN  . Superg. in SMC  -               1977A4  ARDEBERG A.+  1977A&AS...30..261A Authors’ names

Arm  AN  7+7 {Arm \atop in M 31}  NAME ARM AN IN M31 .  ARP H.  1964ApJ...139.1045A Arm feature  ^{(a)}

ARMA  NNN  125 ∗  ARMA            1977A3  ARDEBERG A.+  1977A&AS...28..153A Authors’ names
ARMA  use SMC ARM NN  . Superg. in SMC  -               1977A4  ARDEBERG A.+  1977A&AS...30..261A Authors’ names

ARO

NNN  557

PN

                                                                    PN ARO

                                                                                         .  HIGGS L.A.  1971PAB.....1....1H

Algonquin Radio Obs.

ARO

HHMM+DD  15

(Rad)

                                                                    -

1972R1  ROSS H.N.  .

Algonquin Radio Obs.

Arp  N  2 GCl  Cl Arp          1960A1  ARP H.+  1960PASP...72...48A Author’s name  C Nmcl
Arp  eq. APG  NNN  . G  APG             1966A1  ARP G.C.  .  Author’s name

AS

NNN  521

\begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ (39 PN) \end{matrix}

                                                                    EM∗ AS

                                                                                     1950M1 A MERRILL P.W.+  1950ApJ...112...72M
                                                                                     1950M1 B MILLER W.C.+  1951ApJ...113..624M

Additional Star Continues MWC

As  -  - V ∗  -  .  -  .  Asiago obs.  V ∗ Nmcl
ASB  NN  79 (Rad)  -               1964B2  BENNETT A.S.  1964MNRAS.127....1B A.S. Bennett

1ASE

HHMM+DD  16

(X)

                                                                    -

.  -  .

American Science and Engeneering

1971

(a) Arm  Format: (N1-N7) and (S1-S7) N and S refer to arms on the North following and South preceding sides of the major axis

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

2ASE

HHMM+DD  16

(X)

                                                                    -

.  -  .

American Science and Engeneering

1971

ASh  NN  10 Blue Obj.  -               1958A2  AMBARTSUMIAN V.A.+ 1958DoSSR..26..277A Authors’ initials

Ass-

NN.N  89

Ass.

                                                                    -

1970AR A ALTER G.+  .
1970AR B RUPRECHT J.+  .

Association

ASS CHA T 1- eq. HM

NN  .

Em. ∗

                                                                    ASS CHA T 1-

                                                                                     1973H3  HENIZE K.G.+  1973ApJ...180..115H

Association

Chamaeleon T, list 1

ASS CHA T 2- eq. WKK

NN  .

∗

                                                                    ASS CHA T 2-

                                                                                         .  WHITTET D.C.B.+  1987MNRAS.224.497W

Association

Chamaeleon T, list 2

Table 5

ASV

FFFF-NNN V NNNN CCC  -

∗

                                                                    -

1899H1  HAGEN I.G.  .

Atlas Stellarum Variabilium

ASW  F-NN  121 ∗  -  .  ARDEBERG A.+  1973A&AS....9..163A Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}
AT  HHMM+DDd  27 (X)  1A  .  PYE J.P.+  1983MNRAS.205..875P Ariel Transient
AV  eq. AzV  NNNa  . ∗ in SMC  AzV             1975A1+ AZZOPARDI M.+  .  Authors’ initials
Av  N  4 OCl + Em. region -               1972A1  ANTALOVA A.  1972BAICz..23..126A Author’s name

Av-Hunter  -  1 OCl  -  .  -  .  Authors’ names  = C 2334+481_{(b)}
Aveni-Hunter eq. Av-Hunter N  . OCl  -  .  -  .  Authors’ names
AWM  N  7 Cluster of G NAME AWM        1977A2  ALBERT C.E.  1977ApJ...211..309A Authors’ initials

AZ eq. AzV

NNNa  .

∗ in SMC

                                                                    AzV

1975A1+ AZZOPARDI M.+ .

First author’s

name

AZO eq. AzV

NNNa  .

∗ in SMC

                                                                    AzV

1975A1+ AZZOPARDI M.+ .

First author’s

name

AZV  eq. AzV  NNNa  . ∗ in SMC  AzV             1975A1+ AZZOPARDI M.+  .  Authors’ names

(a) ASW  In the format F for fields (Nos 1-4). Finding charts
(b) Av-Hunter = Aveni-Hunter

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

AzV

NNNa  524

∗ in SMC

                                                                    AzV

                                                                                     1975A1 A AZZOPARDI M.+  1975A&AS...22..285A
                                                                                     1975A1 B AZZOPARDI M.+  1979A&AS...35..353A
                                                                                     1982AZ  AZZOPARDI M.+  1982A&AS...50..291A

Authors’ names

(a)

AZVI  eq. AzV  NNNa  . ∗ in SMC  AzV             1975A1+ AZZOPARDI M.+  .  Authors’ names

AZVI...F

NNN  124

Foregd ∗ ; to SMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1975A1 B AZZOPARDI M.+  1979A&AS...35..353A

Authors’ names, Foregd ∗

(b)

B  use Bailey  .  OCl  -  .  -  .  Bailey
B  use Barnard  NNN  . DCld  BARN            1927B1  BARNARD E.E.  .  Barnard
B  use GC  NNNNN  . ∗  GC              1937B1  BOSS B.  .  Boss
B  use BA  N-NNN  . {Obj. \atop in M 31}  BA  .  BAADE W.+  1964ApJ...139.1027B Baade

B  N  9 Std. ∗ ; in SMC  -               1967B1  BASINSKI J.M.+  1967MNRAS.137...55B Basinski  ^{(c)}

B

R  -

HVC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1968H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1968BAN....20...33H

Cloud Complex labelled B

B  use AB  NNN  . (UV)  AB              1970B3  BRACCESI A.+  1970A&A.....5..264B Braccesi
B  use SB  NNN  . ∗ near SGP SB              1971S3  SLETTEBAK A.+  1971AJ.....76..338S Brundage
B  use Batten  NNN  . SB  SBC             1978BF  BATTEN A.H.+  1978PDAO...15..121B Batten

B use BFS

NN  .

H II and RFN

                                                                    BFS

                                                                                     1982B1  BLITZ L.+  1982ApJS...49..183B

First author’s initial

[B55]  N  5 {PN \atop in M 31}  -  .  BAADE W.  1955AJ.....60..151B Baade, 1955  ^{(d)}

[B68]  NN  27 {Nova \atop in M 31}  -  .  BORNGEN F.  1968AN....291...19B Borngen, 1968

(a) AzV  = AV = AZ = AZO = AZV = AZVI
(b) AZVI...F = (F)
(c) B  B, ref. 1967B1: B (9 standard ∗) is not a synonymous for BBB (377 SMC ∗)
(d) [B55]  (Nos 1-6) No. 3 is missing

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
[B80]  NN  95 Faint Blue Obj. [B80]  .  BORNGEN F.  1980AN....301..305B Borngen, 1980  ^{(a)}

[B84]  {NN \atop ENN}  81+12 V ∗  -  .  BLANCO B.M.  1984AJ.....89.1836B Blanco, 1984  ^{(b)}

B1  A  11 (Rad)  -               1954B1  BOLTON J.G.+  1954AuJPh...7...96B Bolton, list 1

B1

HHMM+DDA  654

(Rad)

B1

1965B1  BRACCESI A.+  .

Bologna obs., 1st catalog

B1S

HHMM+DDA  38

(Rad)

B1

1965B1  BRACCESI A.+  .

Bologna obs., 1st catalog Suppl.

B2  NNN  104 (Rad)  -               1954B2  BOLTON J.G.+  1954AuJPh...7..110B Bolton, list 2

B2 eq. B2.1

HHMM+DDA  .

(Rad)

B2

1970C1 A COLLA G.+  1970A&AS....1..281C

Bologna obs., 2nd survey

B2 eq. B2.2

HHMM+DDA  .

(Rad)

B2

1970C1 B COLLA G.+  1972A&AS....7....1C

Bologna obs., 2nd survey

B2 eq. B2.3

HHMM+DDA  .

(Rad)

B2

1970C1 C COLLA G.+  1973A&AS...11..291C

Bologna obs., 2nd survey

B2 eq. B2.4

HHMM+DDA  .

(Rad)

B2

1970C1 D FANTI C.+  1974A&AS...18..147F

Bologna obs., 2nd survey

B2.1

HHMM+DDA  3235

(Rad)

B2

1970C1 A COLLA G.+  1970A&AS....1..281C

Bologna obs., 2nd survey, part 1

(c)

B2.2

HHMM+DDA  3313

(Rad)

B2

1970C1 B COLLA G.+  1972A&AS....7....1C

Bologna obs., 2nd survey, part 2

(d)

B2.3

HHMM+DDA  3227

(Rad)

B2

1970C1 C COLLA G.+  1973A&AS...11..291C

Bologna obs., 2nd survey, part 3

(e)

B2.4

HHMM+DDA  448

(Rad)

B2

1970C1 D FANTI C.+  1974A&AS...18..147F

Bologna obs., 2nd survey, part 4

(f)

(a) [B80] = (Bo)
(b) [B84] = (BW)

(Nos 1-81) and (Nos E1-E12) E for Eclipsing variables

(c) B2.1 = B2
(d) B2.2 = B2
(e) B2.3 = B2
(f) B2.4 = B2

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

B3

HHMM+DDdA 13354

(Rad)

                                                                    B3

                                                                                     1985F1  FICARRA A.+  1985A&AS...59..255F

Bologna obs., 3rd survey

B3.1 eq. B3

HHMM+DDdA  .

(Rad)

                                                                    B3

                                                                                     1985F1  FICARRA A.+  1985A&AS...59..255F

Bologna obs., 3rd survey, part 1

BA  1-NNN  688 Em. Neb. in M 31 BA  .  BAADE W.+  1964ApJ...139.1027B Baade + Arp  Table 1 (a)

BA  2-NN  68 Exgl Neb. in M 31 BA  .  BAADE W.+  1964ApJ...139.1027B Baade + Arp  Table 2 (b)

BA  3-NN  30 {GCl \atop in M 31}  BA  .  BAADE W.+  1964ApJ...139.1027B Baade + Arp  Table 3 (c)

BA  4-NN  40 Misc. Obj. in M 31 BA  .  BAADE W.+  1964ApJ...139.1027B Baade + Arp  Table 4 (d)

Ba  N  1 PN  PN Ba  .  BAADE W.  1935PASP...47...99B Author’s name  ^{(e)}

Ba eq. Basel

NN.N  .

OCl

                                                                    Cl Basel

                                                                                     1971B1  BECKER W.+  1971A&AS....4..241B

Basel astr. institute

Baade Swope eq. BASV  NNN  . Exgl V ∗  BASV            1961B1  BAADE W.+  1961AJ.....66..300B Authors’ names

BAC

NNN  .

∗

                                                                    NAME BAC

.  -  .

Bordeaux Astrographic Catalogue

Badalian

NN  31

V ∗

                                                                    -

.  -  .

First author’s

name

V ∗ Nmcl (f)

Badaljan eq. Badalian

NN  .

V ∗

                                                                    -

.  -  .

First author’s

name

Bailey  .  OCl  -  .  -  .  Author’s name  C Nmcl (g)

(a) BA  = (B)
(b) BA  = (B)
(c) BA  = (B)
(d) BA  = (B)
(e) Ba  Ba 1 = PN G171.3-25.8 = PK 171-25 1
(f) Badalian = Badaljan
(g) Bailey  = (B)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Baldone  eq. BC  NNN  . Carbon ∗  BC              1977A1+ ALKSNIS A.+  .  Baldone obs.
Balloon  NNNNNNNNN  306 UV Exc. Obj.  -  .  BIXLER J.V.+  1991A&A...250..370B Balloon number  SCAP exp.

Barhatova eq. Barkhatova N  . OCl  Cl Barkhatova  1958B1  BARKHATOVA K.A.  1958SvA.....2..410B Author’s name
Barkhatova  N  2 OCl  Cl Barkhatova  1958B1  BARKHATOVA K.A.  1958SvA.....2..410B Author’s name  C Nmcl (a)
BARN  eq. Barnard  NNN  . DCld  BARN            1927B1  BARNARD E.E.  .  Author’s name
Barnard  NNN  370 DCld  BARN            1927B1  BARNARD E.E.  .  Author’s name  ^{(b)}

Basel

NN.N  20

OCl

                                                                    Cl Basel

                                                                                     1971B1  BECKER W.+  1971A&AS....4..241B

Basel astr. institute

C Nmcl (c)

BASV

NNN  203

Exgl V ∗

                                                                    BASV

                                                                                     1961B1  BAADE W.+  1961AJ.....66..300B

Authors’ names, Variable ∗

(d)

BASW  VNN  54 \begin{matrix}V ∗ \\ in M 31 \end{matrix}  BASW  .  BAADE W.+  1963AJ.....68..435B Authors’ names  ^{(e)}

BASW  NNN  417 \begin{matrix}V ∗ \\ in M 31 \end{matrix}  BASW  .  BAADE W.+  1965AJ.....70..212B Authors’ names  ^{(f)}

BASW  AN  7 {Nova \atop in M 31}  BASW  .  BAADE W.+  1965AJ.....70..212B Authors’ names  ^{(g)}

Batten

NNN  978

SB

                                                                    SBC

                                                                                     1978BF  BATTEN A.H.+  1978PDAO...15..121B

First author’s

name

(h)

Bax  .  V ∗  -  .  -  .  Baxendell  V ∗ Nmcl

(a) Barkhatova = Barhatova
(b) Barnard  = (B) = BARN
(c) Basel  = Ba

The last discovered cluster is Basel 20 = C 0931-561, Topaktas+ 1982, Astr. Astrophys. Suppl. 49, 475-482 ; Ref. 1979LY also quotes number 11.1 and 11.2

(d) BASV  = Baade Swope
(e) BASW  Identif. charts. Table III: (Nos 1-60), missing numbers, field IV in M 31. Fields I and III: see BASW format NNN. Field II: see GAPO. Finding charts.

(f) BASW Identif. charts. Table IV: (Nos 51-153) field I in M 31. Table VIII: (Nos 161-467) field III in M 31, the numbering continues Hubble 1929ApJ.69.103H. Field II: see GAPO, field IV: see BASW format VNN

(g) BASW  Identif. charts. Table IV: (Nos N1-N7) 7 novae in M 31.
(h) Batten  = (B) = SBC

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
B & B  NN  21 G  -               1970B2  BAHCALL J.N.+  1970PASP...82..721B Authors’ initials
BB  use BoBn  N  . PN  PN BoBn  .  BOESHAAR G.O.+  1977ApJ...213..421B Authors’ names
BB  use SCC  NNN  . SuperCl of ACO Cl -  .  BATUSKI D.J.+  1985AJ.....90.1413B Authors’ initials

[BB93]

NN  36

Stellar obj.

                                                                    [BB93]

                                                                                         .  BEAUCHEMIN M.+  1993AJ....105.1587B

Authors’ initials, 1993

Finding charts

BBB  NNN  377 ∗ in SMC  BBB             1967B1  BASINSKI J.M.+  1967MNRAS.137...55B Authors’ initials
BBM  NN  91 (IR)  -               1992B4  BEICHMAN C.A.+  1992ApJ...386..248B Authors’ initials
BBRCG  NN  61 (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld -  .  BARSONY M.+  1989ApJ...346L..93B Authors’ initials

BBW  LLLBB  41 H II  p BBW           1955B2  BOK B.J.+  .  Authors’ initials
BBW  use BRAN  NNNA  . Neb. Obj.  BRAN            1986B1  BRAND J.+  1986A&AS...65..537B Authors’ initials

BC

NNN  255

Carbon ∗

                                                                    BC

                                                                                     1977A1 A ALKSNIS A.+  1977ISKZ....7...11A
                                                                                     1977A1 B ALKSNIS A.+  1977ISKZ....8....5A
                                                                                     1977A1 C ALKSNE Z.+  1981ISKZ...13....5A
                                                                                     1977A1 D ALKSNE Z.+  1983NInfo..52..138A
                                                                                     1977A1 E ALKSNIS A.+  1983ISKZ...19...40A

1977A1 F ALKSNIS A.+  .

Baldone obs., Carbon ∗

(a)

[BCG93]

NN  12

T Tau ∗ in ; Tau-Aur

                                                                    [BCG93]

                                                                                         .  BRICENO C.+  1993PASP..105..686B

Authors’ initials, 1993

BD

+DD NNNNN  324188

∗

                                                                    BD

1886A1 A SCHONFELD E.  .
1886A1 B ARGELANDER F.+  .

Bonner

Durchmusterung

(b)

BDA

NN  10

(Rad)

                                                                    BDA

                                                                                     1968B4  BLUM E.J.+  1968ApL.....2...41B

Authors’ initials, field A

(a) BC = Baldone
(b) BD = DM

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

BDB

NN  24

(Rad)

                                                                    BDB

                                                                                     1968B4  BLUM E.J.+  1968ApL.....2...41B

Authors’ initials, field B

BDS  use BlDz  N  . PN  PN BlDz  .  BLAAUW A.+  1975A&A....44..469B Authors’ initials

BDS

NNNNN  13665

Double ∗

                                                                    ∗∗ BDS

1906B1  BURNHAM S.W.  .

Burnham obs., Double ∗

IDS Nmcl (a)

BE  NNN  625 \begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}  p BE            1974B1  BOHANNAN B.+  1974A&AS...18...47B Authors’ initials

Be  eq. Bernes  NNN  . H II and RFN p BERNES        1977B1  BERNES C.  1977A&AS...29...65B Author’s name

Be  eq. Berkeley  NNN  . OCl  Cl Berkeley  .  -  .  Berkeley univ.

[BEM91]

NN  32

Carbon ∗

                                                                    [BEM91]

                                                                                         .  BOTHUN G.+  1991AJ....101.2220B

Authors’ initials, 1991

(b)

BEN  NN  79 (Rad)  -               1963B1  BENNETT A.S.  1963MNRAS.127....3B Author’s name
Ber  eq. Bernes  NNN  . H II and RFN p BERNES        1977B1  BERNES C.  1977A&AS...29...65B Author’s name

Berkeley  NNN  104? OCl  Cl Berkeley  .  -  .  Berkeley univ.  C Nmcl (c)

Bernacca

{NNN \atop NNNN}  3075

∗

                                                                    -

1970B1 A BERNACCA P.L.+  .
1970B1 B BERNACCA P.L.+  .
1970B1 C BERNACCA P.L.+  .

First author’s

name

BERNES  eq. Bernes  NNN  . H II and RFN p BERNES        1977B1  BERNES C.  1977A&AS...29...65B Author’s name

Bernes  NNN  160 H II and RFN p BERNES        1977B1  BERNES C.  1977A&AS...29...65B Author’s name  ^{(d)}

BES  FFF-NN AAA-NN  236 Faint G  -               1988B1  BROADHURST T.J.+  1988MNRAS.235..827B Authors’ initials

(a) BDS  = (BGC)
(b) [BEM91]  Authors use a format A∗NN, with A∗ = C∗ (Carbon ∗), H∗ (Helium ∗), or M∗ (M ∗). No. 6 is missing
(c) Berkeley = Be

Ref. 1979LY gives 90 clusters numbered between 1 and 104 ; First published in the first edition of the Catalogue of Star Clusters and Associations, 1958, see ref. 1970AR A

(d) Bernes  = Be = Ber = BERNES = Bs

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

BF eq. BVF

NNN  .

UV Exc. Obj.

p BF

1980F1  FORMIGGINI L.+  1980A&AS...39..129F

Bologna obs., Faint?

BFS  NN  65 H II and RFN BFS             1982B1  BLITZ L.+  1982ApJS...49..183B Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

BG

HHMM+DDA HHMMDDA HHMMDDd HHMMDDNN  586

(Rad)

BG

1974F1 A FANTI C.+  1974A&AS...16...43F
1974F1 B FANTI C.+  1981A&AS...43....1F

Bologna obs., Galactic

BGC use BDS

NNNNN  .

Double ∗

∗∗ BDS

1906B1  BURNHAN S.W.  .

Burnham obs., General Catalog

BG CFH

NN  56

QSO

NAME BG CFH

.  GASTON B.  1983ApJ...272..411G

B. Gaston, Canadian-France-Hawai tel.

Table 2

BGE

HHMM+DDA  77

(Rad)

-

1977F2  FELLI M.+  1977A&AS...27..181F

Bologna obs., Galactic, Extended

BG KPNO

NN  14

QSO

NAME BG KPNO

.  GASTON B.  1983ApJ...272..411G

B. Gaston, Kitt Peak National tel.

Table 3

[BHG88]

NNNNN  11438

∗ in M 31

-

.  BERKHUIJSEN E.M.+  1988A&AS...76...65B

Three first authors’ initials, 1988

(b)

BHI  HHMM+DD  1 G  NAME BHI  .  SZOMORU A.+  1993AJ....105..464S Bootes void, H I
BHJ  NN  83 Ass. ∗  ASS CEP OB 3-   1959B1  BLAAUW A.+  1959ApJ...130...69B Authors’ initials

BI

NNN  272

\begin{matrix}O-B2 ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}

BI

1975B1  BRUNET J.P.+  1975A&AS...21..109B

Two first authors’ initials

(c)

Bi  NNN NN-NNN  1540 Em. ∗  -               1954B3  BIDELMAN W.P.  1954ApJS....1..175B Author’s name

BIRS  NNN  137 (IR)  BIRS            1980E1  ELMEGREEN D.M.  1980ApJ...240..846E Bright Infrared ∗

(a) BFS  = (B)
(b) [BHG88]  Not all of the stars in the catalogue are necessarly members of M31
(c) BI  = Bru

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Biur  eq. Biurakan NN  . OCl  Cl Biurakan  .  -  .  Biurakan obs.
Biurakan  NN  13 OCl  Cl Biurakan  .  -  .  Biurakan obs.  C Nmcl (a)

[BJS91]

AFFF:NNN  236

QSO + Faint Obj. in M 31

                                                                    [BJS91]

                                                                                         .  BOYLE B.J.+  1991MNRAS.251..482B

Authors’ initials, 1991

(b)

Bjurakan  eq. Biurakan NN  . OCl  Cl Biurakan  .  -  .  Biurakan obs.
BK  NA  8 Dw. G  NAME BK1N to BK8N .  BORNGEN F.+  1982AN....303..189B Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}
BKGS  NNA  37 {(X) \atop in SMC}  -               1987B3  BRUHWEILER F.C.+  1987ApJ...317..152B Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}

BL

HHMM+DDd  88

BL

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1987B2  BURBIDGE G.+  1987AJ.....93....1B
                                                                                     1987HB A HEWITT A.+  1987ApJS...63....1H
                                                                                     1987HB B HEWITT A.+  1989ApJS...69....1H

BL Lac Obj.

BL  HHMM+DDd  90 BL  -               1993HB  HEWITT A.+  1993ApJS...87..451H BL Lac Obj.
Bl  A  17 PN  PN Bl           1961B2  BLANCO V.M.  1961CoBos..13....1B Author’s name  PN Nmcl (e)
Bl  NN  25 Em. ∗  -               1961B2  BLANCO V.M.  1961CoBos..13....1B Author’s name  ^{(f)}

Bl1- eq. Bl

A  .

PN

                                                                    PN Bl

                                                                                     1961B2  BLANCO V.M.  1961CoBos..13....1B

Author’s name, list 1

Bl2-

N  1

PN

                                                                    PN Bl 2-

.  BLANCO V.M.  .

Author’s name, list 2

PK Nmcl (g)

Bl3-

NN  14

PN

                                                                    PN Bl 3-

.  WEHINGER+  .

Author’s name, list 3

PN Nmcl (h)

(a) Biurakan = Biur = Bjurakan
(b) [BJS91]  Table 6: 66 QSO. Table 9: others objects. Format: the objects are in 3 fields F855, F861, F864.
(c) BK  in M81/82 group. Identif. charts
(d) BKGS  (Nos 1-35) ; Several identif. on Fig. 1 are lacking or erroneous for sources 20 to 35. A few sources have not been detected later by Wang+Wu (ref. 1992W1, Table 2C)
(e) Bl  = Bl1- = Bl 1-
(f) Bl  = Bl1- = Bl 1-
(g) Bl2-  = Bl 2-

PN G104.1+01.0 = PK 104+00 1

(h) Bl3-  = Bl 3-

14 PN excerpted from a list of 22 objects

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Bl 1- eq. Bl

A  .

PN

                                                                    PN Bl

                                                                                     1961B2  BLANCO V.M.  1961CoBos..13....1B

Author’s name,

list 1

Bl 2- eq. Bl2-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Bl 2-

.  BLANCO V.M.  .

Author’s name,

list 2

Bl 3- eq. Bl3-

NN  .

PN

                                                                    PN Bl 3-

.  WEHINGER +  .

Author’s name,

list 3

Blanco  N  1 OCl  Cl Blanco       1949B1  BLANCO V.M.  1949PASP...61..183B Author’s name  = C 0001-302
Blanco  NN  11 Em. Obj.  -               1962B2  BLANCO V.M.  1962PASP...74..330B Author’s name
Blanco  eq. USN  NNNNN  . ∗  UBV             1968B3  BLANCO V.M.+  1968PUSNO.......21B Author’s name

BlDz

N  1

PN

                                                                    PN BlDz

                                                                                         .  BLAAUW A.+  1975A&A....44..469B

Two first authors’ names

(a)

BlFg  NN  26 Em. ∗  -               1964B1  BLANCO V.M.+  1964PASP...76..438B Authors’ names
BLMC  NN  20/55 Bright ∗ ; in LMC  -               1987M2  MOULD J.+  1987ApJ...321..156M Bright ∗ in LMC

BM  R NNN  542 ∗  BM              1955B1  BLANCO V.M.+  1955BOTT....2C..17B Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}
BMB  NNN  306 M Giant  p BMB           1984B3  BLANCO V.M.+  1984AJ.....89..636B Authors’ initials

BMB-B eq. SMC-B

NN  .

Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in SMC

                                                                    BMB-B

                                                                                     1980B1 A BLANCO V.M.+  1980ApJ...242..938B

Authors’ initials, Bar

BMB-BW eq. LMC-BW

NNN  .

Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in LMC

                                                                    BMB-BW

                                                                                     1980B1 A BLANCO V.M.+  1980ApJ...242..938B
                                                                                     1980B1 B FROGEL J.A.+  1990ApJ...365..168F

Authors’ initials, Bar West

(a) BlDz = (BDS)

BlDz 1 = PN G293.6+10.9 = PK 293+10 1

(b) BM  = (TT)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

BMB-O eq. LMC-O

NNN  .

Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in LMC

                                                                    BMB-O

                                                                                     1980B1 A BLANCO V.M.+  1980ApJ...242..938B

Authors’ initials, Optical center

BMB-R eq. LMC-R

NN  .

Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in LMC

                                                                    BMB-R

                                                                                     1980B1 A BLANCO V.M.+  1980ApJ...242..938B

Authors’ initials, Radio center

BMB-W eq. SMC-W

NN  .

Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in SMC

                                                                    BMB-W

                                                                                     1980B1 A BLANCO V.M.+  1980ApJ...242..938B

Authors’ initials, Wing

BMG  NNN  282 OCl in LMC  BMG             1989B1  BHATIA R.K.+  1989A&A...211....9B Authors’ initials

BN  N  1 (IR) in Orion  BNKL            1967B5  BECKLIN E.E.+  1967ApJ...147..799B Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

BNKL  eq. BN  N  . (IR) in Orion  BNKL            1967B5  BECKLIN E.E.+  1967ApJ...147..799B Authors’ initials

BNKL  eq. KL  N  . (IR) in Orion  BNKL            1967K2  KLEINMANN D.E.+  1967ApJ...149L...1K Authors’ initials

Bo  eq. Bochum  NN  . OCl  Cl Bochum       1975M1+ MOFFAT A.F.J.+  .  Bochum astr. inst.
Bo  use [B80]  NN  . Faint Blue Obj. [B80]  .  BORNGEN F.  1980AN....301..305B Borngen

Bo use Bol

NNN  .

{GCl \atop in M 31}

                                                                    Bol

                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1980A&AS...42..357B
                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1987A&AS...67..447B

Bologna obs.

Bo use Bol

ANNN  .

Misc. Obj. in M 31

                                                                    Bol

                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1980A&AS...42..357B
                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1987A&AS...67..447B

Bologna obs.

BoBn  N  1 PN  PN BoBn  .  BOESHAAR G.O.+  1977ApJ...213..421B Authors’ names  ^{(b)}

(a) BN  = BNKL
(b) BoBn = (BB)

BoBn 1 = PN G108.4-76.1 = PK 108-76 1

Lortet M.-C., Borde S., Ochsenbein F.: The Second Reference Dictionary — Chapter 1: Table of Acronyms 1–25

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Bochum

NN  15

OCl

                                                                    Cl Bochum

                                                                                     1975M1 A MOFFAT A.F.J.+  1975A&AS...20...85M
                                                                                     1975M1 B MOFFAT A.F.J.+  1975A&AS...20..125M
                                                                                     1975M1 C MOFFAT A.F.J.+  1975A&AS...20..155M
                                                                                     1975M1 D FITZGERALD M.P.+  1976A&A....46..287F

Bochum astr. inst.

C Nmcl (a)

Bok  -  1 OCl  -               1977P2  PHILIP A.G.  1977PASP...89..554P Discoverer’s name = C 1108-231_{(b)}

Bol

NNN  513

{GCl \atop in M 31}

                                                                    Bol

                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1980A&AS...42..357B
                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1987A&AS...67..447B

Bologna obs.

(c)

Bol

ANNN  350

Misc. Obj. in M 31

                                                                    Bol

                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1980A&AS...42..357B
                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1987A&AS...67..447B

Bologna obs.

(d)

BolD eq. Bol

ANNN  .

Misc. Obj. in M 31

                                                                    Bol

                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1980A&AS...42..357B
                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1987A&AS...67..447B

Bologna obs., objects of class D

Boss  use GC  NNNNN  . ∗  GC              1937B1  BOSS B.  .  Author’s name
BP  NNN  198 (Rad)  p BP            1968B2  BAILEY F.A.+  1968MNRAS.138...51B Authors’ initials

BPM

NNNNN  98218

PM ∗

                                                                    BPM

1963L3  LUYTEN W.J.  .

Bruce, Proper Motion survey

BPS  use CTCS  FFFFF-NN  . AB ∗  CTCS            1982P2 C+ BEERS T.C.+  .  Authors’ initials
BR  eq. Brun  FFF-NNNN  . ∗  -               1957B1  BRUN A.  .  Author’s name
BR  use Brey  NNNa  . {WR \atop in LMC}  Brey            1981BR+ BREYSACHER J.  .  Author’s name
Br  use Brodskaja NNN  . OB ∗  -               1953B1  BRODSKAJA Eh.S.  1953IzKry..10..104B Author’s name
Br  use Brodskaja NNNN  . ∗  -               1955B3  BRODSKAJA Eh.S.  1955IzKry..14....3B Author’s name
(a) Bochum = Bo
(b) Bok  = An (Bok)
(c) Bol  = (Bo) = (N) = (C)

Table III in the first ref., Tables IV and V in the second ref.

(d) Bol  = (Bo) = BolD = (N)

Table V in the first ref., Table VI in the second ref. ; Format DNNN: objects of class D, that is not GCl.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Br  eq. Brun  FFF-NNNN  . ∗  -               1957B1  BRUN A.  .  Author’s name
Br  use Brey  NNNa  . {WR \atop in LMC}  Brey            1981BR+ BREYSACHER J.  .  Author’s name

BRABCMS-  N  7 PN  PN VBRC  .  VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1973ApJ...179..863V Authors’ initials  PN Nmcl (a)
Braes  NNNN  1113 ∗  p BRAES         1967B3  BRAES L.L.E.  1967BANS....2....1B Author’s name

BRAID

NNN  474

Cluster of G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1978B2  BRAID M.K.+  1978MNRAS.182..241B

First author’s name

BRAN

NNNA  400

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    BRAN

                                                                                     1986B1  BRAND J.+  1986A&AS...65..537B

First author’s name

(b)

BREY  eq. Brey  NNNa  . {WR \atop in LMC}  Brey            1981BR+ BREYSACHER J.  .  Author’s name

Brey

NNNa  116

{WR \atop in LMC}

                                                                    Brey

                                                                                     1981BR A BREYSACHER J.  1981A&AS...43..203B
                                                                                     1981BR B LORTET M.-C.  1991IAUS..143..513L
                                                                                     1981BR C HEYDARI-MALAYERI M.+1990A&A...236..L21H
                                                                                     1981BR D MOFFAT A.F.J.  1991A&A...244...L9M

Author’s name

(c)

Breys  eq. Brey  NNNa  . {WR \atop in LMC}  Brey            1981BR+ BREYSACHER J.  .  Author’s name

Breysacher  eq. Brey  NNNa  . {WR \atop in LMC}  Brey            1981BR+ BREYSACHER J.  .  Author’s name

BRHT  NNa  64x2 Binary OCl in LMC BRHT            1991B1  BHATIA R.K.+  1991A&AS...87..335B Authors’ initials

Brodskaja  NNN  400 OB ∗  -               1953B1  BRODSKAJA Eh.S.  1953IzKry..10..104B Author’s name  ^{(d)}
Brodskaja  NNNN  5752 ∗  -               1955B3  BRODSKAJA Eh.S.  1955IzKry..14....3B Author’s name  ^{(e)}

(a) BRABCMS- = VBRC
(b) BRAN  = BBW
(c) Brey  = (BR) = (Br) = Brey = Breys = Breysacher = JB

Format NNNa: newly discovered WR stars are inserted in RA

(d) Brodskaja  = (Br)
(e) Brodskaja  = (Br)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Bru eq. BI

NNN  .

\begin{matrix}O-B2 ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}

                                                                    BI

                                                                                     1975B1  BRUNET J.P.+  1975A&AS...21..109B

First author’s

name

BRUC  eq. Bruck  NNN  . Cluster in SMC  p BRUC          1976B1  BRUCK M.T.  .  Author’s name

Bruck  NNN  168 Cluster in SMC  p BRUC          1976B1  BRUCK M.T.  .  Author’s name  ^{(a)}

Bruggemann  NNN  190 ∗ in Cluster  Cl∗ NGC 1039 Bru 1935B1  BRUGGEMANN H.  1935AAHam...4..157B Author’s name
Brun  FFF-NNNN  44926 ∗  -               1957B1  BRUN A.  .  Author’s name  ^{(b)}
BS  use SB  N  . WR  -               1975S1  STENHOLM B.  1975A&A....39..307S Stenholm B.

BS

NNNN  9110

∗

                                                                    HR = BS

1964HF A HOFFLEIT D.  .

                                                                                     1964HF B HOFFLEIT D.  1979BICDS..17...38H

1982HJ A HOFFLEIT D.+  .

                                                                                     1982HJ B HOFFLEIT D.  1984BICDS..27..161H
                                                                                     1982HJ C PETERS A.R.+  1992BICDS..40...71P

Bright ∗ catalog

(c)

BS  eq. BSCG  NNA  . SuperCl of G BSCG            1984B1  BAHCALL N.A.+  1984ApJ...277...27B Authors’ initials

Bs  eq. Bernes  NNN  . H II and RFN p BERNES        1977B1  BERNES C.  1977A&AS...29...65B Author’s name

BSC use BS

NNNN  .

∗

                                                                    HR = BS

1964HF+ HOFFLEIT D.  .
1982HJ+ HOFFLEIT D.+  .

Bright ∗ Catalog

BSCG

NNA  16

SuperCl of G

                                                                    BSCG

                                                                                     1984B1  BAHCALL N.A.+  1984ApJ...277...27B

Authors’ initials, Cluster of G

(d)

BSD eq. PSD

FFF-NNNN  .

Southern ∗

                                                                    BSD

1929B1+ BECKER F. .

Bergedorfer obs., Spektral Durchmusterung

(a) Bruck = BRUC = (E)
(b) Brun  = BR = Br
(c) BS  = (BSC) = HR = (RHP)
(d) BSCG = BS

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

BSD

FFF-NNNN  173599

Northern ∗

                                                                    BSD

                                                                                     1935S1  SCHWASSMANN A.+  1935BSD..........1S

Bergedorfer obs., Spektral Durchmusterung

(a)

BSO  NN  31 BSO  p BSO           1965S1  SANDAGE A.+  1965ApJ...142..412S Blue Stellar Obj.
BSO  N  2 BSO  -               1979A1  ARP H.+  1979ApJ...229..496A Blue Stellar Obj.

BSp use BSD

FFF-NNNN  .

Northern ∗

                                                                    BSD

                                                                                     1935S1  SCHWASSMANN A.+  1935BSD..........1S

Bergedorfer obs., Spektral

BSS

HHMM+DDd  7

QSO

                                                                    QSO

                                                                                     1980M1  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1980ATsir.1141...1M

Biurakan obs., Second Survey

BST  eq. VCC  NNNN  . G  VCC             1985B2  BINGGELI B.+  1985AJ.....90.1681B Authors’ initials

[BST93]

aF.NNNN aFa.NNNN  47

Em. G

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  BOROSON T.A.+  1993ApJ...412..524B

Authors’ initials, 1993

BTS  NNN  179 Dw. G  BTS             1990B1  BINGGELI B.+  1990A&A...228...42B Authors’ initials
Buc  NNN  212 V ∗  -  .  -  .  Bucarest  V ∗ Nmcl
BV  NNNN  1641 V ∗  SV∗ BV  .  -  .  Bamberg, ; Variable ∗  V ∗ Nmcl

BV  NN  44 Exgl N  -               1956B1  BOHM-VITENSE E.  1956PASP...68..430B Author’s name
BV  eq. BV 5-  N  . PN  PN BV           1956B1  BOHM-VITENSE E.  1956PASP...68..430B Author’s name

BV 5-

N  3

PN

                                                                    PN BV

                                                                                     1956B1  BOHM-VITENSE E.  1956PASP...68..430B

Author’s name,

Table V

PN Nmcl (b)

BVF

NNN  298

UV Exc. Obj.

                                                                    p BF

                                                                                     1980F1  FORMIGGINI L.+  1980A&AS...39..129F

Bologna obs., Very Faint

(c)

BW  use BW79  NN  . {Em. G + \atop QSO} p BW79          1979B2  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1979ApJ...231..653B Authors’ initials

(a) BSD  = BSp = (SA)
(b) BV 5- = BV
(c) BVF  = BF

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
BW  use LMC-BW NNN  . Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in LMC BMB-BW          1980B1+ BLANCO V.M.+  .  Bar West

BW  use [B84]  {NN \atop ENN}  . V ∗  -  .  BLANCO B.M.  1984AJ.....89.1836B Baade’s window

BW

FF-NN  578

(IR)

-

.  RUELAS-MAYORGA R.A.+1992A&AS..93....61R

.  1992A&AS...93...61R

Baade’s window

(a)

BW2

FF-NN  7

(IR)

-

. RUELAS-MAYORGA R.A.+1992A&AS...95..379R Baade’s window, list 2

(b)

BW79

NN  23

{Em. G + \atop QSO}

p BW79

1979B2  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1979ApJ...231..653B

Authors’ initials, 1979

(c)

BWE  HHMM+DDMMA 53522 (Rad)  -               1991B3  BECKER R.H.+  1991ApJS...75....1B Authors’ initials
BWI  {NNN \atop EN}  112+9 V ∗  BWI  .  BLANCO B.M.  1992AJ....103.1872B Blanco, Window I ^{(d)}

BYB

NN  70

(IR) in Cha DCld

BYB

.  BAUD B.+  1984ApJ...278L..53B

Three first authors’ initials

identif. chart

1C

NN.NN  50

(Rad)

1C

1950R1  RYLE M.+  1950MNRAS.110..508R

1st Cambridge catalog

2C

NNNN  1936

(Rad)

2C

1955S1  SHAKESHAFT J.R.+  1955MmRAS..67..106S

2nd Cambridge catalog

3C

NNN  471

(Rad)

3C

1959E1  EDGE D.O.+  1959MmRAS..68...37E

3rd Cambridge catalog

3C

NNN.N  328

(Rad)

3C

1962B1 A BENNETT A.S.  1962MmRAS..68..163B
1962B1 B SMITH H.E.+  1976PASP...88..621S
1962B1 C SMITH H.E.+  1980PASP...92..553S
1962B1 D SPINRAD H.+  1985PASP...97..932S

3rd Cambridge catalog

(e)

(a) BW  = RT

Authors use a format FF/NN

(b) BW2  Authors use a format FF/NN
(c) BW79 = (BW)
(d) BWI  RR Lyrae (Nos 1-112) and (Nos E1-E9) E for Eclipsing. Identif. charts.
(e) 3C  = 3CR

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

4C

DD.NN -DD.NN  1219

(Rad)

4C

1965P2  PILKINTON J.D.H.+  1965MmRAS..69..183P

4th Cambridge

catalog

(a)

4C

DD.NN -DD.NN  3624

(Rad)

4C

1967G1  GOWER J.F.R.+  1967MmRAS..71...49G

4th Cambridge

catalog

(b)

4C1 eq. 4C

DD.NN -DD.NN  .

(Rad)

4C

1965P2  PILKINTON J.D.H.+  1965MmRAS..69..183P

4th Cambridge

catalog

4C2 eq. 4C

DD.NN -DD.NN  .

(Rad)

4C

1967G1  GOWER J.F.R.+  1967MmRAS..71...49G

4th Cambridge

catalog

4CP

DD.NN.N  1551

(Rad)

4CP

1966C1  CASWELL J.L.  .

4th Cambridge catalog, Pencil beam fluxes

4CT

DD.NN.N  726

(Rad)

p 4CT

1969C1  CASWELL J.L.+  1969MNRAS.145..181C

4th Cambridge catalog, Total flux

(c)

4C(T)  eq. 4CT  DD.NN.N  . (Rad)  p 4CT           1969C1  CASWELL J.L.+  1969MNRAS.145..181C ?

5C use 5C1. to 5C20.

NN.NNNa NN NNNa  .

(Rad)

5C 1 to 5C 20

1966K2  KENDERDINE S.+  1966MNRAS.134..189K
1968P2  POOLEY G.G.+  1968MNRAS.139..529P
1969P1  POOLEY G.G.  1969MNRAS.144..101P
1970W1  WILLSON M.A.G.  1970MNRAS.151....1W
1975P1  PEARSON T.J.  1975MNRAS.171..475P
1977W1  WAGGETT P.C.  1977MNRAS.181..547W
1978P2  PEARSON T.J.+  1978MNRAS.182..273P
1981S1  PEARSON T.J.+  1981MNRAS.196..695S
1982B2 A SCHUCH N.J.  1982MNRAS.200..747B
1982B2 B BENN C.R.+  1988MNRAS.230....1B
1984G1  BENN C.R.+  1984MNRAS.211..433G
1986B4  GREEN D.A.  1986MNRAS.222..731B

5th Cambridge

catalog

5C1.

NNN  106

(Rad)

5C 1

1966K2  KENDERDINE S.+  1966MNRAS.134..189K

5th Cambridge catalog, part 1

5C2.

NNNa  207

(Rad)

5C 2

1968P2  POOLEY G.G.+  1968MNRAS.139..529P

5th Cambridge catalog, part 2

(a) 4C  = 4C1
(b) 4C  = 4C2
(c) 4CT = 4C(T)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

5C3.

NNN  213

(Rad)

5C 3

1969P1  POOLEY G.G.  1969MNRAS.144..101P

5th Cambridge catalog, part 3

5C4.

NNN  189

(Rad)

5C 4

1970W1  WILLSON M.A.G.  1970MNRAS.151....1W

5th Cambridge catalog, part 4

5C5.

NNNa  250

(Rad)

5C 5

1975P1  PEARSON T.J.  1975MNRAS.171..475P

5th Cambridge catalog, part 5

5C6.

NNN  535

(Rad)

5C 6

1978P2  PEARSON T.J.+  1978MNRAS.182..273P

5th Cambridge catalog, part 6

5C7.

NNN  121

(Rad)

5C 7

1978P2  PEARSON T.J.+  1978MNRAS.182..273P

5th Cambridge catalog, part 7

5C8.

NNN  163

(Rad)

5C 8

1984G1  GREEN D.A.  1984MNRAS.211..433G

5th Cambridge catalog, part 8

5C9.

NNN  214

(Rad)

5C 9

1977W1  WAGGETT P.C.  1977MNRAS.181..547W

5th Cambridge catalog, part 9

5C10.

NNNa  313

(Rad)

5C 10

1981S1  SCHUCH N.J.  1981MNRAS.196..695S

5th Cambridge catalog, part 10

5C12.

NNNa  691

(Rad)

5C 12

1982B2 A BENN C.R.+  1982MNRAS.200..747B
1982B2 B BENN C.R.+  1988MNRAS.230....1B
1982B2 C BENN C.R.+  1988MNRAS.251..253B

5th Cambridge catalog, part 12

5C20.

NNNa  222

(Rad)

5C 20

1986B4  BIRKINSHAW M.  1986MNRAS.222..731B

5th Cambridge catalog, part 20

6C

HHMM+DDMM_{HHMMSS+DDMMSS} 1761

(Rad)

6C

1985B1 A BALDWIN J.E.+  1985MNRAS.217..717B

6th Cambridge catalog

6C .

BHHMMSS.s+DDMMSS

22448 (Rad)

6C

1985B1 B HALES S.E.G.+  1988MNRAS.234..919H
1985B1 C HALES S.E.G.+  1990MNRAS.246..256H
1985B1 D HALES S.E.G.+  1991MNRAS.251...46H
1985B1 E HALES S.E.G.+  1993MNRAS.262.1057H
1985B1 F HALES S.E.G.+  1993MNRAS.263...25H

6th Cambridge catalog

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

7C .

HHMMSS.ss+DDMMSS.ss

4723 (Rad)

7C

1990M1 A McGILCHRIST M.M.+  1990MNRAS.246..110M
1990M1 B McGILCHRIST M.M.+  1990MNRAS.246..123M

7th Cambridge

catalog

8C HHMM+DDdA

HHMMSS+DDMMSS

≃ 5000 (Rad)

-

1990R3 A REES N.  1990MNRAS.244..233R
1990R3 B LACY M.+  1992MNRAS.256..404L

8th Cambridge

catalog

C  use Case  NNN  . Carbon ∗  CASE            1954N1+ NASSAU J.J.+  .  Case univ.

C  use Cox  NNNA  . ∗ in Cluster NGC 2516        1955C1  COX A.N.  1955ApJ...121..628C Cox

C

N  3

WD

-

1960S1 A STEPHENSON C.B.  1960PASP...72..387S
1960S1 B STEPHENSON C.B.  1962PASP...74..210S

Case univ.

C

{R \atop RA}  -

HVC

-

1968H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1968BAN....20...33H
1968H1 B GIOVANELLI R.+  1973A&AS...12..209G
1975H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1975A&A....40....1H

Cloud Complex labelled C

C

NN  72

∗ in LMC

-

1972A2 A ARDEBERG A.+  1972A&AS....6..249A
1972A2 B BRUNET J.P.+  1973A&AS....9..447B

Complementary

C

HHMM+DDd  -

OCl

C

1979LY A LYNGA G.  .

1979LY B LYNGA G.  1982BICDS..23...89L
1979LY C LYNGA G.  1983BICDS..24..127L

1987LY A LYNGA G.  .

1987LY B JANES K.A.+  1988AJ.....95..771J

Cluster

C  HHMM+DDd  167 GCl  C               1985WE  WEBBINK R.F.  1985IAUS..113..541W Cluster
C  use Ci 18-  NNNN  . PM ∗  Ci 18           1918P2  PORTER J.G.+  1918PCinO..18....4P Cincinnati obs.

C use ACH or Bol

MMSSDDMMm  .

{GCl \atop in M 31}

ACH or Bol

     .  AURIERE M.+  1992A&A...256...95A
     .  BATTISTINI P.+  1987A&AS...67..447B

Cluster

(a)

C84  eq. VS  NNN  . {(X) \atop in M 31}  C84             1984C1  CRAMPTON D.+  1984ApJ...284..663C Crampton, 1984

(a) C  A very bad format where the hours (00^{h}) and the declination sign (+) are omitted.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

C∗ eq. CCS

NNNN  .

Carbon ∗

                                                                    C∗

1973S3+ STEPHENSON C.B.  .
1977A1 F ALKSNIS A.+  .

Carbon ∗

CA  eq. MQCG  HHMM+DDd  . Cluster of G p CA            1975M2  MELNICK J.+  1975ApJ...198..L97M Calan obs.

CA  eq. Calar Alto N  . (IR)  -               1976W1  WEINBERGER R.+  1976A&A....48..327W Calar Alto obs.

CAFS

NNNN  1110

A-F ∗

                                                                    CASE A-F

                                                                                     1988S2 A SANDULEAK N.  1988ApJS...66..309S
                                                                                     1988S2 B PESCH P.+  1989ApJS...71..549P
                                                                                     1988S2 C MacCONNELL D.+  1993ApJS...86..453M

Case univ., A and F ∗

(a)

CAL

{NN \atop A}  97+7

(Soft X) in LMC

                                                                    p CAL

                                                                                     1981L2 A LONG K.S.+  1981ApJ...248..925L
                                                                                     1981L2 B COWLEY A.P.+  1984ApJ...286..196C

Columbia Astrophys. Laboratory

(b)

CALAN  eq. SER  FFF-NNN  . Cluster of G + G SER             1974S1  SERSIC J.L.  1974Ap&SS..28..365S Calan obs.

Calar Alto  N  2 (IR)  -               1976W1  WEINBERGER R.+  1976A&A....48..327W Calar Alto obs.  ^{(c)}
CaPa  N  1 PN  -  .  CALOI V.+  1974A&A....36..139C Authors’ names  ^{(d)}
Car  use CarC  NNN  . Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Carina
CarC  NNN  108 Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Carina, Carbon ∗  ^{(e)}
CASE  eq. Case  NNN  . Carbon ∗  CASE            1954N1+ NASSAU J.J.+  .  Case univ.

Case

NNN  749

Carbon ∗

                                                                    CASE

                                                                                     1954N1 A NASSAU J.J.+  1954ApJ...120..129N
                                                                                     1954N1 B NASSAU J.J.+  1957ApJ...125..195N
                                                                                     1954N1 C BLANCO V.M.  1958ApJ...127..191B

Case univ.

(f)

(a) CAFS  = (A-F) = CASE A-F
(b) CAL  = LHG

See the remark for LMC X- ; The 7 sources with format A were discovered in ref. 1981L2 B. Sources C and D are marginal unconfirmed HRI detections.

(c) Calar Alto = CA
(d) CaPa  = CiPg

= PK 065-27 2, rejected as PN in ref. 1992AO

(e) CarC  = (Car)
(f) Case  = (C) = CASE

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
CASE A-F  eq. CAFS  NNNN  . A-F ∗  CASE A-F        1988S2+ SANDULEAK N.  .  Case univ.

CASEG

NNN  1351

Blue or Em. G

CASG

1983P2 A PESCH P.+  1983ApJS...51..171P
1983P2 B SANDULEAK N.+  1984ApJS...55..517S
1983P2 C PESCH P.+  1986ApJS...60..543P
1983P2 D SANDULEAK N.+  1987ApJS...63..809S
1983P2 F PESCH P.+  1988ApJS...66..297P
1983P2 G PESCH P.+  1989ApJS...70..163P
1983P2 H SANDULEAK N.+  1989ApJS...70..173S
1983P2 I SANDULEAK N.+  1990ApJS...72..291S
1983P2 J PESCH P.+  1991ApJS...76.1043P
1983P2 K STEPHENSON C.B.+  1992ApJS...82..471S

Case univ., G

(a)

CASG  eq. CASEG  NN  . Blue  or Em. G CASG            1983P2+ PESCH P.+  .  Case univ., G

CB  use CB59  NNN  . A ∗  -               1959B2  BERTAUD C.  1959JO.....42...45B Authors’ initials
CB  use [CB88]  NNN  . MCld  [CB88]          1988C3  CLEMENS D.P.+  1988ApJS...68..257C Authors’ initials

CB59

NNN  476

A ∗

-

1959B2  BERTAUD C.  1959JO.....42...45B

Authors’ initials, 1959

(b)

[CB88]

NNN  248

MCld

[CB88]

1988C3  CLEMENS D.P.+  1988ApJS...68..257C

Authors’ initials, 1988

(c)

Cb  NN  18 G in Clus- ter of G -  .  CORBELLI E.+  1991ApJ...370...49C Cancer cl., bright

CBS

NNN  418

Blue ∗

CBS

1983P2 A PESCH P.+  1983ApJS...51..171P
1983P2 B SANDULEAK N.+  1984ApJS...55..517S
1983P2 C PESCH P.+  1986ApJS...60..543P
1983P2 E WAGNER R.M.+  1988ApJ...328..213W
1983P2 F PESCH P.+  1988ApJS...66..297P
1983P2 G PESCH P.+  1989ApJS...70..163P
1983P2 H SANDULEAK N.+  1989ApJS...70..173S
1983P2 I SANDULEAK N.+  1990ApJS...72..291S
1983P2 J PESCH P.+  1991ApJS...76.1043P
1983P2 K STEPHENSON C.B.+  1992ApJS...82..471S

Case univ., Blue ∗

(a) CASEG = CASG = (CG)
(b) CB59  = (CB)
(c) [CB88]  = (CB)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

[CBW93]

NNN  352

G

[CBW93]

.  COLLESS M.+  1993MNRAS.262..475C

Three first authors’ initials, 1993

(a)

CC  use Ci 20-  NNNN  . PM ∗  Ci 20           1930P1  PORTER J.G.+  1930PCinO..20...32P Cincinnati obs.

CCCGS catalog: use CGCS

NNNN  .

Carbon ∗

CGCS

1989ST  STEPHENSON C.B.  .

Catalog of Cool Carbon Gal. ∗

CCCS catalog: use CCS

NNNN  .

Carbon ∗

C∗

1973S3+ STEPHENSON C.B.  .
1977A1 F ALKSNIS A.+  .

Catalog of Cool Carbon ∗

CCDM

HHMMm+DDMM  .

Double ∗

CCDM

.  DOMMANGET J.  1983BICDS..24...83D

Catalog of Comp. of Double and Mult. ∗

(b)

CCGCS catalog: use CGCS

NNNN  .

Carbon ∗

CGCS

1989ST  STEPHENSON C.B.  .

Catalog of Cool Gal. Carbon ∗

[CCH92] . HHMM.m+DDMM 488+14+8 Poss. QSO + Em. G + WD

-

.  CRAMPTON D.+  1992AJ....104.1706C

Three first authors’ initials, 1992

CCS

NNNN  3324

Carbon ∗

C∗

1973S3 A STEPHENSON C.B.  1973PW&SO...1....4S
1973S3 B STEPHENSON C.B.  1985AJ.....90..784S
1973S3 C WILLEMS F.J.  1988A&A...203...51W
1973S3 D WILLEMS F.J.  1988A&A...203...65W

1977A1 F ALKSNIS A.+  .

Cool Carbon ∗

(c)

[CCS85]

NNN  109

Poss. GCl in M 31

[CCS85]

.  CRAMPTON D.+  1985ApJ...288..494C

Three first authors’ initials, 1985

Table 2 (d)

[CCS92]

HHMM+DDA HHMM+DDdA  56

Exgl (Rad)

[CCS92]

.  CLEGG A.W.+  1992ApJ...386..143C

Three first authors’ initials, 1992

(a) [CBW93]  Table 2: 352 G among (Nos 1-801)
(b) CCDM  The format, based on J2000 coordinates, should be understood as JHHMMm+DDMM
(c) CCS  = C∗ = (CNUM)

Catalog: (Nos 1-3219) ; (Nos 3220-3324) are numbered by us (ref. B), and also found in litterature as NC NNN.

(d) [CCS85] = (D) = DAO

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

CD

+DD NNNNN ≃ 515000

∗

                                                                    CD

                                                                                     1892T1 A THOME J.M.  1892RNAO...16....1T
                                                                                     1892T1 B THOME J.M.  1894RNAO...17....1T
                                                                                     1892T1 C THOME J.M.  1900RNAO...18....1T
                                                                                     1892T1 D THOME J.M.  1914RNAO...21....1T
                                                                                     1892T1 E PERRINE C.D.  1932RNAO...21....1P

Cordoba obs., Durchmusterung

(a)

Cd  NNN  763 ∗ in Cluster -               1971C2  CUDWORTH K.M.  1971AJ.....76..475C Author’s name

CDM eq. CD

+DD NNNNN  .

∗

                                                                    CD

1892T1+ THOME J.M. .

Cordoba obs., Durchmusterung

CDN  -  1 Bright- dark N  -               1974F3  FITZGERALD M.P.  1974A&A....32..465F  Comparison Dark Nebula

[CDS90]

RNNN  354

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  CONDON J.J.+  1990AJ.....99.1071C

Authors’ initials, 1990

Table II

[CDS90]

NNN  130

G

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  CONDON J.J.+  1990AJ.....99.1071C

Authors’ initials, 1990

Table III

CED  NNN  215 H II and RFN p CED           1946C1  CEDERBLAD S.  .  Author’s name  ^{(b)}

Cederblad  eq. CED  NNN  . H II and RFN p CED           1946C1  CEDERBLAD S.  .  Author’s name

CeGi

NN  47

PN

                                                                    PN Y-C

                                                                                     1973C1 A CESCO C.U.+  1973A&AS...11..335C
                                                                                     1973C1 B CESCO C.U.+  1984BAAA...28..159C

Authors’ names

PN Nmcl (c)

CEL  NNNN  5068 UV Obj.  CEL             1973D3  DAVIS R.J.+  1973SAOSR.350.....D Celescope catalog  ^{(d)}
Cen  use CenC  NNN  . Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Centaurus
CenC  NNN  100 Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A  Centaurus, ; Carbon ∗  ^{(e)}

CF  NNNNN  20554 ∗  CF              1939S2  SPENCER-JONES H.+  .  Cape obs., Faint ∗

(a) CD  = CDM = COD = CoD = DM
(b) CED = Cederblad
(c) CeGi = (CG) = YC = Y-C
(d) CEL = (UV)
(e) CenC = (Cen)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Cf  NN  34 G in Clus- ter of G -  .  CORBELLI E.+  1991ApJ...370...49C Cancer cl., faint

CfA eq. GHCG

NNN  .

Group of G

                                                                    GHCG

                                                                                     1983G1  GELLER M.J.+  1983ApJS...52...61G

Center for Astrophysics

CFN

NN  35

{Nova \atop in M 31}

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  CIARDULLO R.+  1987ApJ...318..520C

Three first authors’ initials

Table 3

1CG  LLL+BB  13 (Gamma)  1CG  .  PINKAU K.  1979Natur.277...17P  1st COS B, Gamma  ^{(a)}

2CG

LLL+BB  25

(Gamma)

                                                                    2CG

                                                                                     1981S2 A SWANENBURG B.N.+  1981ApJ...243L..69S
                                                                                     1981S2 B BIGNAMI G.F.+  1983ARA&A..21...61B

2nd COS B, Gamma

(b)

CG  use 1CG  LLL+BB  . (Gamma)  1CG  .  PINKAU K.  1979Natur.277...17P  2nd COS B, Gamma

CG  use 2CG  LLL+BB  . (Gamma)  2CG             1981S2+ SWANENBURG B.N.+  .  2nd COS B, Gamma

CG  use ACG  HHMM+DD  . Compact G ACG             1975A3  ARP H.+  1975ApJ...197..291A Compact G

CG

NNA  38

RFN

                                                                    p CG

                                                                                     1976H1 A HAWARDEN T.G.+  1976MNRAS.175..P19H
                                                                                     1976H1 B SANDQVIST Aa.  1976MNRAS.177..P69S
                                                                                     1976H1 C ZEALEY W.J.+  1983ApL....23..119Z
                                                                                     1976H1 D REIPURTH B.  1983A&A...117..183R
                                                                                     1976H1 E SRIDHARAN T.K.  1992JApA...13..217S

Cometary Globule

CG  use CASEG  NNN  . G  CASG            1983P2+ PESCH P.+  .  Case univ., G
CG  use CeGi  NN  . PN  PN Y-C          1973C1+ CESCO C.U.+  .  Authors’ initials
CG  use Y-C  NN  . Very Red ∗ -               1973C1+ CESCO C.U.+  .  Authors’ initials

CGCG catalog: use Z

FFF-NNN FFF-NNN/N HHMM.m+DDMM  .

G

                                                                    Z

1960Z1+ ZWICKY F.+ .

Catalog of G and Clusters of G

CGCG catalog: use ZWCL

HHMM+DDMM FFF-NN  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    ZwCl

1960Z1+ ZWICKY F.+ .

Catalog of G and Clusters of G

(a) 1CG = (CG)
(b) 2CG = (CG)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

CGCS

NNNN  5987

Carbon ∗

CGCS

1989ST  STEPHENSON C.B.  .

Cool Gal. Carbon ∗

CGG∗ NGP eq. CG-NGP

NNN  .

Dw.

CGG∗ NGP

1988C2  CORBALLY C.J.+  1988AJ.....95..745C

Authors’ initials, G ∗, North Gal. Pole

CGG∗ SGP eq. CG-SGP

NNN  .

Dw.

CGG∗ SGP

1988C1  CORBALLY C.J.+  1988AJ.....95..739C

Authors’ initials, G ∗, South Gal. Pole

CGHA eq. CgHα

NN  .

Em. ∗

EM∗ CGHA

1976M1  McCARTHY M.F.  1976VatOP...1..213M

Castel Gandolfo, Hα

CgHα

NN  81

Em. ∗

EM∗ CGHA

1976M1  McCARTHY M.F.  1976VatOP...1..213M

Castel Gandolfo, Hα

(a)

CGMW1-

NNNN  2411

G

CGMW 1-

1990S2 A SAITO M.+  1990PASJ...42..603S

Candidate G behind the Milky Way, list 1

CGMW2-

NNNN  4633

G

CGMW 2-

1990S2 B SAITO M.+  1990PASJ...43..449S

Candidate G behind the Milky Way, list 2

CG-NGP

NNN  192

Dw.

CGG∗ NGP

1988C2  CORBALLY C.J.+  1988AJ.....95..745C

Authors’ initials, North Gal. Pole

(b)

CGO

NNN  664

O ∗

p CGO

1974C2  CRUZ-GONZALEZ C.+  1974RMxAA...1..211C

Cruz-Gonzales, O ∗

CG-SGP

NNN  214

Dw.

CGG∗ SGP

1988C1  CORBALLY C.J.+  1988AJ.....95..739C

Authors’ initials, South Gal. Pole

(c)

CH use [CHH92]

NNN  .

{∗ \atop in RMC 136}

[CHH92]

.  CAMPBELL B.+  1992AJ....104.1721C

Campbell + Hunter + ...

CH use [CHH92]

NNNN  .

∗ outside RMC 136

[CHH92]

.  CAMPBELL B.+  1992AJ....104.1721C

Campbell + Hunter + ...

CHA  use TonS  NNN  . Blue ∗ near ; SGP TON S           1958C1  CHAVIRA E.  1958BITon...2H..15C Author’s name

(a) CgHα  = CGHA
(b) CG-NGP = CGG∗ NGP
(c) CG-SGP = CGG∗ SGP

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
CHAG  eq. ChaG  NN  . G  -               1989C2  CHAVIRA E.  1989RMxAA..17..109C Author’s name, G
ChaG  NN  24 G  -               1989C2  CHAVIRA E.  1989RMxAA..17..109C Author’s name, G ^{(a)}
Chavira  use TonS  NNN  . Blue ∗ near ; SGP TON S           1958C1  CHAVIRA E.  1958BITon...2H..15C Author’s name

[CHH92]

NNN  214

{∗ \atop in RMC 136}

                                                                    [CHH92]

                                                                                         .  CAMPBELL B.+  1992AJ.104.1721C
                                                                                         .  1992AJ....104.1721C

Three first authors’ initials, 1992

(b)

[CHH92] NNNN  801 ∗

outside RMC 136

                                                                    [CHH92]

                                                                                         .  CAMPBELL B.+  1992AJ.104.1721C
                                                                                         .  1992AJ....104.1721C

Three first authors’ initials, 1992

(c)

CHX  {NN \atop NNa}  22 + 32 (Soft X) (Opt)  p CHX           1989F2  FEIGELSON E.D.+  1989ApJ...338..262F  Chamaeleon, X-ray source

CHXR

NN  89

(X)

                                                                    CHXR

                                                                                         .  FEIGELSON E.D.+  1993ApJ...416..623F

Chamaeleon, Xray source, Rosat satellite

(d)

Ci 18  eq. Ci 18-  NNNN  . PM ∗  Ci 18           1918P2  PORTER J.G.+  1918PCinO..18....4P Cincinnati obs.
Ci 18-  NNNN  3164 PM ∗  Ci 18           1918P2  PORTER J.G.+  1918PCinO..18....4P Cincinnati obs.  ^{(e)}
Ci 20  eq. Ci 20-  NNNN  . PM ∗  Ci 20           1930P1  PORTER J.G.+  1930PCinO..20...32P Cincinnati obs.
Ci 20-  NNNN  1474 PM ∗  Ci 20           1930P1  PORTER J.G.+  1930PCinO..20...32P Cincinnati obs.  ^{(f)}

CIG

NNNN  1051

G

                                                                    p KIG

                                                                                     1973K3  KARACHENTSEVA V.E. 1973SoSAO...8....3K

Catalog of Isolated G

(g)

(a) ChaG  = CHAG
(b) [CHH92] = (CH)

Table 2: (Nos 1-214)

(c) [CHH92] = (CH)

The format NNNN is always a 4 digits format, table 3: (Nos 5001-5104), table 4: (Nos 6001-6477), table 5: (Nos 7001-7162), table 6: (Nos 8001-8058), first digit 5 to 8 for ∗ found on PC5 to 8.

(d) CHXR  Tables 2,3. Identif. charts
(e) Ci 18-  = (C) = Ci 18 = Cin 18-
(f) Ci 20-  = (CC) = Ci 20 = Cin 20-
(g) CIG  = K73 = (KAR) = KIG

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

CIII

ANNN  40/956

Red ∗ ; in LMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1987M2  MOULD J.+  1987ApJ...321..156M

Constellation III (roman num.)

Cin 18-  eq. Ci 18-  NNNN  . PM ∗  Ci 18           1918P2  PORTER J.G.+  1918PCinO..18....4P Cincinnati obs.
Cin 20-  eq. Ci 20-  NNNN  . PM ∗  Ci 20           1930P1  PORTER J.G.+  1930PCinO..20...32P Cincinnati obs.
CiPg  eq. CaPa  N  . PN  -  .  CALOI V.+  1974A&A....36..139C Authors’ names
Cir  use CirC  NN  . Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Circinus
CirC  NN  39 Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Circinus, Carbon ∗ ^{(a)}

CIT

NN  14

∗

                                                                    CIT

                                                                                     1966U1  ULRICH B.T.+  1966ApJ...146..288U

California Inst. of Technology

CK  NN  13 ∗ in Ser- ; pens MCld CK  .  CHURCHWELL E.+  1986ApJ...300..729C Authors’ initials

CL  N  7 (Rad)  -               1973K2  KEEN N.J.+  1973A&A....28..197K Cygnus Loop
CL  HHMM+DD  590 (Rad)  -               1975V3  VINER M.R.+  1975AJ.....80..931V Clark Lake obs.
Cl  use HMS  HHMM+DDMMA  . Cluster of G HMS             1956H1+ HUMASON M.L.+  .  Cluster

Cloud  NA  5 Cld  -               1968H2  HEILES C.  1968ApJ...151..919H Type of object
Cloud  A  7 Cld  -               1969V1  VERSCHUUR G.L.  1969ApL.....4...85V Type of object
Cloud  NN  15 Cld  -               1972S1  SCOVILLE N.Z.+  1972ApJ...172..335S Type of object
Cloud  NN  14 Cld  -               1973H2  HEILES C.  1973ApJ...183..441H Type of object
CLS  NNNA  132 Red ∗  CLS             1988S1  SANDULEAK N.+  1988ApJS...66..387S Case univ., Late ∗
CM  use [CM81]  NN  . {WR \atop in M 33}  Cl∗ NGC 598 CM  .  CONTI P.S.+  1981ApJ...249..471C Authors’ initials

[CM81]

NN  14

{WR \atop in M 33}

                                                                    Cl∗ NGC 598 CM

                                                                                         .  CONTI P.S.+  1981ApJ...249..471C

Authors’ initials, 1981

(b)

(a) CirC  = (Cir)
(b) [CM81] = (CM)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

[CM84]

NNNA  166

(Rad)

[CM84]

.  CONDON J.J.+  1984AJ.....89..610C

Authors’ initials, 1984

[CM92]

WNNa  24

SuperCl of G

-

.  CAPPI A.+  1992A&A...259..423C

Authors’ initials, 1992

(a)

CMC

NNNNNN  ≃ 800000

∗

CMC

.  -  1993BICDS..42....5F

Carlsberg Meridian Catalogues

(b)

Cn1-

N  6

PN

PN Cn 1-

.  CANNON A.J.  1921HarCi.224....1C

Author’s name, list 1

PN Nmcl (c)

Cn2-

N  1

PN

PN Cn 2-

.  CANNON A.J.  1923BHarO.784....1C

Author’s name, list 2

(d)

Cn3-

N  1

PN

PN Cn 3-

.  CANNON A.J.  1926BHarO.837....2C

Author’s name, list 3

(e)

Cn 1- eq. Cn1-

N  .

PN

PN Cn 1-

.  CANNON A.J.  1921HarCi.224....1C

Author’s name, list 1

Cn 2- eq. Cn2-

N  .

PN

PN Cn 2-

.  CANNON A.J.  1923BHarO.784....1C

Author’s name, list 2

Cn 3- eq. Cn3-

N  .

PN

PN Cn 3-

.  CANNON A.J.  1926BHarO.837....2C

Author’s name, list 3

CnMy  NN  1 PN  PN CnMy  .  CANNON A.J.+  1938BHarO.908...20C Authors’ names  ^{(f)}

CNUM use CCS

NNNN  .

Carbon ∗

C∗

1973S3+ STEPHENSON C.B.  .
1977A1 F ALKSNIS A.+  .

Catalog Number

CO

LLL.ℓ+BB.b  .

MCld

CO

.  -  .

CO molecular cloud

Systematic

COD eq. CD

+DD NNNNN  .

∗

CD

1892T1+ THOME J.M. .

Cordoba Obs., Durchmusterung

(a) [CM92] = (CM)

Table 2: (N1-N11) Northern clusters, Table 3: (S1-S13) Southern clusters

(b) CMC  Six catalogues (CMC1 to CMC6), available on magnetic tape.
(c) Cn1-  = Cn 1-
(d) Cn2-  = Cn 2-

Cn2-1 = PN G356.2-04.4 = PK 356-4 1

(e) Cn3-  = Cn 3-

Cn3-1 = PN G038.2+12.0 = PK 038+12 1

(f) CnMy  = CnMy 17 = PK 001-06 1 ; PN excerpted from a list of 21 objects, rejected as a PN in ref. 1992AO

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

CoD eq. CD

+DD NNNNN  .

∗

                                                                    CD

1892T1+ THOME J.M. .

Cordoba obs., Durchmusterung

Collinder  NNN  471 OCl  Cl Collinder    1931C1  COLLINDER P.  .  Author’s name  C Nmcl (a)
CoMaC  N  3 Poss. PN  -               1974C1 G COYNE G.V.+  1983VatOP...2...73C Authors’ names  PN Nmcl (b)
Coo  NNN  . Double ∗  ∗∗ COO  .  -  .  Cordoba obs.  Obsolete (c)
CoO  eq. Coo  NNN  . Double ∗  ∗∗ COO  .  -  .  Cordoba Obs.

Cor

NNN  .

Double ∗

                                                                    -

.  -  .

Cordoba obs.

Obsolete. IDS Nmcl

Cornell  N  2 (Gamma)  -  .  -  .  Cornell univ.
COU  NNNN  . Double ∗  ∗∗ COU  .  -  .  Author’s name  IDS Nmcl (d)
COU  104  H II  -               1951C1  COURTES G.  .  Author’s name
Couteau  eq. COU  NNNN  . Double ∗  ∗∗ COU  .  COUTEAU  .  Author’s name
Cox  NNNA  116 ∗ in Cluster NGC 2516        1955C1  COX A.N.  1955ApJ...121..628C Author’s name  ^{(e)}

CP use CPD

-DD NNNNN  .

∗

                                                                    CPD

1896G1+ GILL D.+ .

Cape obs., Photographic

CP use PSR

HHMM+DD  .

PSR

                                                                    PSR

                                                                                     1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T

Cambridge obs., Pulsar Superseded by PSR

CPC

NNNA  258

IRAS G

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  VAN DRIEL W.+  1993A&AS..101..207V

Chopped Photometric Channel

CPC

VV NNNN  .

∗

                                                                    CPC

. .

Cape obs., Photographic Catalog Cape Annals 17– 22

(a) Collinder = (CR) = (Cr) = (LK) = LUNDMARK = Lundmark
(b) CoMaC  CoMaC 1 = VES 866, CoMaC 3 = VES 905 are poss. PN, CoMaC 2 is rejected as a PN in ref. 1992AO.
(c) Coo  = CoO

Supersedes Cor, IDS Nmcl

(d) COU  = Couteau
(e) Cox  = (C)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

CPD

-DD NNNNN  454875

∗

CPD

1896G1 A GILL D.+  1896AnCap...3....1G
1896G1 B GILL D.+  1897AnCap...4....1G
1896G1 C GILL D.+  1900AnCap...5....1G
1896G1 D GILL D.  1903AnCap...9....1G

Cape obs., Photographic Durchmusterung

(a)

CPG eq. Karachentsev

NNN  .

Pair of G

p KARA

1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K

Catalog of Pairs of G

CPG eq. Karachentsev

NNNa  .

G in pair

p KARA

1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K

Catalog of Pairs of G

CPGA catalog: use AM

HHMM-DD\underline{M}  .

G

AM

1987AM  ARP H.C.+  .

Catalogue of Southern Peculiar G

3CR eq. 3C

NNN.N  .

(Rad)

3C

1962B1+ BENNETT A.S. .

3rd Cambridge catalog, Revised

CR  -  562 (Rad)  -               1966C2  CROWTHER J.H.  .  Author’s name
CR  NN  47 G  p CR            1971C1  CHINCARINI G.+  1971ApJ...168..321C Authors’ initials
CR  use Collinder NNN  . OCl  Cl Collinder    1931C1  COLLINDER P.  .  Author’s name
Cr  use Collinder NNN  . OCl  Cl Collinder    1931C1  COLLINDER P.  .  Author’s name
CrA  N  3 (X)  NAME CrA  .  WALTER F.M.  1986ApJ...306..573W Corona Australis

[CRB93]

MMSS.s-MMSS  91

∗ in ; ρ Oph DCld

-

.  COMERON F.+  1993ApJ...416..185C

Three first authors’ initials, 1993

(b)

CRBB

N  1

PN

-

.  McCARTHY J.K.+  .

Four first authors’ initials

(c)

CRI  NNN  130 (Rad)  -               1969A1  ANDRIEVSKI A.E.+  1969ATsir.494....1A Crimee?

CRL eq. AFGL

NNNN  .

(IR)

AFGL

1975W1  WALKER R.G.+  .
1976P1+ PRICE S.D.+  .

Cambridge Research Lab.

(d)

(a) CPD  = (CP) = DM
(b) [CRB93]  This format is to be avoided: offset position relative to RA=16h, Dec=-24 ^{∘}
(c) CRBB  CRBB 1 = PN G359.2-33.5

(d) CRL First defined in ref. 1975W1. The confirmed sources are in the AFGL catalogue (ref. 1976P1) with the same number. CRL 618 = PN G166.4-06.5 = PK 166-06 1 (PN) and CRL 2688 = PK 080-06(1) (Poss. PN) ; CRL 2688 is also called the Egg Nebula

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Cru  use CruC  NN  . Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Crux
CruC  NN  67 Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Crux, Carbon ∗  ^{(a)}

CRX eq. VS

NNN  .

{(X) \atop in M 31}

C84

1984C1  CRAMPTON D.+  1984ApJ...284..663C

Crampton, X source

CS use CTCS

FFFFF-NN  .

AB ∗

CTCS

1982P2+ PIER J.R. .

Curtis Schmidt telescope

CS  N  3 (Rad) in Orion NAME CS  .  MUNDY L.G.+  1986ApJ...304L..51M Continuum Source

[CS92]

NN  14

∗

[CS92]

     .  CERNIS K.+  1992BaltA...1..163C

Authors’ initials, 1992

C-S  NN  21 ∗ near HH  NAME C-S        1980C2  COHEN M.+  1980MNRAS.191..165C Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

CSI

+DD-HHMMm N +DD NNNNN NN434946

∗

CSI

1973JB A JUNG J.+  1973BICDS...4...27J
1973JB B OCHSENBEIN F.+  1981A&AS...43..259O
1983E1  EGRET D.  1983BICDS..24..109E

Catalog of Stellar Identif.

CSO

NNN  1121

Blue Obj.

CSO

1983P2 A PESCH P.+  1983ApJS...51..171P
1983P2 B SANDULEAK N.+  1984ApJS...55..517S
1983P2 C PESCH P.+  1986ApJS...60..543P
1983P2 F PESCH P.+  1988ApJS...66..297P
1983P2 G PESCH P.+  1989ApJS...70..163P
1983P2 H SANDULEAK N.+  1989ApJS...70..173S
1983P2 I SANDULEAK N.+  1990ApJS...72..291S
1983P2 J PESCH P.+  1991ApJS...76.1043P
1983P2 K STEPHENSON C.B.+  1992ApJS...82..471S

Case univ., Stellar Obj.

CSS use CTCS

FFFFF-NN  .

AB ∗

CTCS

1982P2+ PIER J.R. .

Curtis Schmidt, Survey

CSS  NNNN  1347 S ∗  CSS             1984ST A STEPHENSON C.B.  .  Catalog of S ∗  ^{(c)}

(a) CruC = (Cru)

(b) C-S The 1st star in table 1, supposed to excite HH1, has been studied by Cohen+Schwartz 1979, Ap. J. Lett. 233, L77-L80 and plate 2, and by Mundt+Hartman 1983, Ap. J. 268, 766-777 and named the Cohen-Schwartz star (C-S). See also ref. 1974H2 F

(c) CSS  = CSS1

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

CSS1 eq. CSS

NNNN  .

S ∗

CSS

1984ST A STEPHENSON C.B. .

Catalog of S ∗,

list 1

CSS2

NN  75

S ∗

CSS2

1984ST B STEPHENSON C.B.  1990AJ....100..569S

Catalog of S ∗, complementary list 2

CSV

NNNNNN  12000

Susp. V ∗

CSV

1951KP A KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1951KP B KUKARKIN B.V.+  .

Catalog of

Suspected Variable stars

(a)

CT  NN  27 G  -               1973T1  TIFFT W.G.+  1973ApJ...181...15T Coma, Tifft

CT  NNN  373 UV Exc. Obj. near SGP [CT83]          1983C2  CAMPUSANO L.E.+  1983AJ.....88.1304C Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

[CT83] eq. CT

NNN  .

UV Exc. Obj. near SGP

[CT83]

1983C2  CAMPUSANO L.E.+  1983AJ.....88.1304C

Authors’ initials, 1983

CTA  NNN  106 (Rad)  CTA             1960H1  HARRIS D.E.+  1960PASP...72..237H Caltech obs., list A
CTB  NNN  110 (Rad)  CTB             1960W1  WILSON R.W.+  1960PASP...72..331W Caltech obs., list B ^{(c)}
CTC  .  (Rad)  -  .  -  .  Caltech obs., list C Obsolete (d)

CTCS

FFFFF-NN  .

∗

CTCS

1982P2 A PIER J.R.  1982AJ.....87.1515P
1982P2 B PIER J.R.  1983ApJS...53..791P
1982P2 C BEERS T.C.+  1985AJ.....90.2089B
1982P2 D BEERS T.C.+  1988ApJS...67..461B
1982P2 E DOINIDIS S.P.+  1990PASP..102.1392D
1982P2 F PRESTON G.W.+  1991ApJS...76.1001P
1982P2 G DOINIDIS S.P.+  1991PASP..103..973D
1982P2 H BEERS T.C.+  1992AJ....103..267B
1982P2 I BEERS T.C.+  1992AJ....103.1987B

Cerro Tololo obs., Curtis Schmidt telescope

(e)

(a) CSV  = KZP
(b) CT  = [CT83]
(c) CTB  = (WB)
(d) CTC  Private list
(e) CTCS = (BPS) = (CS) = (CSS)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
CTD  NNN  143 (Rad)  CTD             1965K1  KELLERMANN K.I.+  1965POVRO...12...1K Caltech obs., list D

[CTF93]

NNN  312

{(IR) \atop in LDN 1641}

[CTF93]

.  CHEN H.+  1993ApJ...416..235C
.  CHEN H.+  1994ApJS...90..149C

Authors’ initials,1993

(a)

CTIO use Tol

HHMM+DDd  .

{Em. G + \atop QSO}

Tol

1976S4  SMITH M.G.+  1976ApJS...32..217S

Cerro Tololo International Obs.

(b)

CTS  N  1 PN  -  .  CAPELLARO E.+  1987IAUS..131...61C Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

CTS

NN  70

Seyf. G

CTS

1989M2 A MAZA J.+  1989ApJS...69..349M
1989M2 B MAZA J.+  1989ApJS...69..353M
1989M2 D MAZA J.+  1992RMxAA..24..147M

Calan Tololo Survey

CTS

NNNN  42

H II G

CTS

1989M2 C MAZA J.+  1991A&AS...89..389M

Calan Tololo Survey

(d)

CTS

NNN  200

QSO

CTS

1989M2 E MAZA J.+  1993RMxAA..25...51M

Calan Tololo Survey

(e)

CTSS  N  4 PN  p CTSS  .  CAPPELLARO E.+  1990A&AS...86..503C Authors’ initials  ^{(f)}

CUL

HHMM+DD  2068

(Rad)

-

1973S1 A SLEE O.B.+  1973AuJPS..27....1S
1973S1 B SLEE O.B.+  1975AuJPS..36....1S
1973S1 C SLEE O.B.  1977AuJPS..43....1S

Culgoora obs.

CV .

V ∗

-

.  -  .

Cordoba obs., Variable

V ∗ Nmcl

CW

HHMM+DDd  -

(Opt)

NAME CW

1982S1  SHORE S.N.  1982PASP...94..682S

Case univ., Western reserve

(g)

(a) [CTF93]  First ref.: N=224, second ref.: N=59, betw. Nos 1-312.
(b) CTIO  CTIO 1230-275 = Tol 26 = Tololo 1230-275 = PN G298.0+34.8 = PK 298+34 1
(c) CTS  CTS 1 = PN G019.8+05.6
(d) CTS  format: (Nos 1001-1042)
(e) CTS  format: (Nos 201-400)

(f) CTSS CTSS 1 = PK 043+02 1 ; CTSS 2 = PN G 044.1+05.8 = PK 044+05 2 ; CTSS 3 = SH 2-78 = PN G 046.8+03.8 = PK 046+03 1 ; CTSS 4 = PN G 046.8+02.9 = PK 046+02 1

(g) CW  Rounded, not truncated coord.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

CWRU

N  1

(Gamma)

                                                                    -

.  -  .

Case Western Reserve Univ.

CXH  N  6 (X)  -               1991W1  WENDKER H.J.+  1991A&A...241..551W Cygnus X, Hole
CXR  NN  13 (X)  -               1991W1  WENDKER H.J.+  1991A&A...241..551W Cygnus X, Ridge
CZ  eq. Czernic  NN  . OCl  Cl Czernik      1966C3  CZERNIK M.  1966AcA....16...93C Author’s name
Czernic  NN  45 OCl  Cl Czernik      1966C3  CZERNIK M.  1966AcA....16...93C Author’s name  C Nmcl (a)
Czernik  eq. Czernic  NN  . OCl  Cl Czernik      1966C3  CZERNIK M.  1966AcA....16...93C Author’s name
D  NN  12 (Rad)  -               1959D2  DRAKE F.D.  .  Drake
D  use DGVW  NNN  . (Rad)  -               1965D1  DAVIS M.M.+  1965BAN....18...42D Davis

D use [CCS85]

NNN  .

Poss. GCl in M 31

                                                                    [CCS85]

                                                                                         .  CRAMPTON D.+  1985ApJ...288..494C

Dominion astroph. obs.

DA

NNN  615

(Rad)

                                                                    DA

                                                                                     1968G2  GALT J.A.+  1968AJ.....73..135G

Dominion obs., list A

DAO eq. [CCS85]

NNN  .

Poss. GCl in M 31

                                                                    [CCS85]

                                                                                         .  CRAMPTON D.+  1985ApJ...288..494C

Dominion Astroph. Obs.

DB

NNN  124

(Rad)

                                                                    DB

                                                                                     1968B5  BRIDLE A.H.+  1968AJ.....73..717B

Dominion obs., list B

DB  use [DB76]  FFF-NN  . G  -  .  DODD R.J.+  1976A&AS...25..519D Authors’ initials

[DB76]

FFF-NN  29

G

                                                                    [DB76]

                                                                                         .  DODD R.J.+  1976A&AS...25..519D

Authors’ initials Identif. charts

(b)

DBB  eq. IREC  NNN  . IR Cld  IREC            1988D1  DESERT F.X.+  1988ApJ...334..815D Authors’ initials
DBS  N  3+2 SNR  + Poss. SNR DBS  .  D’ODORICO S.+  1978A&A....63...63D Authors’ initials  Identif. charts

DC eq. DO

NNNNN  .

Faint ; Red ∗

                                                                    DO

                                                                                     1947L1  LEE O.J.+  1947AnDea....1...5L

Dearborn obs.,

Catalog

(a) Czernic = CZ = Czernik
(b) [DB76] = (DB)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
DC  N  3 G  -               1976R1  RICHTER N.+  1976AN....297..275R Double Compact
DC  use DRCG  HHMM-DD  . Cluster of G DRCG            1980D1  DRESSLER A.  1980ApJS...42..565D Dressler, Cluster

DC  LLL-N  46 H II  -               1971D2  DOTTORI H.+  1971Ap&SS..13..180D Authors’ initials

DC use DCLD

LLL.ℓ+BB.b LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  .

DCld and Globule

                                                                    DCld

                                                                                     1984F1  FEITZINGER J.V.+  1984A&AS...58..365F
                                                                                     1986H1  HARTLEY M.+  1986A&AS...63...27H

Dark Cloud

[DCL92]

NNN  362

∗ in LMC

                                                                    [DCL92]

                                                                                         .  DEHARVENG L.+  1992A&AS...94..359D

Authors’ initials, 1992

(a)

DCLD  LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  820 DCld and Globule DCld            1984F1  FEITZINGER J.V.+  1984A&AS...58..365F Dark Cloud  ^{(b)}

DCLD  LLL.ℓ+BB.b  1101 DCld  DCld            1986H1  HARTLEY M.+  1986A&AS...63...27H Dark Cloud  ^{(c)}

DCld eq. DCLD

LLL.ℓ+BB.b LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  .

DCld and Globule

                                                                    DCld

                                                                                     1984F1  FEITZINGER J.V.+  1984A&AS...58..365F
                                                                                     1986H1  HARTLEY M.+  1986A&AS...63...27H

Dark Cloud

Dd  N  1 PN  PN Dd  .  DOLIDZE M.W.  1971ATsir.629....6D Author’s name  ^{(d)}

DDB

1-NN  19

Poss. SNR in M 31

                                                                    DDB

                                                                                         .  D’ODORICO S.+  1980A&AS..40....67D
                                                                                         .  1980A&AS...40...67D

D’Odorico + Dopita + Benvenuti Identif. charts

(e)

DDB

2-NN  19

Poss. SNR in M 33

                                                                    DDB

                                                                                         .  D’ODORICO S.+  1980A&AS..40....67D
                                                                                         .  1980A&AS...40...67D

D’Odorico + Dopita + Benvenuti Identif. charts

(f)

DdDm  N  1 PN  PN DdDm         1966D1  DOLIDZE M.V.+  1966ATsir.385....7D Authors’ names  ^{(g)}

(a) [DCL92]  ∗ in the LMC Henize HII region N 159A. (Misprint in the tittle of the ref.: N159A and not N156A).
(b) DCLD  = (DC) = DCld
(c) DCLD  = (DC) = DCld
(d) Dd  = Dd

Dd 1 = PN G078.6+05.2 = PK 078+05 1

(e) DDB  Table II: Format 1-NN (authors write format 1.NN), N=19, SNR candidates in M 31
(f) DDB  Table IV: Format 2-NN (authors write format 1.NN), N=19, SNR candidates in M 33
(g) DdDm  = DoDz

DdDm 1 = PN G061.9+41.3 = PK 061+41 1 = KO 1

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
DDHW  -  - PN  -  .  DANZIGER I.J.+  1978ApJ...220..458D Authors’ initials

DDO

NNN  243

Dw. G

DDO

1959V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.  1959PDDO....2..145V
1959V1 B VAN DEN BERGH S.  1966AJ.....71..922V

David Dunlap Obs.

(a)

DeHt

N  5

PN

-

.  DENGEL H.+  1979MitAG..45..182D
.  DENGEL J.+  1980A&A....85..356D

Two first authors’ names

PN Nmcl (b)

Dejc  N  1 GCl  -               1963D1  DEJC A.N.+  1963ATsir.259....1D Author’s name  = C 0234+209_{(c)}
Delalande  use Lalande  NNNNN  . ∗  LAL             1847B1  BAILY F.  .  Author’s name

DEM use DEM L

NNNa  .

H II in LMC

DEM L

1976D1 A DAVIES R.D.+  1976MmRAS..81...89D

Authors’ initials, LMC

DEM use DEM S

NNNa  .

H II in SMC

DEM S

1976D1+ DAVIES R.D.+ .

Authors’ initials, SMC

DEML eq. DEM L

NNNa  .

H II in LMC

DEM L

1976D1 A DAVIES R.D.+  1976MmRAS..81...89D

Authors’ initials, LMC

DEM L

NNNa  329

H II in LMC

DEM L

1976D1 A DAVIES R.D.+  1976MmRAS..81...89D

Authors’ initials, Large MC

(d)

DEM LMC eq. DEM L

NNNa  .

H II in LMC

DEM L

1976D1 A DAVIES R.D.+  1976MmRAS..81...89D

Authors’ initials, LMC

DEMS eq. DEM S

NNNa  .

H II in SMC

DEM S

1976D1+ DAVIES R.D.+ .

Authors’ initials, SMC

(a) DDO  = (Van den Bergh)
(b) DeHt  = (DHW)
(c) Dejc  = Deutch
(d) DEM L = (DEM) = DEML = DEM LMC

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

DEM S

NNNa  172

H II in SMC

                                                                    DEM S

                                                                                     1976D1 A DAVIES R.D.+  1976MmRAS..81...89D
                                                                                     1976D1 B MEABURN J.  1986MNRAS.223..317M

Authors’ initials, Small MC

(a)

DEM SMC eq. DEM S

NNN  .

H II in SMC

                                                                    DEM S

1976D1+ DAVIES R.D.+ .

Authors’ initials, SMC

Deutch  eq. Dejc  .  GCl  -               1963D1  DEJC A.N.+  1963ATsir.259....1D Author’s name
DEV G  NN  54 Group of G DV              1975D1  DE VAUCOULEURS G.  .  De Vaucouleurs, G ^{(b)}
DG-  NNN  192 RFN  p DG            1963V1  VON DORSCHNER J.+  1963AN....287..257V Authors’ initials
DGVW  NNN  149 (Rad)  -               1965D1  DAVIS M.M.+  1965BAN....18...42D Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

DHK

NN  36

Red V ∗

                                                                    DHK

                                                                                         .  KAISER D.H.+  1989IBVS.3313....1K
                                                                                         .  KAISER D.H.+  1989IBVS.3442....1K
                                                                                         .  KAISER D.H.  1989IBVS.3480....1K
                                                                                         .  KAISER D.H.  1989IBVS.3677....1K
                                                                                         .  KAISER D.H.  1989IBVS.3814....1K

First author’s initials

Identif. chart

DHW use DeHt

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN DeHt

                                                                                         .  DENGEL H.+  1979MitAG..45..182D
                                                                                         .  DENGEL H.+  1980A&A....85..356D

Authors’ initials

DI  NNNN  1679 Blue ∗ ; betw. MC  -               1991D1  DEMERS S.+  1991A&AS...91..171D Authors’ initials

[DI93]  NNNN  ≃ 2000 ∗ in Leo II  [DI93]  .  DEMERS S.+  1993MNRAS.261..657D Authors’ initials  Identif. charts

[DIK93]

NNa  57

Very Red ∗ ; betw. MC

                                                                    [DIK93]

                                                                                         .  DEMERS S.+  1993MNRAS.260..103D

Authors’ initials, 1993

(d)

(a) DEM S = (DEM) = DEMS = DEM SMC = SMC-DEM
(b) DEV G = DV = (G)
(c) DGVW = (D)
(d) [DIK93]  Table 1: (Nos 1-43) betw. MC, Table 2: (Nos 44-57) in the NE halo of SMC. Identif. charts

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
DJM  NNN  466 Carbon ∗  DJM             1988M1  MacCONNELL D.J.  1988AJ.....96..354M D.J. McConnell

DK NN  66 ∗

in Fornax dw. G

                                                                    p DK

                                                                                         .  DEMERS S.+  1979PASP...91..761D

Authors’ initials Identif. charts

DM eq. BD

+DD NNNNN  .

∗

                                                                    DM

1886A1+ SCHONFELD E. .

Durchmusterung Nmcl

(a)

DM eq. CD

+DD NNNNN  .

∗

                                                                    DM

1892T1+ THOME J.M. .

Durchmusterung Nmcl

(b)

DM eq. CPD

+DD NNNNN  .

∗

                                                                    DM

1896G1+ GILL D.+ .

Durchmusterung Nmcl

(c)

DN  use DNCG  HHMM-DDd  . Cluster of G p STR           1977D1  DUUS A.+  1977ApJS...35..209D Authors’ initials

DNCG

HHMM-DDd  957

Cluster of G

                                                                    p STR

                                                                                     1977D1  DUUS A.+  1977ApJS...35..209D

Authors’ initials, Cluster of G

(d)

DO  NNNNN  44076 Faint ; Red ∗  DO              1947L1  LEE O.J.+  1947AnDea....1...5L Dearborn Obs.  ^{(e)}

Do  eq. Dd  N  . PN  PN Dd  .  DOLIDZE M.W.  1971ATsir.629....6D Author’s name
Do-Ar  NN  88 \begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in Ass. \end{matrix}  p DO-AR         1959D1  DOLIDZE M.V.+  1959AZh....36..444D Authors’ names

DoDz  eq. DdDm  N  . PN  PN DdDm         1966D1  DOLIDZE M.V.+  1966ATsir.385....7D Authors’ names
Dolidze  NN  47 OCl  Cl Dolidze      1961D1  DOLIDZE M.V.  1961ACiCh.223...11D Author’s name  C Nmcl
Dolidze-Dzimselejsvili  NN  11 OCl  Cl Dolidze-Dzim 1966D1  DOLIDZE M.V.+  1966ATsir.385....7D Authors’ names  C Nmcl

(a) DM  = (RDM)

Durchmusterung Nomenclature, first introduced in the HD catalogue (2nd column): BD for stars north of δ (1875) = -23^{∘}; See BD, CD or CPD, 900000 stars

(b) DM  = (RDM)

Durchmusterung Nomenclature, first introduced in the HD catalogue (2nd column): CD (Cordoba) for -23^{∘}> δ (1875) > -52^{∘}; See BD, CD or CPD, 900000 stars

(c) DM  = (RDM)

Durchmusterung Nomenclature, first introduced in the HD catalogue (2nd column): CPD (Cape) for stars south of -52^{∘}; See BD, CD or CPD, 900000 stars

(d) DNCG = DN = (S) = STR
(e) DO  = (DC)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

DON eq. Don

NNNN  .

Double ∗

                                                                    ∗∗ DON

                                                                                     1955R1  ROSSITER R.A.  1955POMic..11....1R

Discoverer’s name: Donner

Don

NNNN  1031

Double ∗

                                                                    ∗∗ DON

                                                                                     1955R1  ROSSITER R.A.  1955POMic..11....1R

Discoverer’s name: Donner

IDS Nmcl (a)

Dor IR  NN  33 {(IR) \atop in LMC}  -               1981M3  McGREGOR P.J.+  1981ApJ...250..116M Doradus, InfraRed ^{(b)}

Dor IRS

NNN IRS NNN  175

{(IR) \atop in 30 Dor}

                                                                    Dor IRS

                                                                                     1992H2  HYLAND A.R.+  1992MNRAS.257..391H

Doradus, InfraRed Source

(c)

DOW  NNN  117 SNR  -               1971D3  DOWNES D.  1971AJ.....76..305D Author’s name  see SNR (d)
Downes  eq. DOW  NNN  . SNR  -               1971D3  DOWNES D.  1971AJ.....76..305D Author’s name
DR  NN  21 (Rad)  DR              1966D2  DOWNES D.+  1966ApJ...144..937D Authors’ initials  ^{(e)}

DRCG

HHMM-DD  17

Cluster of G

                                                                    DRCG

                                                                                     1980D1  DRESSLER A.  1980ApJS...42..565D

Dressler, Cluster of G

(f)

DRIL  NN  51 ∗ near SGP DRIL            1977D2  DRILLING J.S.  1977AJ.....82..714D Author’s name
DS  N  2 PN  -               1983D2  DRILLING J.S.  1983ApJ...270L..13D Author’s name  PN Nmcl (g)
DS  use EDS  HHMMSS+DDMMSS . (X)  -               1991P1  PRIMINI F.A.+  1991ApJ...374..440P Deep Survey
DU  NNN  527 H II  -               1976D2  .  Author’s name  ^{(h)}
DUB  DU  NNN  . H II  -               1976D2  .  Author’s name
DUBOUT  DU  NNN  . H II  -               1976D2  .  Author’s name

(a) Don  = DON
(b) Dor IR  = MH

(Nos 1-35), Nos 9, 12 missing

(c) Dor IRS = (IRS)
(d) DOW  = Downes
(e) DR  (Nos 1-27), Nos 2, 8, 14, 24, 25, 26 are not defined
(f) DRCG  = (DC)
(g) DS  The central ∗ of DS 1 is LSS 2018 ; The central ∗ of DS 2 is LSS 125 = PN G335.5+12.4 = PK 335+12 1
(h) DU  = DUB = DUBOUT

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Dufay  N  1 GCl  Cl Dufay  .  DUFAY J.+  .  Author’s name  = C 1727-299
DuRe  N  1 PN  -  .  DUERBECK H.W.+  1990A&A...231L..11D Authors’ names  ^{(a)}
DV  eq. DEV G  NN  . Group of G DV              1975D1  DE VAUCOULEURS G.  .  De Vaucouleurs
DW  HHMM+DD  188 (Rad)  DW              1967D1  DAVIS M.M.  1967BAN....19..201D Dwingeloo obs.
DWB  NNN  193 H II  p DWB           1969D1  DICKEL H.R.+  1969A&A.....1..270D Authors’ initials

1E

HHMM+DD.d HHMM.m+DDMM HHMMSS+DDMM.m .

(X)

                                                                    1E

                                                                                     1981V1  VAIANA G.S.+  1981ApJ...245..163V
                                                                                     1982M1 A MACCACARO T.+  1982ApJ...253..504M
                                                                                     1982M1 B STOCKE J.T.+  1983ApJ...273..458S
                                                                                     1984G2  GIOIA I.M.+  1984ApJ...283..495G
                                                                                     1984H2  HERTZ P.+  1984ApJ...278..137H
                                                                                     1988H1  HERTZ P.+  1988AJ.....96..233H

Einstein obs.

(b)

E  N  9 Region  NAME EN REGION  1962C1  COUSINS A.W.J.+  1962RGOB...49.....C E region

E  use Edinburgh NNNA  . {M ∗ + \atop Carbon ∗} -               1970N1+ NANDY K.+  .  Edinburgh obs.

E  use Bruck  NNN  . Cluster in SMC  p BRUC          1976B1  BRUCK M.T.  .  Edinburgh obs.

E  N  3 GCl  NAME E1, 2, 3   1976L1  LAUBERTS A.  1976A&A....52..309L ESO (B) plates  ^{(c)}

E eq. 1E

HHMM+DD.d HHMM.m+DDMM HHMMSS+DDMM.m .

(X)

                                                                    1E

                                                                                     1981V1  VAIANA G.S.+  1981ApJ...245..163V

1982M1+ MACCACARO T.+  .

                                                                                     1984G2  GIOIA I.M.+  1984ApJ...283..495G
                                                                                     1984H2  HERTZ P.+  1984ApJ...278..137H
                                                                                     1988H1  HERTZ P.+  1988AJ.....96..233H

Einstein obs.

E  use TF  NNN  . {(X) \atop in M 31}  TF              1991T1  TRINCHIERI G.+  1991ApJ...382...82T Einstein obs.

(a) DuRe  DuRe 1 = PN G302.3-01.3
(b) 1E  = E = (IE)
(c) E  E1 = AM-1 ; galactocentric distance 118 kpc (Aaronson+, 1984, Ap. J. 276, 221-228 and plates 1 and 2)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

EC

HHMMm-DDMM  -

(Opt)

EC

.  KILKENNY D.+  1991MNRAS.248..664K

Edinburgh-Cape survey

(a)

[EC92]

NNN  163

∗ in Ser- ; pens MCld

[EC92]

.  EIROA C.+  1992A&A...262..468E

Authors’ initials, 1992

ECX6-

NNA  41

(Rad)

ECX6-

1991W1  WENDKER H.J.+  1991A&A...241..551W

Effelsberg obs., Cygnus X, 6cm

EDCC

NNN  737

Cluster of G

EDCC

1992LN  LUMSDEN S.L.+  1992MNRAS.258....1L

Edinburgh-Durham Cluster Catalogue

(b)

Edinburgh

NNNA  1568

{M ∗ + \atop Carbon ∗}

-

1970N1 A NANDY K.+  1971PROE....7....1N
1970N1 B NANDY K.+  1971PROE....7...73N
1970N1 C NANDY K.+  1976PROE....9....4N

1970N1 D NANDY K.+  .

Edinburgh obs.

(c)

EDS

HHMMSS+DDMMSS 25

(X)

-

1991P1  PRIMINI F.A.+  1991ApJ...374..440P

Extended Deep Survey

(d)

EDSGC catalog

-  -

G

-

.  COLLINS C.A.+  1989MNRAS.236P...7C
.  HEYDON-DUMBLETON+ 1989MNRAS.238..379H

Edinburg-Durham Southern Galaxy Catalog

EG  use EGGR  NNN  . WD  EGGR            1965E1+ EGGEN O.J.+  .  Authors’ initials  (Nos 1-266)

EGB

NN HHMM+DD  7

PN or cen- ; tral ∗ of PN

NAME EGB

.  ELLIS R.S.+  .

Authors’ initials Low Brightness Obj.

EGGR

NNN  266

WD

EGGR

1965E1 A EGGEN O.J.+  1965ApJ...141...83E
1965E1 B EGGEN O.J.+  1965ApJ...142..925E
1965E1 C EGGEN O.J.+  1967ApJ...150..927E
1965E1 D GREENSTEIN J.L.  1969ApJ...158..281G

Authors’ names

(Nos 1-266) (e)

(a) EC  First reference from this survey. In this ref., N=20 Faint Blue Obj.
(b) EDCC  N=769, among which 32 objects (Table 4) are misidentified as clusters.
(c) Edinburgh = (E)
(d) EDS  = (DS)
(e) EGGR  = (EG) = (Eggen-Greenstein)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

EGGR

NNN  482

WD

EGGR

1970G1 A GREENSTEIN J.L.  1970ApJ...162L..55G
1970G1 B GREENSTEIN J.L.  1974ApJ...189L.131G
1970G1 C GREENSTEIN J.L.  1975ApJ...196L.117G
1970G1 D GREENSTEIN J.L.  1976ApJ...207L.119G
1970G1 E GREENSTEIN J.L.+  1977ApJ...218L..21G
1970G1 F GREENSTEIN J.L.  1979ApJ...227..244G
1970G1 G GREENSTEIN J.L.  1980ApJ...242..738G

Authors’ names

(Nos 267-748)_{(a)}

Eggen-Green. use EGGR  NNN  . WD  EGGR            1965E1+ EGGEN O.J.  .  Authors’ names  ^{(b)}

EGM

NNNa NNNA NNNAA  >823

PM ∗

EGM

1976E1  EGGEN O.J.  1976ApJS...30..351E

Eggen, Proper Motion

EIC

NNN  896

(IR)

-

1978S1  SWEENEY L.H.+  .

Equatorial

Infrared Catalog

EL  use Elias 1-  NN  . (IR) in IC 5146 DCld com- plex Elia 1-         1978E1 A ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...223..859E Author’s name

EL  use Elias 2-  NN  . (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld Elia 2-         1978E1 B ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...224..453E Author’s name  ^{(c)}

EL  use Elias 3-  NN  . (IR) in Tau DCld com- plex Elia 3-         1978E1 C ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...224..857E Author’s name

Elia 1- eq. Elias 1-

NN  .

(IR) in IC 5146 DCld com- plex

Elia 1-

1978E1 A ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...223..859E

Author’s name,

list 1

Elia 2- eq. Elias 2-

NN  .

(IR) in ; ρ Oph DCld

Elia 2-

1978E1 B ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...224..453E

Author’s name,

list 2

Elia 3- eq. Elias 3-

NN  .

(IR) in Tau DCld com- plex

Elia 3-

1978E1 C ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...224..857E

Author’s name,

list 3

(a) EGGR  = (GR) = (Gr)
(b) Eggen-Green.  Full names are Eggen-Greenstein
(c) EL  often used for Elias 2-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Elias 1-

NN  16

(IR) in IC 5146 DCld com- plex

Elia 1-

1978E1 A ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...223..859E

Author’s name,

list 1

(a)

Elias 2-

NN  87

(IR) in ; ρ Oph DCld

Elia 2-

1978E1 B ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...224..453E

Author’s name,

list 2

(b)

Elias 3-

NN  30

(IR) in Tau DCld com- plex

Elia 3-

1978E1 C ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...224..857E

Author’s name,

list 3

(c)

ELS  eq. KisoHA  FFFF-NNN  . Em. ∗  -               1989W1+ WIRAMIHARDJA S.D.+  .  Emission Line ∗
Em  N  4 Em. ∗  -               1961M1  McCUSKEY S.W.  1961PASP...73..264M Emission Obj.

Em

N  3

PN

PN Em

1961M1  McCUSKEY S.W.  1961PASP...73..264M

Emission obj.

Nos 1,2,5; PK Nmcl

EMSS

HHMM.m+DDMM 835

(X)

1E

1990G2 A GIOIA I.M.+  1990ApJS...72..567G
1990G2 B STOCKE J.T.+  1991ApJS...76..813S
1990G2 C MACCACARO T.+  1991ApJ...374..117M

Extended Medium Sensitivity Survey

(d)

1ES

HHMM+DDd  819

(X)

-

1992E1  ELVIS M.+  1992ApJS...80..257E

1st Einstein Slew survey

ES  NNN  ≃ 120 ∗ in Cluster NGC 2477        1961E1  EGGEN O.J.+  1961RGOB...24.....E Authors’ initials

ESO

FFF-TTT NN FFF-NN  18438

(Opt)

ESO

1974H1 A HOLMBERG E.B.+  1974A&AS...18..463H
1974H1 B HOLMBERG E.B.+  1974A&AS...18..491H
1974H1 C HOLMBERG E.B.+  1975A&AS...22..327H
1974H1 D HOLMBERG E.B.+  1977A&AS...27..295H
1974H1 E HOLMBERG E.B.+  1978A&AS...31...15H
1974H1 F HOLMBERG E.B.+  1978A&AS...34..285H
1974H1 G HOLMBERG E.B.+  1980A&AS...39..173H
1974H1 H LAUBERTS A.+  1981A&AS...43..307L
1974H1 I LAUBERTS A.+  1981A&AS...46..311L

European Southern Obs.

(e)

(a) Elias 1- = (EL) = Elia 1-
(b) Elias 2- = (EL) = Elia 2-
(c) Elias 3- = (EL) = Elia 3- = (TAU) = (Tau)
(d) EMSS  = MS

(e) ESO Discovery name ; The type in the format is an additional tentative information, not an identifier ; Thus the object ESO 426-PN?13 when reobserved and discovered to be a galaxy, becomes ESO 426-G13, now usually named ESO 426-13 ; 687 objects from catalogues of 1974H1 and 1982LA are compiled as PN.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

ESO

HHMMSS+DDMM.m .

(Opt)

                                                                    -

1982LA  LAUBERTS A.  .

European Southern Obs.

(a)

Event  YY-N  24 Transient (Gamma)  -  .  -  .  Type of obj.

EXE

N  2

(X)

                                                                    NAME EXE

                                                                                         .  BURROWS D.N.+  1993ApJ...406...97B

Eridanus X-ray Enhancement

(b)

EXO

HHMM+DDd HHMM.m+DDMM HHMMSS+DDMM.m .

(X)

                                                                    EXO

                                                                                         .  ANDREWS D.+  1984EXOSA...3....1A
                                                                                     1991G2  GIOMMI P.+  1991ApJ...378...77G

Exosat satellite

(c)

EXOSAT eq. EXO

HHMM+DDd HHMM.m+DDMM HHMMSS+DDMM.m .

(X)

                                                                    EXO

                                                                                         .  ANDREWS D.+  1984EXOSA...3....1A
                                                                                     1991G2  GIOMMI P.+  1991ApJ...378...77G

Exosat satellite

F  eq. Feige  NNN  . Blue ∗  FEIG            1958F1  FEIGE J.  1958ApJ...128..267F Feige
F  use AZVI...F NNN  . Foregd ∗ ; to SMC  -               1975A1 B AZZOPARDI M.+  1979A&AS...35..353A Foregd ∗ to SMC

F  eq. Fairall  NNNN  . G  FRL             1977F1+ FAIRALL A.P.  .  Fairall
F-  eq. Fairall  NNNN  . G  FRL             1977F1+ FAIRALL A.P.  .  Fairall
[F80]  NN  46 Em. G  -  .  FAIRALL A.P.  1980MNRAS.191..391F Fairall, 1980  ^{(d)}
FAIR  eq. Fairall  NNNN  . G  FRL             1977F1+ FAIRALL A.P.  .  Fairall

Fairall

NNNN  1185

G

                                                                    FRL

                                                                                     1977F1 A FAIRALL A.P.  1977MNRAS.180..391F
                                                                                     1977F1 B FAIRALL A.P.  1979MNRAS.188..349F
                                                                                     1977F1 C FAIRALL A.P.  1980MNRAS.192..389F
                                                                                     1977F1 D FAIRALL A.P.  1981MNRAS.196..417F
                                                                                     1977F1 E FAIRALL A.P.  1983MNRAS.203...47F
                                                                                     1977F1 F FAIRALL A.P.  1984MNRAS.210...69F
                                                                                     1977F1 G FAIRALL A.P.  1988MNRAS.233..691F

Author’s name

(e)

Fairall  use [F80]  NN  . Em. G  -  .  FAIRALL A.P.  1980MNRAS.191..391F Author’s name

(a) ESO  687 objects from catalogues of 1974H1 and 1982LA are compiled as PN
(b) EXE  Table 4, maps
(c) EXO  = EXOSAT
(d) [F80]  = (Fairall)
(e) Fairall = (F) = (F-) = FAIR = FRL

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
FB  NNN  189 Blue ∗  FB              1974G2  GREENSTEIN J.L.+  1974ApJS...28..157G Faint Blue

FBS

HHMM+DDd 323+25

∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1989A2 A ABRAHAMIAN H.V.+  1989Afz....31..601A
                                                                                     1989A2 B ABRAHAMIAN H.V.+  1990Afz....32...29A
                                                                                     1989A2 C ABRAHAMIAN H.V.+  1990Afz....33..213A
                                                                                     1989A2 D ABRAHAMIAN H.V.+  1990Afz....33..345A

First Biurakan

Survey

FBS

B-NNN  323

Blue ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1989A2 B ABRAHAMIAN H.V.+  1990Afz....32...29A
                                                                                     1989A2 C ABRAHAMIAN H.V.+  1990Afz....33..213A
                                                                                     1989A2 D ABRAHAMIAN H.V.+  1990Afz....33..345A

First Biurakan

Survey

(a)

FBS

L-NN  25

Late ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1989A2 A ABRAHAMIAN H.V.+  1989Afz....31..601A

First Biurakan

Survey

(b)

FC

NNN  467

Central ∗ ; of PN

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1982AC A ACKER A.+  1982PSCDS...3.....A

1982AC B ACKER A.+  .
1982AC C ACKER A.+  .

Finding Chart

FC  NNNbis  13 Central ∗ ; of PN -               1982AC D ACKER A.+  .  Finding Chart

FCC

NNN  340

G

                                                                    FCC

                                                                                     1989F1  FERGUSON H.C.  1989AJ.....98..367F

Fornax Cluster Catalog

FCC

BNNNN  2338

G

                                                                    FCC

                                                                                     1989F1  FERGUSON H.C.  1989AJ.....98..367F

Fornax Cluster Catalog

(c)

FD

NN  80

{WR \atop in LMC}

                                                                    FD

                                                                                     1976F1  FEHRENBACH Ch.+  1976A&AS...24..379F

Two first authors’ initials

FEIG  eq. Feige  NNN  . Blue ∗  FEIG            1958F1  FEIGE J.  1958ApJ...128..267F Author’s name
Feig  eq. Feige  NNN  . Blue ∗  FEIG            1958F1  FEIGE J.  1958ApJ...128..267F Author’s name
FEIGE  eq. Feige  NNN  . Blue ∗  FEIG            1958F1  FEIGE J.  1958ApJ...128..267F Author’s name
Feige  NNN  114 Blue ∗  FEIG            1958F1  FEIGE J.  1958ApJ...128..267F Author’s name  ^{(d)}
Feinstein  N  1 OCl  Cl Feinstein    1964F1  FEINSTEIN A.  1964Obs....84..111F Author’s name  = C 1103-595

(a) FBS  B in the format for Blue star
(b) FBS  L in the format for Late-type star
(c) FCC  Table III: B in the format means Background
(d) Feige = (F) = FEIG = FEIGE = Feig

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

FEST1-

NNN  489

DCld

FEST 1-

1984F1  FEITZINGER J.V.+  1984A&AS...58..365F

Authors’ names, list 1

FEST2-

NNN  331

Globule

FEST 2-

1984F1  FEITZINGER J.V.+  1984A&AS...58..365F

Authors’ names, list 2

FF  NN  73 ∗ in OCl  NGC 6281        1974F2  FEINSTEIN A.+  1974PASP...86..284F Authors’ initials

Fg

N  3

PN

PN Fg

.  FLEMING M.  1910HarCi.158.....F
.  FLEMING M.  1911HarCi.167.....F

Author’s name

(a)

FGC

NNNN  2573

Spiral G

-

.  KARACHENTSEV I.D.+ 1993AN....314...97K

Flat Galaxy Catalogue

(b)

FGCA

NNNA  291

Spiral G

-

.  KARACHENTSEV I.D.+ 1993AN....314...97K

Flat Galaxy Catalogue, Addendum

(c)

FGCE

NNNN  1882

Spiral G

-

.  KARACHENTSEV I.D.+ 1993AN....314...97K

Flat Galaxy Catalogue, southern Extension

(d)

FI  NN  18 Poss. G  FI  .  FITZGERALD M.P.  1974A&A....31..467F Authors’ initials
FJ  HHMM-DD  175 (Rad)  -               1973F1  FINLAY E.A.+  1973AuJPh..26..389F Authors’ initials  ^{(e)}

[FJ78]

NNN  315

{PN \atop in M 31}

[FJ78]

.  FORD H.C.+  1978ApJS...38..351F

Authors’ initials, 1978

Table 2

FJF  eq. FuenC  NNN  . Carbon ∗  Fuen C          1981F1+ FUENMAYOR F.J.  .  F.J. Fuenmayor
FJM  N  6 (Far IR)  -               1972F1  FURNISS I.+  1972ApJ...176.L105F Authors’ initials

(a) Fg  3 PN excerpted from a list of 31 objects ; Fg 1 = PN G290.5+07.9 = PK 290+07 1 ; Fg 2 = PN G346.3-06.8 = PK 346-06 1 ; Fg 3 = PN G352.9-07.5 = PK 352-07 1

(b) FGC Beware: the headers of the col. are everywhere FGC, while p. 106-172 refer to FGC, p. 173-218 refer to FGCE, p. 219-222 refer to FGCA which is given the format NNNA

(c) FGCA  In the format, A for Addendum
(d) FGCE  Dec < -17.5^{∘}
(e) FJ  = FRO

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
FK  N  3 Em. ∗  NAME FK  .  FEIGELSON E.D.+  1983AJ.....88..431F Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

FK3 eq. FK4

NNNN  .

∗

FK4

.  -  .

Fundamental Katalog, 3rd

FK4

NNNN  1595

∗

FK4

1963F1  FRICKE W.+  1963VeARI..10..144F

Fundamental Katalog, 4th

(b)

FK 4 eq. FK4

NNNN  .

∗

FK4

1963F1  FRICKE W.+  1963VeARI..10..144F

Fundamental Katalog, 4th

FK/4 eq. FK4

NNNN  .

∗

FK4

1963F1  FRICKE W.+  1963VeARI..10..144F

Fundamental Katalog, 4th

FK5

NNNN  > 1535

∗

FK4

1988F1  FRICKE W.+  1988VeARI..32....1F

Fundamental Katalog, 5th

(c)

FKSZ

NNNN  587

Faint ∗

-

1958Z1  ZVEREV M.S.+  .

Russian acronym for General Catalog of Fundamental faint ∗

Fl  eq. FLO  NNN  . ∗ in SMC  p FLO           1972F2  FLORSCH A.  1972POStr...2....1F Author’s name

[FLH92]

{GNN \atop ANN}  32+13

G + Arc

[FLH92]

.  FORT B.+  1992ApJ...399.L125F
.  1992ApJ...399L.125F

Three first authors’ initials, 1992

(d)

FLO  NNN  776 ∗ in SMC  p FLO           1972F2  FLORSCH A.  1972POStr...2....1F Author’s name  ^{(e)}

FLSBG

NNN  321

G

-

1988D2 A DAVIES J.I.+  1988MNRAS.232..239D
1988D2 B IRWIN M.J.+  1990MNRAS.245..289I

Fornax Low Surface Brigtness G

FM  NN  52 ∗ in OCl  NGC 4609        1971F1  FEINSTEIN A.+  1971PASP...83..219F Authors’ initials

(a) FK  Table III: FK 1 = 1E 0429.3+1755 ; FK 2 = 1E 0429.3+1813 ; FK 3 = 1E 0500.0+2518
(b) FK4  = FK3 = FK 4 = FK/4
(c) FK5  For details on the numbering, see comments of ref. 1988F1
(d) [FLH92]  (Nos G1-G32) for Galaxies, and (Nos A0-A10) for Arcs with subdivisions A01 and A02 of A0 (thwy should be A0:1, A0:2)
(e) FLO  = Fl

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
FM  FFF-NN  69 Ring G  FM  .  FEW J.M.A.+  1986MNRAS.222..673F Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

FMH

NN  17

∗ in OCl

Cl Hogg 15

1971F1  FEINSTEIN A.+  1971PASP...83..219F

Authors’ initials, Hogg cluster

(b)

FM H eq. FMH

NN  .

∗ in OCl

Cl Hogg 15

1971F1  FEINSTEIN A.+  1971PASP...83..219F

Authors’ initials, Hogg cluster

FORNAX

N  5

GCl in Fornax dw. G

NAME FORNAX

.  HODGE P.W.  1961AJ.....66...83H

Fornax region Identif. charts

F3R

NNNN  6483

(Rad)

F3R

.  FURST E.+  1990A&AS...85..805F

Furst, and three authors with an ”R” initial

(c)

FR  NNN  120 Cluster of G -               1966F1  FOMALONT E.B.+  1966ApJ...146..528F Authors’ initials

FRL  eq. Fairall  NNNN  . G  FRL             1977F1+ FAIRALL A.P.  .  Author’s name
FRO  eq. FJ  HHMM-DD  . (Rad)  -               1973F1  FINLAY E.A.+  1973AuJPh..26..389F Fleurs Radio Obs.
Frolov  -  1 OCl  NAME FROLOV     1977F3  FROLOV V.N.  1977IzPul.195...80F Author’s name  = C 2354+613

FSC catalog: use IRAS .

(IR)

IRAS

1989MK  MOSHIR M.+  .

Faint Source Catalog

FSG

R-NNN  788

G in Nearby Groups

-

1990F1  FERGUSON H.C.+  1990AJ....100....1F

Authors’ initials, G

(d)

FSS catalog: use IRAS .

(IR)

IRAS

1989MK  MOSHIR M.+  .

Faint Source Survey

(a) FM  Catalog of Galaxies on Microfiche MN 222/1
(b) FMH = FM H
(c) F3R = (Reich 3-)

Maps of these objects are found in ref. 1990A&AS.58.197R, 1990A&AS.85.633R and 1990A&AS.85.691F. A few duplicated entries.

(d) FSG  R in the format is the numbering of the tables for each group

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

[FTC93]

HHMMSS.ss- DDMMSS.ss  7

(Rad) in Orion

                                                                    [FTC93]

                                                                                         .  FELLI M.+  1993A&AS..101..127F

Three first authors’ initials, 1993

(a)

FuenC

NNN  499

Carbon ∗

                                                                    Fuen C

                                                                                     1981F1 A FUENMAYOR F.J.  1981RMxAA...6...83F
                                                                                     1981F1 B JURA M.+  1989ApJ...336..924J

Author’s name,

Carbon ∗

(b)

Fuen C eq. FuenC

NNN  .

Carbon ∗

                                                                    Fuen C

1981F1+ FUENMAYOR F.J. .

Author’s name,

Carbon ∗

FXP

HHMM+DD  1

Flaring (X) PSR in LMC

                                                                    FXP

                                                                                     1982M2  MAZETS E.P.+  1982Ap&SS..84..173M

Flaring X-ray Pulsar

= FXP 0520-66

G  eq. GRS  LLL.ℓ+BB.b LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  . (Rad)  GRS  .  -  .  Galactic  Systematic

G  use Gum  {NNa \atop NN}  . H II (4PN) GUM             1955G2  GUM C.S.  1955MmRAS..67..155G Gum

G  use HG  F-NNN  . WD  HG              1962G1  GICLAS H.L.+  1962LowOB...5..257G Giclas

G

NNN NNNbis  767

∗ in LMC

                                                                    Cl∗ LMC G

                                                                                     1970F1 A FEHRENBACH C.+  1970A&AS....1....1F
                                                                                     1970F1 B FEHRENBACH C.+  1973A&AS...10..231F
                                                                                     1970F1 C FEHRENBACH C.+  1981A&AS...46...13F
                                                                                     1970F1 D FEHRENBACH C.+  1982A&AS...48....1F
                                                                                     1970F1 E FEHRENBACH C.+  1982A&AS...48..409F

Grande vitesse

G  eq. Giclas  FFF-NNNA  . PM ∗  G               1971G1+ GICLAS H.L.+  .  Author’s name
G  use G...-B  FFF-BNNA FFFBNNA  . PM ∗  -               1971G1 C GICLAS H.L.+  1979LowOB...8..145G Author’s name

G

HHMMSS+DDMM 19

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1975R1  ROSS H.N.  1975ApJ...200..790R

Goldstone obs. source

G  use DEV G  NN  . Group of G DV              1975D1  DE VAUCOULEURS G.  .  Group of G
G  use SKHB  NNN  . {GCl \atop in M 31}  SKHB  .  SARGENT W.L.W.+  1977AJ.....82..947S GCl

(a) [FTC93]  Table 5: 7 new compact sources in Orion. (Tables 1, 2: GMR sources). Authors don’t give any format to their list, so we use the coordinates as format.
(b) FuenC  = FJF = Fuen C

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
G  use JJ  NNNA  . G in For- nax Cl p JJ            1980J1  JONES J.E.+  1980MNRAS.191..685J Galaxy

G  use WOHG  NNN  . M Giant in LMC  -               1981W1  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1981A&AS...43..267W Giant

Gamma  eq. G-Gamma LLL+DD  . (Gamma)  -  .  -  .  Gamma-ray  Greek letter
Gapo  NNNa  223 V ∗ in M 31 Gapo  .  GAPOSCHKIN S.  1962AJ.....67..334G Author’s name  ^{(a)}

GAT

NNNN  1258

∗

                                                                    GAT

                                                                                     1973G1  GATEWOOD G.+  1973AJ.....78..769G

First author’s

name

(b)

87GB

HHMM+DDMM 54579

(Rad)

                                                                    87GB

                                                                                     1991G1  GREGORY P.C.+  1991ApJS...75.1011G

1987, Green Bank obs.

GB  N  1 G  -               1967B4  BURBIDGE E.M.+  1967ApJ...150..783B G. Burbidge

GB

HHMM+DD.d  1158

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1971M1 A MASLOWSKI J.  1971A&A....14..215M
                                                                                     1971M1 B MASLOWSKI J.  1972A&A....16..197M
                                                                                     1971M1 C MASLOWSKI J.  1972AcA....22..227M

Green Bank obs.

GB  YYMMDDA  95 (Gamma)  GB              1982K1  KLEBESADEL R.+  1982ApJ...259..L51K Gamma Burst  ^{(c)}
GB  YYMMDDA YYYY MMM DDA 84 (Gamma)  GB              1987A1  ATTEIA J.-L.+  1987ApJS...64..305A Gamma Burst  ^{(d)}

G...-B  FFF-BNNA FFFBNNA  . PM ∗  G               1971G1 C GICLAS H.L.+  1979LowOB...8..145G Giclas, Blue  ^{(e)}

GB2

HHMM+DDd  2022

(Rad)

                                                                    GB2

                                                                                     1978M1  MACHALSKI J.  1978AcA....28..367M

Green Bank obs., 2nd survey

(a) Gapo  (Nos 1-223), field II in M 31. Fields in I, III and IVin M 31: see BASW
(b) GAT  = AO

(Nos 70-81, 163-217, 364-457, 485-537, 598-690, 1000) are missing ; ref. 1973G1 is the beginning of the list (Nos 1-22), and its comment contains the references of the following lists.

(c) GB  = GRB = GRBS

(Gamma-Ray Burster) ref. 1982K1 ; the format is of the type 790305A that is two digits for the year, two for the month and two for the day, A,B serving to distinguish between events occuring on the same day

(d) GB  = GRB = GRBS

(Gamma-Ray Burster) ref. 1987A1 ; the format is as for GB (ref. 1982K1), or of the type 1979 Mar 05A that is year, 3 letter abbreviation for the month, two digits for the day, and A,B serving to distinguish between events occuring on the same day

(e) G...-B = (G) = (Giclas)

In the format B stands for Blue

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

GB3

HHMM+DDd 502+174

(Rad)

-

1987R2  RYS S.+  1987AcA....37..163R

Green Bank obs., 3rd survey

(a)

GBS

HHMM+DD  .

(Gamma)

GBS

1982K1  KLEBESADEL R.+  1982ApJ...259..L51K
1987A1  ATTEIA J.-L.+  1987ApJS...64..305A

Gamma Burst Source

GC  NNNNN  33342 ∗  GC              1937B1  BOSS B.  .  General Catalog  ^{(b)}

GC

HHMM+DD  830

(Rad)

-

1971D1 A DAVIS M.M.  1971AJ.....76..980D
1971D1 B PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1972AJ.....77..265P
1971D1 C PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1972AJ.....77..797P

Green Bank obs., C list

GC

HHMM+DDA  1230

(Rad)

-

1972P3 B PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1972AJ.....77..797P

Green Bank obs., C list

GCCS catalog: use CCS

NNNN  .

Carbon ∗

C∗

1973S3+ STEPHENSON C.B. .

General Catalog of Carbon ∗

GCCCS catalog: use CCS

NNNN  .

Carbon ∗

C∗

1973S3+ STEPHENSON C.B. .

General Catalog of Cool Carbon ∗

GCCGCS catalog: use CGCS

NNNN  .

Carbon ∗

CGCS

1989ST  STEPHENSON C.B.  .

General Catalog of Cool Gal. Carbon ∗

GCl  HHMM-DDd  1 GCl  C  .  -  .  Globular Cluster  = C 0422-213_{(c)}

GCl-

NNN.N  137

GCl

p GCl-

1970AR A ALTER G.+  .
1970AR B RUPRECHT J.+  .

Globular Cluster

GCM

±L.ll±BB.bb  ≥ 41

MCld

-

.  GUSTEN R.+  1981A&A...103..197G
.  HUTTEMEISTER S.+  1993A&A...280..255H

Gal. Center Molecular cloud

(d)

GCRV eq. Wilson

NNNNN  .

∗

GCRV

1953W1  WILSON R.E.  .

General Catalog of stellar Radial Velocities

(a) GB3  Table 1: N=502, Table 2: N=174
(b) GC  = (B) = (Boss)
(c) GCl  Used by West+, Astr. Astrophys. Suppl. 38, 69 for a globular cluster at 83 +or- 12kpc
(d) GCM = (M)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
GCS  NN  15 (IR)  -               1983K2  KOBAYASHI Y.+  1983PASJ...35..101K Gal. Center Source

GCSS catalog:use Stephenson

NNN  .

S ∗

                                                                    S1∗

                                                                                     1976ST  STEPHENS0N C.B.  1976PW&SO...2....2S

General Catalog of S Stars

GCTP eq. Jenkins

NNNN NNNN.NN  .

∗

                                                                    PLX

1952J1+ JENKINS L.F. .

General Catalog of Trigon. stellar Parallaxes

GCVS catalog: use V

AA CCC VNNNN CCC  .

V ∗

                                                                    V∗

1969KK+ KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1985KS+ KHOLOPOV P.N.+  .

General Catalog of Variable ∗

GCX

LL+B LLL+BB  .

(X)

                                                                    GCX

.  -  .

Gal. Center X-ray source

GD  NNNNA  1712 Susp. WD ; + Blue ∗ GD              1980G1  GICLAS H.L.+  1980LowOB...8..157G Giclas, Dwarf  ^{(a)}

GD-  eq. GD  NNNNA  . Susp. WD ; + Blue ∗ GD              1980G1  GICLAS H.L.+  1980LowOB...8..157G Giclas, Dwarf

GDC  N  7 DCld  GDC             1976H1 D REIPURTH B.  1983A&A...117..183R Gum Dark Cloud

GEA

N-NN  .

PN

                                                                    PN GEA

                                                                                         .  GEORGELIN Y.P.+  1970A&A.....6..349G
                                                                                         .  GEORGELIN Y.P.+  1970A&A.....7..133G
                                                                                         .  GEORGELIN Y.P.+  1970A&AS....3....1G

Authors’ name

GEL  NN  18 ∗ in Ser- ; pens MCld GEL  .  GOMEZ DE CASTRO A.I.+1988A&A...201..299G Authors’ initials  Identif. charts

Geminga  -  1 (Gamma)  NAME GEMINGA    1977T3  THOMPSON D.J.+  1977ApJ...213..252T source in Gem
Gershberg  NN  78 Flare ∗  -  .  MULLAN D.J.+  1989ApJ...343..400M List of Gersbergh  ^{(b)}
GF  NNANa  23 GF  GF              1979S1  SCHNEIDER S.+  1979ApJS...41...87S  Globular Filaments

[GF92]

NNNN  314

G or K Gi- ant

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  GEISLER D.+  1992AJ....104..128G

Authors’ initials, 1992

(c)

(a) GD  = GD-
(b) Gershberg  Table 2: list of 78 ∗ from Gershberg R.E., 1978, Low Mass Flaring Stars (Moscow: Nauka)
(c) [GF92]  N = 3539 in the total calibrated list.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
G-G  use GGA  NNN  . Em. ∗  EM∗ GGA         1954G1+ GONZALEZ Gr.+  .  Authors’ initials
G-G  use GGR  NNN  . Em. ∗  EM∗ GGR         1956G1  GONZALEZ Gr.+  1956BOTT....2F..16G Authors’ initials

GGA

NNN  411

Em. ∗

                                                                    EM∗ GGA

                                                                                     1954G1 A GONZALEZ Gr.+  1954BOTT....19...3G
                                                                                     1954G1 B GONZALEZ Gr.+  1956BOTT....2E..19G

Authors’ initials, Anticenter

(a)

G-Gamma  LLL+DD  . (Gamma)  -  .  -  .  Gal. γ -ray  Obsolete (b)
GGD  NN  37 Poss. HH  GGD             1978G2  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1978ApJ...224L.137G Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

GGR

NNN  212

Em. ∗

                                                                    EM∗ GGR

                                                                                     1956G1  GONZALEZ Gr.+  1956BOTT....2F..16G

Authors’ initials, Gal. Rotation

(d)

GH  use HG  F-NNN  . WD  HG              1962G1  GICLAS H.L.+  1962LowOB...5..257G Giclas, Hyades
GH  use GHCG  NNN  . Group of G GHCG            1983G1  GELLER M.J.+  1983ApJS...52...61G Authors’ initials
GH  FF-NN  96 G backgd to LMC GH              1990G1  GURWELL M.+  1990PASP..102..849G Authors’ initials

GHCG

NNN  176

Group of G

                                                                    GHCG

                                                                                     1983G1  GELLER M.J.+  1983ApJS...52...61G

Authors’ initials, Cluster of G

(e)

GH2O eq. H2O

LLL.ℓ+BB.b LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  .

Gal. Maser or MCld

                                                                    GH2O

.  -  .

Gal. H2O em. source

Systematic

GH2O eq. H20

LLL.ℓℓℓ+BB.bbb  .

Gal. Maser

                                                                    GH2O

                                                                                     1988CP  CESARONI R.+  1988A&AS...76..445C

Gal. H2O em. source

(a) GGA  = (G-G)
(b) G-Gamma = Gamma
(c) GGD  (Nos 1-36) are identical to GM2- (Nos 1-36) (ref. 1977G3)
(d) GGR  = (G-G)
(e) GHCG  = CfA = (GH)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Giclas

FFF-NNNA  11923

PM ∗

                                                                    G

1971G1 A GICLAS H.L.+  .

                                                                                     1971G1 B GICLAS H.L.+  1978LowOB...8...89G
                                                                                     1971G1 C GICLAS H.L.+  1979LowOB...8..145G

Author’s name

(a)

Giclas  use G...-B  FFF-BNNA FFFBNNA  . PM ∗  G               1971G1 C GICLAS H.L.+  1979LowOB...8..145G Author’s name

Gingrich  NN  20 OCl  Cl Gingerich    1922G1  GINGRICH C.H.  1922ApJ....56..139G Author’s name
Giovanelli  NNN  799 HVC, IVC  -               1975H1 B GIOVANELLI R.  1980AJ.....85.1155G Author’s name

GJ

NNNNA NNN.NA  ≃ 2000

∗

                                                                    GJ

                                                                                     1969G1 A GLIESE W.  1969VeARI..22....1G
                                                                                     1969G1 B GLIESE W.+  1979A&AS...38..423G

Authors’ initials in ref. 1969G1 B

(b)

GJ eq. Woolley

9NNNA  .

∗

                                                                    GJ

                                                                                     1970W3  WOOLLEY R.v.d.R.+  1970ROAn.........5W

Authors’ initials in ref. 1969G1 B

GJJC

N  1

PN

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  GILLETT F.C.+  1989ApJ...338..862G

Four first authors’ initials

(c)

GL  use GJ  NNNNA NNN.NA  . ∗  GJ              1969G1+ GLIESE W.  .  Author’s name

GL  use Woolley  9NNNA  . ∗  GJ              1970W3  WOOLLEY R.v.d.R.+  1970ROAn.........5W Gliese

GL use AFGL

NNNN  .

(IR)

                                                                    AFGL

1975W1  WALKER R.G.+  .
1976P1+ PRICE S.D.+  .

Geophysics Lab.

Gl  use GJ  NNNNA NNN.NA  . ∗  GJ              1969G1+ GLIESE W.  .  Author’s name

Gl  use Woolley  9NNNA  . ∗  GJ              1970W3  WOOLLEY R.v.d.R.+  1970ROAn.........5W Gliese
Glass  A  22 ∗ in Cha T ; Ass. Glass  .  GLASS I.S.  1979MNRAS.187..305G Author’s name  ^{(d)}

(a) Giclas = (G)
(b) GJ  = GL = Gl = GLIESE = Gliese = (NSC)
(c) GJJC  GJJC 1 = PN G009.8-07.5
(d) Glass  Table 2. Identif. (Plate I)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Glazar

HHMM+DD HHMM+DD.N  43

{∗ in \atop OB Ass.}

-

.  TOVMASSIAN H.M.+  1990Afz....32....5T
.  TOVMASSIAN H.M.+  1992Ap&SS.188..217T
.  TOVMASSIAN H.M.+  1994MNRAS.266..337T

Glazar telescope

(a)

GLIESE  eq. GJ  NNNNA NNN.NA  . ∗  GJ              1969G1+ GLIESE W.  .  Author’s name

GLIESE eq. Woolley

9NNNA  .

∗

GJ

1970W3  WOOLLEY R.v.d.R.+  1970ROAn.........5W

Author’s name in ref 1969G1+

Gliese  eq. GJ  NNNNA NNN.NA  . ∗  GJ              1969G1+ GLIESE W.  .  Author’s name

Gliese eq. Woolley

9NNNA  .

∗

GJ

1970W3  WOOLLEY R.v.d.R.+  1970ROAn.........5W

Author’s name in ref 1969G1+

GM  NNN  275 Em. Obj.  -               1976G1  GOMEZ T.+  1976RMxAA...1..381G Authors’ initials
GM  use GM1-  NN  . RFN  GM 1-           1977G2  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1977SvAL....3...58G Authors’ initials

GM1-

NN  79

RFN

GM 1-

1977G2  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1977SvAL....3...58G

Authors’ initials, list 1

(b)

GM2-

NN  42

HH-like + Neb. Obj.

GM 2-

1977G3  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1977DoSSR..64..104G

Authors’ initials, list 2

(c)

GM3-

NN  15

Neb. Obj.

GM 3-

1977G4  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1977ACiCh.953....1G

Authors’ initials, list 3

(d)

GM 1- use GM1-

NN  .

RFN

GM 1-

1977G2  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1977SvAL....3...58G

Authors’ initials, list 1

GM 2- eq. GM2-

NN  .

HH-like + Neb. Obj.

GM 2-

1977G3  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1977DoSSR..64..104G

Authors’ initials, list 2

GM 3- eq. GM3-

NN  .

Neb. Obj.

GM 3-

1977G4  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1977ACiCh.953....1G

Authors’ initials, list 3

(a) Glazar Ultraviolet (1640Å) observations with the space telescope “Glazar”, both a survey at high galactic latitudes and investigation of regions of stellar associations. Note: in the format HHMM+DD.N the fraction .N means an insertion, not a decimal. Identif. charts, 1950 coord.

(b) GM1- = (GM) = GM 1-

GM 1-11 is a poss. PN in Gasparian+ 1988Afz....28..679G, and in ref. 1992AO

(c) GM2- = GM 2-

Nos 1-36 are identical to GGD (Nos 1-36) (ref. 1978G2).

(d) GM3- = GM 3-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

GMB eq. Gmb

NNNN  .

∗

                                                                    GMb

1905D1  DYSON F.W.+  .

Observer’s name: Groombridge

GMb eq. Gmb

NNNN  .

∗

                                                                    GMb

1905D1  DYSON F.W.+  .

Observer’s name: Groombridge

Gmb

NNNN  4243

∗

                                                                    GMb

1905D1  DYSON F.W.+  .

Observer’s name: Groombridge

(a)

[GMD93]

NN  19

(X)

in Fornax dw. G

                                                                    [GMD93]

                                                                                         .  GIZIS J.E.+  1993PASP..105..871G

Authors’ initials, 1993

GMP  NNNN  . G  GMP  .  GODWIN J.G.+  1983MNRAS.202..113G Authors’ initials

GMR

{NN \atop A}  26+18

(Rad) in Orion

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  GARAY G.+  1987ApJ...314..535G
                                                                                         .  CHURCHWELL E.+  1987ApJ...321..516C
                                                                                         .  FELLI M.+  1993A&AS..101..127F

Authors’ initials

(b)

[GMS93]

NN  25

Poss. QSO

                                                                    [GMS93]

                                                                                         .  GAIDOS E.J.+  1993PASP..105.1294G

Authors’ initials, 1993

GN  NN  28 (Rad)  -               1965N2  NICOLSON G.D.  1965PASP...77..260N G. Nicolson
GN  HH.MM.m.NN  435 Neb. Obj.  p GN            1985NV  NECKEL Th.+  .  Gal. Nebula  ^{(c)}
GNA  NN  81 G  GNA             1986P1  PETERSON B.A.+  1986MNRAS.221..233P G, North, field A  ^{(d)}
GNB  NN  95 G  -               1986P1  PETERSON B.A.+  1986MNRAS.221..233P G, North, field B  ^{(e)}
GNO  use HGCG  NN  . Group of G -               1982H1  HUCHRA J.P.+  1982ApJ...257..423H Group No.

GOH eq. OH

LLL.ℓ+BB.b LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  .

Gal. OH

                                                                    GOH

                                                                                     1979TU  TURNER B.E.  1979A&AS...37....1T
                                                                                     1992B1  BECKER R.H.+  1992AJ....103..544B

Gal. OH sources

(a) Gmb = GMB = GMb = (Gr) = Grb = Groombridge
(b) GMR  Radio sources in Orion nebula (format NN in Trapezium)
(c) GN  Some objects are PN, named NeVe, in ref. 1992AO
(d) GNA  The numbering is of historic interest only, and have no well-defined meaning
(e) GNB  The numbering is of historic interest only, and have no well-defined meaning

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Gopal

HHMM+DDd  60

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  GOPAL-KRISHNA  1983A&A...123..107G
                                                                                         .  SPOELSTRA T.A.T.+  1985A&A...152...38S
                                                                                         .  GOPAL-KRISHNA  1993A&A...271..101G

First author’s

name

(a)

Goy  NNN  971 O ∗  -               1980G2  GOY G.  1980A&AS...42...91G Author’s name
GP  NNN  923 G in Coma Cl GP  .  GODWIN J.C.+  1977MNRAS.181..323G Authors’ initials  map

GPN catalog: use PN

GLLL.ℓ+BB.b  .

PN

                                                                    -

1992AO  ACKER A.+  .

Galactic Planetary Nebula

GPS use Gopal

HHMM+DDd  .

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  GOPAL-KRISHNA  1983A&A...123..107G
                                                                                         .  SPOELSTRA T.A.T.+  1985A&A...152...38S
                                                                                         .  GOPAL-KRISHNA  1993A&A...271..101G

Gigahertz Peaked Spectrum

GPS  HHMM+DDd  70 (X)  GPS             1988W1  WARWICK R.S.+  1988MNRAS.232..551W Gal. Plane Survey
GPS  use GPSR  LLL.ℓℓℓ+BB.bbb  . (Rad)  -               1990Z1+ ZOONEMATKERMANI S.+  .  Gal. Plane Survey

GPSR

LLL.ℓℓℓ+BB.bbb 3449

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1990Z1 A ZOONEMATKERMANI S.+ 1990ApJS...74..181Z
                                                                                     1990Z1 B HELFAND D.J.+  1992ApJS...80..211H

Gal. Plane Survey, Radio source

(b)

GR  NNN  292 V ∗  SV∗ GR  .  ROMANO G.  .  G. Romano  V ∗ Nmcl

GR

NN  90

G

                                                                    NAME GR

                                                                                     1956R1 A REAVES G.  1956AJ.....61...69R

1956R1 B REAVES G.  .

                                                                                     1956R1 C REAVES G.  1962PASP...74..392R

1956R1 D REAVES G.  .

G. Reaves No. 83 not defined (c)

GR  use EGGR  NNN  . WD  EGGR            1970G1+ GREENSTEIN J.L.  .  Author’s name  (Nos 267-558)
GR  use AC  +DD NNNNA DD.NNNNN +DD NNNN-NNN  . ∗  AC              1974EC  EICHHORN H.  .  Greenwich obs.

(a) Gopal = (GPS)

The authors use the acronym GPS, which here can be seen to be used for an X-ray and a radio survey of the Galactic Plane.

(b) GPSR = (GPS)
(c) GR  = G.R.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

GR

HHMM+DD  1322

(Rad)

                                                                    GRA

                                                                                     1978B1 A BRAUDE S.Ya.+  1978Ap&SS..54...37B
                                                                                     1978B1 B BRAUDE S.Ya.+  1979Ap&SS..64...73B
                                                                                     1978B1 C BRAUDE S.Ya.+  1981Ap&SS..74..409B
                                                                                     1978B1 D BRAUDE S.Ya.+  1985Ap&SS.111....1B

Grakovo Radio obs.

(a)

GR  NNN  504 Red ∗  GR∗  1980G1  GICLAS H.L.+  1980LowOB...8..157G Giclas, Red ∗  ^{(b)}
GR  +DD NN  846 Dw. G  p GRDG          1983R1  REAVES G.  1983ApJS...53..375R G. Reaves  ^{(c)}
GR  eq. GRRV  NN  . Red V ∗ ; in LMC GRRV            1985G1  GLASS I.S.+  1985MNRAS.214..405G Authors’ initials

GR  use GRV  NNN  . Group of G [V84]           1984V1  VENNIK J.  1984TarOT..73....1V Group of G  ^{(d)}
GR-  eq. GR  NNN  . Red ∗  GR∗  1980G1  GICLAS H.L.+  1980LowOB...8..157G Giclas, Red ∗
GR∗  eq. GR  NNN  . Red ∗  GR∗  1980G1  GICLAS H.L.+  1980LowOB...8..157G Giclas, Red ∗
G.R.  eq. GR  NN  . G  NAME GR         1956R1+ REAVES G.  .  G. Reaves
Gr  use EGGR  NNN  . WD  EGGR            1970G1+ GREENSTEIN J.L.  .  Author’s name  (Nos 267-558)
Gr  use AC  +DD NNNNA DD.NNNNN +DD NNNN-NNN  . ∗  AC              1974EC  EICHHORN H.  .  Greenwich obs.

Gr use Gmb

NNNN  .

∗

                                                                    GMb

1905D1  DYSON F.W.+  .

Observer’s name: Groombridge

GRA eq. GR

HHMM+DD  .

(Rad)

                                                                    GRA

1978B1+ BRAUDE S.Ya.+ .

Grakovo Radio obs.

Graff  N  1 OCl  Cl Graff  .  -  .  Author’s name  = C 1832+051
Graham  -  1 OCl  NAME GRAHAM CL  .  -  .  Author’s name  = C 1054-627

(a) GR = GRA
(b) GR = GR- = GR∗
(c) GR = GRDG
(d) GR  15 are Possible Red V ∗

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Grasdalen  -  1 OCl  NAME GRASDALEN CL 1975V4  VRBA F.J.+  1975ApJ...197...77V Author’s name  = C 1622-243
GRB  eq. GB  YYMMDDA  . (Gamma)  GB              1982K1  KLEBESADEL R.+  1982ApJ...259..L51K Gamma Ray Burst
GRB  eq. GB  YYMMDDA YYYY MMM DDA  . (Gamma)  GB              1987A1  ATTEIA J.-L.+  1987ApJS...64..305A Gamma Ray Burst

Grb eq. Gmb

NNNN  .

∗

GMb

1905D1  DYSON F.W.+  .

Observer’s name: Groombridge

GRBS eq. GB

YYMMDDA  .

(Gamma)

GB

1982K1  KLEBESADEL R.+  1982ApJ...259..L51K

Gamma Ray Burst Source

GRBS eq. GB

YYMMDDA YYYY MMM DDA  .

(Gamma)

GB

1987A1  ATTEIA J.-L.+  1987ApJS...64..305A

Gamma Ray Burst Source

GRDG  eq. GR  +DD NN  . Dw. G  p GRDG          1983R1  REAVES G.  1983ApJS...53..375R  G. Reaves, Dwarf G

Groombridge eq. Gmb

NNNN  .

∗

GMb

1905D1  DYSON F.W.+  .

Observer’s name: Groombridge

GRS  LLL.ℓ+BB.b LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  . (Rad)  GRS  .  -  .  Gal. radio source  Systematic (a)

Gru C

NN  17

(UV)

-

1983C3  CARRUTHERS G.R.+  1983ApJS...53..623C

Grus, in S 201 Catalog

Gru NC

NN  23

(UV)

-

1983C3  CARRUTHERS G.R.+  1983ApJS...53..623C

Grus, Not in S 201

Catalog

GRRV

NN  49

Red V ∗ ; in LMC

GRRV

1985G1  GLASS I.S.+  1985MNRAS.214..405G

Authors’ initials, Red Variable

(b)

GRV

NNN  116

Group of G

[V84]

1984V1  VENNIK J.  1984TarOT..73....1V

Group of G, Vennik

(c)

GRV

HHMM-DDMM 126+15

Red V ∗ ; in LMC

GRV

1988R1  REID N.+  1988MNRAS.232...53R

Two authors’ initials, Variable ∗

(d)

(a) GRS  = (G)
(b) GRRV = (GR)
(c) GRV  = (GR) = [V84]
(d) GRV  = NRV

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

[GRV93]

NN  23

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    [GRV93]

                                                                                         .  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1993RMxAA..25...19G

Authors’ initials, 1993

(a)

GRW  eq. AC  +DD NNNNA DD.NNNNN +DD NNNN-NNN  . ∗  AC              1974EC  EICHHORN H.  .  Greenwich obs.

GS  NNN  286 H II  -               1955G1  GAZE V.F.+  .  Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

GS eq. GSH

LLL+BB+VV LLL+BB+VVV  .

H I Shell

                                                                    p GSH

1979H1+ HEILES C.  .

                                                                                     1982W1  WATANABE T.  1982A&A...111..333W

Gal. Shell

GSA  NNNA  137 G  -               1986P1  PETERSON B.A.+  1986MNRAS.221..233P G, South, field A  ^{(c)}
GSAN  N  5 G  -               1986P1  PETERSON B.A.+  1986MNRAS.221..233P G, South, field AN ^{(d)}

GSC

FFFFFNNNNN FFFFF-NNNNN ≃ 25.10^{6}

∗

                                                                    GSC

                                                                                     1990LS A LASKER B.M.+  1990AJ.....99.2019L
                                                                                     1990LS B RUSSELL J.L.+  1990AJ.....99.2059R
                                                                                     1990LS C JENKNER H.+  1990AJ.....99.2082J

Guide Star Catalog

GSD  NNN  179 G  -               1986P1  PETERSON B.A.+  1986MNRAS.221..233P G, South, field D  ^{(e)}
GSF  NNN  100 G  -               1986P1  PETERSON B.A.+  1986MNRAS.221..233P G, South, field F  ^{(f)}

GSH

LLL+BB+VV LLL+BB+VVV  107

H I Shell

                                                                    p GSH

                                                                                     1979H1 A HEILES C.  1979ApJ...229..533H
                                                                                     1979H1 B HEILES C.  1984ApJS...55..585H
                                                                                     1982W1  WATANABE T.  1982A&A...111..333W

Gal. Shell, Heiles

(g)

GSPC

ANNN-A  1477

Ph. Std. ∗

                                                                    GSPC

                                                                                     1988L2  LASKER B.M.+  1988ApJS...68....1L

Guide Star Photometric Catalog

(h)

GSS  NN  41 (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld p GSS  .  GRASDALEN G.L.+  1973ApJ...184L..53G Authors’ initials  ^{(i)}

(a) [GRV93]  Plates for nebulous objects: Plates 1 to 5
(b) GS  = (HS)
(c) GSA  The numbering is of historic interest only, and have no well-defined meaning
(d) GSAN  The numbering is of historic interest only, and have no well-defined meaning
(e) GSD  The numbering is of historic interest only, and have no well-defined meaning
(f) GSF  The numbering is of historic interest only, and have no well-defined meaning
(g) GSH  = GS
(h) GSPC  In the format, the first letter is P for Palomar (northern hemisphere) N=583, or S for SERC (southern hemisphere) N=894
(i) GSS  not numbered, but found numbered (format NN) in later literature ; see the remark for VSSG

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

GT

HHMM+DDd  534

(Rad)

                                                                    GT

                                                                                     1981G1 A GREGORY P.C.+  1981ApJ...248..596G
                                                                                     1981G1 B TAYLOR A.R.+  1983AJ.....88.1784T

Authors’ initials

GT  HHMM+DDda  1274 (Rad)  GT              1981G1 C GREGORY P.C.+  1986AJ.....92..371G Authors’ initials
GT  HHMM+DDMM  20 (Rad)  GT              1981G1 D DURIC N.+  1988AJ.....95.1149D Authors’ initials
GUM  eq. Gum  {NNa \atop NN}  . H II (4PN) GUM             1955G2  GUM C.S.  1955MmRAS..67..155G Author’s name

Gum  {NNa \atop NN}  97 H II (4PN) GUM             1955G2  GUM C.S.  1955MmRAS..67..155G Author’s name  ^{(a)}

GV  NNN  328 (Rad)  p GV            1968G3  GRUEFF G.+  1968ApL.....2..113G Authors’ initials
GW  .  WD  -  .  -  .  Greenwich obs.  WD Nmcl
GW  LLL.ℓ+B.b  118 Gal. Worm -               1992K1  KOO B.-C.+  1992ApJ...390..108K Gal. Worm  ^{(b)}

[GWC93]

NN  70

(Rad)

                                                                    [GWC93]

                                                                                         .  GRAY A.D.+  1993MNRAS.264..678G

Three first authors’ initials, 1993

GX  LLL.ℓ+BB.b ; LLL.l  - (X)  GX  .  -  .  Gal. X-ray source

[GY92]

NNN  481

(IR) in ; ρ Oph DCld

                                                                    [GY92]

                                                                                         .  GREENE T.P.+  1992ApJ...395..516G

Authors’ initials, 1992

no plates (c)

Gy1-

NN  13

RFN

                                                                    Gy 1-

                                                                                     1982G1  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L. 1982PAZh....8..222G

Author’s name,

list 1

(d)

Gy2-

NN  22

HH-like

                                                                    Gy 2-

                                                                                     1982G2 A GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L. 1982SvAL....8..123G
                                                                                     1982G2 B TORELLES J.M.+  1983RMxAA...8..147T

Discoverer’s name: Gyulbudaghian, list 2

(e)

(a) Gum  = (G) = GUM = (Stromlo)

PN -> Gum 27, 47, 52, 60

(b) GW  Format: absence of leading zeroes, |b| ¡ 10^{∘}
(c) [GY92] = (IRS)
(d) Gy1-  = Gy 1- = (Gyulbudaghian)
(e) Gy2-  = Gy 2-

Dont’use the numbering in the discovery list ref. 1982G2 A, the objects have been renumbered in 1982G2 B for and after No. 5, which is new

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Gy3-

NN  12

HH-like

                                                                    Gy 3-

                                                                                         .  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L. 1984Afz....20..631G

Author’s name,

list 3

(a)

Gy4-

N  5

∗

                                                                    Gy 4-

                                                                                         .  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L. 1984ATsir.1342...7G

Author’s name,

list 4

(b)

Gy 1- eq. Gy1-

NN  .

RFN

                                                                    Gy 1-

                                                                                     1982G1  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L. 1982PAZh....8..222G

Author’s name,

list 1

Gy 2- eq. Gy2-

NN  .

HH-like

                                                                    Gy 2-

                                                                                     1982G2 B TORELLES J.M.+  1983RMxAA...8..147T

Discoverer’s name: Gyulbudaghian, list 2

Gy 3- eq. Gy3-

NN  .

HH-like

                                                                    Gy 3-

                                                                                         .  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L. 1984Afz....20..631G

Author’s name,

list 3

Gy 4- eq. Gy4-

N  .

∗

                                                                    Gy 4-

                                                                                         .  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L. 1984ATsir.1342...7G

Author’s name,

list 4

Gyulbudaghianuse Gy1-  NN  . RFN  Gy 1-           1982G1  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L. 1982PAZh....8..222G Author’s name

1H eq. H

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  .

(X)

                                                                    H

                                                                                     1979M3  MARSHALL F.E.+  1979ApJS...40..657M
                                                                                     1983NJ  NUGENT J.J.+  1983ApJS...51....1N
                                                                                     1984WM  WOOD K.S.+  1984ApJS...56..507W

HEAO

A-1 experiment

H  use [H32]  {NNN \atop R}  . Neb. Obj. in M 31 [H32]  .  HUBBLE E.  1932ApJ....76...44H Hubble

H  use H1-  NN  . PN  PN H 1-  .  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H Haro

H  use H2-  NN  . Poss. PN  PN H 2-  .  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H Haro
H  use Hoffleit  NN  . Bright N  -               1953H5  HOFFLEIT D.  1953AnHar.119...37H Author’s name
H  use Hf  NN  . PN  PN Hf           1953H5  HOFFLEIT D.  1953AnHar.119...37H Author’s name
H  NN  24 (Rad)  -               1954H2  HADDOCK F.T.+  1954Natur.174..176H Haddock

H  use Hodge  NN  . GCl in LMC  NAME HODGE      1960H2  HODGE P.W.  1960ApJ...131..351H Hodge

H  use HIG  NN  . (Rad)  -               1966H1  HIGGS L.A.  1966MNRAS.132...67H Higgs
H  use NRAO  HHMM+DD  . (Rad)  NRAO            1967H2  HOGLUND B.  1967ApJS...15...61H Hoglund

(a) Gy3- = Gy 3-
(b) Gy4- = Gy 4-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

H

HHMM+DD  60

(Hard X)

                                                                    H

                                                                                     1979M3  MARSHALL F.E.+  1979ApJS...40..657M
                                                                                         .  PICCINOTTI G.+  1982ApJ...253..485P

HEAO satellite A-2 experiment

(a)

H

HHMM+DD  114

(Soft X)

                                                                    H

                                                                                     1983NJ  NUGENT J.J.+  1983ApJS...51....1N

HEAO satellite A-2 experiment

(b)

H

HHMM+DDd  72

(Hard X)

                                                                    H

                                                                                     1984L1  LEVINE A.M.+  1984ApJS...54..581L

HEAO satellite A4 experiment

(c)

H  HHMM+DDd  842 (X)  H               1984WM  WOOD K.S.+  1984ApJS...56..507W HEAO satellite  ^{(d)}
[H28]  VNN  50 {V  ∗ \atop in M 31} -  .  HUBBLE E.  1928ApJ....69..103H Hubble, 1928  ^{(e)}

[H28]  NN  86 {Nova \atop in M 31}  -  .  HUBBLE E.  1928ApJ....69..103H Hubble, 1928  ^{(f)}

[H32]  {NNN \atop R}  140+8 Neb. Obj. in M 31 [H32]  .  HUBBLE E.  1932ApJ....76...44H Hubble, 1932  ^{(g)}

[H80]  NNN  730 Dark  N in M 31 -  .  HODGE P.W.  1980AJ.....85..376H Hodge, 1980

H88  eq. HodgeC88 NNN  . Cluster in LMC  H88             1988H2  HODGE P.  1988PASP..100.1051H Hodge, 1988

[H92]  eq. HENG  NN  . G  [H92]           1992H1  HENNING P.A.  1992ApJS...78..365H Henning, 1992
H1-  NN  67 PN  PN H 1-  .  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H Haro, list 1 of PN PN Nmcl (h)

(a) H  = 1H = HEAO
(b) H  = 1H = HEAO
(c) H  = 1H = H4 = HEAO = HEAO 4-
(d) H  = 1H = HEAO
(e) [H28]  Tables I, II: (V1-V50) V for Variable ∗

(f) [H28] Tables IV, V: Nos 26, 36, 39 are rejected as novae, and the following omitted on the grounds that the preceding unobserved intervals are excessive: Nos 12, 13, 15, 24, 25, 38, 46, 47, 48, 53, and 73.

(g) [H32] = (H)

Format NNN: table I: (Nos 1-140); Format R: 8 objects probably associated with NGC 205 nebula (see p. 55, NGC 205 is a faint companion of M 31), written with a roman num. on the plates.

(h) H1-  = (H) = H 1- = (HARO 2-) = (Haro 2-)

Table 1 in 1952BOTT.11.1H ; Nos 25 and 49 are rejected as PN in ref. 1992AO.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
H2-  NN  48 Poss. PN  PN H 2-  .  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H Haro, list 2 of PN PN Nmcl (a)
H3-  NN  2 PN  PN H 3-         1953H4  HARO G.+  1953BOTT....18...3H Haro, list 3 of PN PN Nmcl (b)

H4 eq. H

HHMM+DDd  .

(Hard X)

                                                                    H

                                                                                     1984L1  LEVINE A.M.+  1984ApJS...54..581L

HEAO satellite, A-4 experiment

H4-  N  1 PN  PN H 4-  .  HARO G.  1951PASP...63..144H Haro, PN list 4  ^{(c)}
H 1-  eq. H1-  NN  . PN  PN H 1-  .  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H Haro, PN list 1
H 2-  eq. H2-  NN  . Poss. PN  PN H 2-  .  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H Haro, PN list 2
H 3-  eq. H3-  NN  . PN  PN H 3-         1953H4  HARO G.+  1953BOTT....18...3H Haro, PN list 3
H 4-  eq. H4-  N  1 PN  PN H 4-  .  HARO G.  1951PASP...63..144H Haro, PN list 4
H2O  LLL.ℓ+BB.b LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  . Gal. Maser or MCld GH2O  .  -  .  H2O em. source  Systematic (d)

H2O  HHMM+DD  . Maser or MCld H2O  .  -  .  H2O em. source  Systematic (e)

H2O  LLL.ℓℓℓ+BB.bbb  526 Gal. Maser GH2O            1988CP  CESARONI R.+  1988A&AS...76..445C H2O em. source  ^{(f)}
H2O  HHMM+DD  13 Exgl Maser H2O             1988CP  CESARONI R.+  1988A&AS...76..445C H2O em. source

HA  N  7 (Rad)  -               1972A3  ARP H.C.  1972ApJ...174.L111A H. Arp

Ha  eq. Haffner  {NNa \atop (N)}  . OCl  Cl Haffner      1957H1  HAFFNER H.  1957ZA.....43...89H Author’s name

(a) H2- = (H) = H 2- = (HARO 3-) = (Haro 3-)

Table 2 in 1952BOTT.11.1H ; H2-9 is a Nova

(b) H3-  = H 3- = (HARO 6-) = (Haro 6-)

H3-29 = Haro 6-29 = PN G174.2-14.6; H3-75 = Haro 6-75 = PN G193.6-09.5

(c) H4-  = H 4-

H4-1 = PN G049.3+88.1 = PK 049+88 1

(d) H2O = GH2O

May be either an acronym (with format LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb) or a specificator

(e) H2O  May be either an acronym (with format LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb) or a specificator
(f) H2O = GH2O

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
HAFFNER eq. Haffner  {NNa \atop (N)}  . OCl  Cl Haffner      1957H1  HAFFNER H.  1957ZA.....43...89H Author’s name

Haffner  {NNa \atop (N)}  26 OCl  Cl Haffner      1957H1  HAFFNER H.  1957ZA.....43...89H Author’s name  C Nmcl (a)

HARO  eq. Haro  NN  . {Em. ∗ + \atop Blue G} p HARO          1956H4  HARO G.  .  Author’s name

HARO 1- eq. Haro 1-

NN  .

Em. ∗

HARO 1-

1949H1  HARO G.  1949AJ.....54..188H

Author’s name, list 1

HARO 2- use H1-

NN  .

PN

PN H 1-

.  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H

Author’s name, list 2

HARO 3- use H2-

Poss. NN  .

PN

PN H 2-

.  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H

Author’s name, list 3

HARO 4- eq. Haro 4-

NNN  .

Em. Obj.

Haro 4-

1953H2  HARO G.  1953ApJ...117...73H

Author’s name, list 4

HARO 5- eq. Haro 5-

NN  .

Em. ∗

Haro 5-

1953H3  HARO G.+  1953BOTT....17..11H

Author’s name, list 5

HARO 6- eq. Haro 6-

NN  .

Em. ∗

Haro 6-

1953H4  HARO G.+  1953BOTT....18...3H

Author’s name, list 6

HARO 6- use H3-

NN  .

PN

PN H 3-

1953H4  HARO G.+  1953BOTT....18...3H

Author’s name, list 6

HARO 7- eq. Haro 7-

NN  .

Em. ∗

Haro 7-

1972HR  HARO G.+  1972ApJ...174..401H

Author’s name, list 7

Haro  use Haro 4-  NNN  . Em. Obj.  Haro 4-         1953H2  HARO G.  1953ApJ...117...73H Author’s name
Haro  NN  44 Em. G + Blue G p HARO          1956H4  HARO G.  .  Author’s name  ^{(b)}

Haro 1-

NN  17

Em. ∗

Haro 1-

1949H1  HARO G.  1949AJ.....54..188H

Author’s name, list 1

(c)

Haro 2- use H1-

NN  .

PN

PN H 1-

.  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H

Author’s name, list 2

(a) Haffner = Ha = HAFFNER
(b) Haro  = HARO = (T)
(c) Haro 1- = HARO 1-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Haro 3- use H2-

Poss. NN  .

PN

PN H 2-

.  HARO G.  1952BOTT....11...1H

Author’s name, list 3

Haro 4-

NNN  255

Em. Obj.

Haro 4-

1953H2  HARO G.  1953ApJ...117...73H

Author’s name, list 4

(a)

Haro 5-

NN  98

Em. ∗

Haro 5-

1953H3  HARO G.+  1953BOTT....17..11H

Author’s name, list 5

(b)

Haro 6-

NN  71

Em. ∗

Haro 6-

1953H4  HARO G.+  1953BOTT....18...3H

Author’s name, list 6

(c)

Haro 6- use H3-

NN  .

PN

PN H 3-

1953H4  HARO G.+  1953BOTT....18...3H

Author’s name, list 6

Haro 7-

NN  -

Em. ∗

Haro 7-

1972HR  HARO G.+  1972ApJ...174..401H

Author’s name, list 7

(d)

Harvard  NN  47 OCl  Cl Harvard  .  -  .  Harvard univ.  C Nmcl

HaTr

NN  14

PN

-

.  HARTL H.+  1985A&A...145...41H

Authors’ names See ref.

1982AC D (e)

Haute Provence

N  6?

GCl

Cl Haute-Provence

.  -  .

Haute Provence obs.

(f)

Havlen-Moffat  -  1 OCl  -               1977H1  HAVLEN R.J.+  1977A&A....58..351H Authors’ names  = C 1715-387
HaWe  N  3 PN  -  .  HARTL H.+  1987A&AS...69..519H Authors’ names  PN Nmcl (g)

HAWK

NN  26

V ∗

p HAWK

.  HAWKINS M.R.S.  1984MNRAS.206..433H

Author’s name Identif. charts

(h)

HB  HHMM+DDd  . (X)  -  .  -  .  Hakucho Burster
HB  eq. Hubble  NN  . PN  PN Hb  .  HUBBLE E.P.  1921PASP...33..174H Author’s name

(a) Haro 4-  = (Haro) = HARO 4-
(b) Haro 5-  = HARO 5- = (HM)
(c) Haro 6-  = HARO 6-
(d) Haro 7-  = HARO 7-
(e) HaTr  = HtTr
(f) Haute Provence = OHP = HP

No. 1 = An. (Dufay, Berthier, Morignat) = C 1727-299 ; Nos 2, 3, 4, 5 are Terzan 1, 2, 4, 6 respectively.

(g) HaWe  HaWe 3, 5, 9 are true PN in ref. 1992AO
(h) HAWK  = (R)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
HB  NN  23 (Rad)  p HB            1953H1  HANBURY BROWN R.+ 1953MNRAS.113..123H Hanbury Brown  ^{(a)}
Hb  eq. Hubble  NN  . PN  PN Hb  .  HUBBLE E.P.  1921PASP...33..174H Author’s name

HBC eq. HRC

NNN  .

Em. ∗

                                                                    HBC

                                                                                     1972HR  HERBIG G.H.+  1972ApJ...174..401H

Herbig Bell Catalog

HBC

NNN  742

Em. ∗

                                                                    HBC

                                                                                     1988HB A HERBIG G.H.+  1988LicOB1111....1H
                                                                                     1988HB B WEAVER Wm.+  1992ApJS...78..239W

Herbig Bell Catalog

(b)

HBDS  N  1 PN  -  .  HEBER U.+  1984MitAG..62..252H Authors’ names  ^{(c)}

Hbg

NNNN  1660

OB ∗

                                                                    Hbg

                                                                                     1966K3  KLARE G.+  1966VeHei..18....9K
                                                                                     1977G1  GARRISON R.F.+  1977ApJS...35..111G

Heidelberg objective prism survey

(d)

HBH  use HB  NN  . (Rad)  p HB            1953H1  HANBURY BROWN R.+ 1953MNRAS.113..123H Authors’ initials
HBMR  NN  31 (Rad)  -               1964H1  HIGGS L.A.+  1964MNRAS.127..367H Authors’ initials

HBV CRAMPTON D.+

NNN  .

V ∗ (1PN)

                                                                    SV∗ HBV

                                                                                         .  1970ApL.....6....5C

Hamburg-

Bergedorf obs., Variable ∗

V ∗ Nmcl (e)

HC  NN  45 (Rad)  p HC            1969H1  HOLDEN D.J.+  1969MNRAS.143..407H Authors’ initials
HC  use [HC88]  NNN  . ∗ in LMC  [HC88]  .  HARTWICK F.D.A.+  1988ApJ...334..135H Authors’ initials

[HC88]

NNN  53

{CH ∗ \atop in LMC}

                                                                    [HC88]

                                                                                         .  HARTWICK F.D.A.+  1988ApJ...334..135H

Authors’ initials, 1988

(f)

[HC89]

NN  47

(Rad)

                                                                    [HC89]

                                                                                         .  HELFAND D.J.+  1989AJ.....98.1652H

Authors’ initials, 1989

(a) HB  = (HBH)

(b) HBC Replaces HRC (ref. 1972HR) for Nos 1-323 ; Note that the letter ”n” or an asterisk are not part of the designation, but are separate items of information: n means star embedded in a nebulosity

(c) HBDS  HBDS 1 = PN G049.3+88.1 = PK 049+88 1
(d) Hbg  = (KS)

(e) HBV HBV 475 = V1329 CYG = PK 077-05 1 (PN + M4+WN5 symbiotic ∗) ; see ref. 1981VH A, p. 277 For the Magellanic Clouds, the HBV stars are identified in ref. 1967HW and 1977HW ; see also Gaposhkin ref. 1970G2

(f) [HC88] = (HC) = LMC CH

N=53 among (Nos 1-222)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

HCG

NNN  100

Group of G

HCG

1982H2 A HICKSON P.  1982ApJ...255..382H
1982H2 B HICKSON P.+  1989ApJS...70..687H

Hickson, Compact Group

(a)

HCG

NNNa  463

G in Group of G

HCG

1982H2 B HICKSON P.+  1989ApJS...70..687H

Hickson, Compact Group

(b)

[HCH93]

NN  54

∗ in SMC

[HCH93]

.  HATZIDIMITRIOU D.+ 1993MNRAS.261..873H

Authors’ initials, 1993

(c)

HD  NNNNNN  225300 ∗  HD              1918C1  CANNON A.J.+  1918AnHar..91.....C H. Draper catalog

HDE

NNNNNN  ≃ 130000

∗

HD

1925C1 A CANNON A.J.  1925AnHar.100...17C
1925C1 B CANNON A.J.+  1949AnHar.112....1C
1925C1 C ROSER S.+  1991A&AS...88..277R

H. Draper, Extension

HDN

NN  45

DCld in SMC

-

1974H5  HODGE P.W.  1974PASP...86..263H

Hodge, Dark Nebula

HDW  eq. HtDe  NN  . PN + Poss. PN -  .  HARTL H.+  1983MitAG..60..325H Authors’ initials

HE  use He2-  NNN  . PN  HE 2-  .  HENIZE K.G.  1967ApJS...14..125H Author’s name
HE  use He3-  NNNN  . {Em. ∗ \atop (23PN)}  HE 3-           1976H2  HENIZE K.G.  1976ApJS...30..491H Author’s name

He  .  WD  -  .  -  .  Hertzsprung  WD Nmcl

He1-

N  7

PN

HE 1-

.  HENIZE K.G.  1961PASP...73..159H

Author’s name, list 1

(d)

He2-

NNN  468

PN

HE 2-

.  HENIZE K.G.  1967ApJS...14..125H

Author’s name, list 2

PN Nmcl (e)

He3-

NNNN  1929

{Em. ∗ \atop (23PN)}

HE 3-

1976H2  HENIZE K.G.  1976ApJS...30..491H

Author’s name, list 3

(f)

HE 1- eq. He1-

N  .

PN

HE 1-

.  HENIZE K.G.  1961PASP...73..159H

Author’s name, list 1

(a) HCG  = (HICK)
(b) HCG  = (HICK)
(c) [HCH93]  N=54 ∗ among (Nos 1-63)
(d) He1-  = HE 1- = He 1-
(e) He2-  = (HE) = HE 2- = He 2- = (HEN) = (LHα )
(f) He3-  = (HE) = HE 3- = He 3- = (HEN) = HEN 3

23 objects are compiled as PN, see PN Nmcl

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

HE 2- eq. He2-

NNN  .

PN

                                                                    HE 2-

                                                                                         .  HENIZE K.G.  1967ApJS...14..125H

Author’s name, list 2

HE 3- eq. He3-

NNNN  .

{Em. ∗ \atop (23PN)}

                                                                    HE 3-

                                                                                     1976H2  HENIZE K.G.  1976ApJS...30..491H

Author’s name, list 3

He 1- eq. He1-

N  .

PN

                                                                    HE 1-

                                                                                         .  HENIZE K.G.  1961PASP...73..159H

Author’s name, list 1

He 2- eq. He2-

NNN  .

PN

                                                                    HE 2-

                                                                                         .  HENIZE K.G.  1967ApJS...14..125H

Author’s name, list 2

He 3- eq. He3-

NNNN  .

{Em. ∗ \atop (23PN)}

                                                                    HE 3-

                                                                                     1976H2  HENIZE K.G.  1976ApJS...30..491H

Author’s name, list 3

HEAO eq. H

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  .

(X)

                                                                    H

                                                                                     1979M3  MARSHALL F.E.+  1979ApJS...40..657M
                                                                                         .  PICCINOTTI G.+  1982ApJ...253..485P
                                                                                     1983NJ  NUGENT J.J.+  1983ApJS...51....1N
                                                                                     1984L1  LEVINE A.M.+  1984ApJS...54..581L

HEAO satellite

A-2 experiment

HEAO 4- eq. H

HHMM+DDd  .

(Hard X)

                                                                    H

                                                                                     1984L1  LEVINE A.M.+  1984ApJS...54..581L

HEAO satellite, A-4 experiment

HeFa  eq.  N  . PN  -  .  HENIZE K.G.+  1983IAUS..103..544H Authors’ names
HeFe  eq. HFG  N  . PN  PN HFG  .  HECKATHORN J.N.+  1982A&A...114..414H Authors’ initials
HEN  use He2-  NNN  . PN  HE 2-  .  HENIZE K.G.  1967ApJS...14..125H Author’s name
HEN  use He3-  NNNN  . {Em. ∗ \atop (23PN)}  HE 3-           1976H2  HENIZE K.G.  1976ApJS...30..491H Author’s name

HEN 3-  eq. He3-  NNNN  . {Em. ∗ \atop (23PN)}  HE 3-           1976H2  HENIZE K.G.  1976ApJS...30..491H Author’s name

HENG  NN  39 G  [H92]           1992H1  HENNING P.A.  1992ApJS...78..365H Author’s name, G ^{(a)}

Hen N eq. LHA 115-N

NN  .

H II in SMC

                                                                    LHA 115-N

                                                                                     1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Author’s name, Nebula

(a) HENG = [H92]

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Hen N eq. LHA 120-N

NN  .

H II in LMC

                                                                    LHA 120-N

                                                                                     1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Author’s name, Nebula

Hen S eq. LHA 115-S

NN  .

\begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in SMC \end{matrix}

                                                                    LHA 115-S

                                                                                     1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Author’s name, Star

Hen S eq. LHA 120-S

NN  .

\begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}

                                                                    LHA 120-S

                                                                                     1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Author’s name, Star

HENIZE  eq. HENUN  NNN  . ∗  p HENUN  .  -  .  Author’s name

HENUN

NNN  .

∗

                                                                    p HENUN

.  -  .

Henize,

Unpublished list

Unpublished_{(a)}

Herbig  NN  33 RFN  -               1954H1 F HERBIG G.H.  1959ApJS....4..337H Author’s name
Herbst  use VdBH  NN  . RFN  VDBH            1975V1 B HERBST W.  1975AJ.....80..212H Author’s name
Herbst  use VdBH  NNa  . ∗ in RFN  VDBH            1975V1 B HERBST W.  1975AJ.....80..212H Author’s name
HERZ  NNNNN  . ∗  HERZ  .  HERZ N.  .  Author’s name
Hf  eq. Hoffleit  NN  . Bright N  -               1953H5  HOFFLEIT D.  1953AnHar.119...37H Author’s name
Hf  NN  6 PN  PN Hf           1953H5  HOFFLEIT D.  1953AnHar.119...37H Author’s name  ^{(b)}
Hf2-  N  2 PN  PN Hf 2-        1953H5  HOFFLEIT D.  1953AnHar.119...37H Author’s name  PN Nmcl (c)
Hf 2-  eq. Hf2-  N  . PN  PN Hf 2-        1953H5  HOFFLEIT D.  1953AnHar.119...37H Author’s name
HFE  NN  72 (Far IR)  -               1971H1  HOFFMANN W.F.+  1971ApJ...170..L89H Authors’ initials
HFG  N  1 PN  PN HFG  .  HECKATHORN J.N.+  1982A&A...114..414H Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}

(a) HENUN = HENIZE
(b) Hf  = (H) = Hoffleit

Hf 4, 38, 39, 48, 62, 69 are compiled as PN

(c) Hf2-  = Hf 2-
(d) HFG  = HeFe

HFG 1 = PN G136.3+05.5 = PK 136+05 1

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

HFS1-

NNN  359

Flare ∗ ; in Orion

HPRA

1968H3 A HARO G.  .
1968H3 B HARO G.+  1969BITon...5...59H
1968H3 C PARSAMIAN E.+  1978BITon...2..341P
1968H3 D CHAVIRA E.+  1991RMxAA..22...15C
1968H3 E PARSAMIAN E.+  1993RMxAA..25...71P

Haro, Flare ∗, table 1

(a)

HFS3-

NN  13

Flare ∗ in ; NGC 2264

Cl∗ NGC 2264 HAR

1968H3 A HARO G.  .

Haro, Flare ∗, table 3

(b)

HFS4-

NN  11

Flare ∗ in ; Tau DCld

-

1968H3 A HARO G.  .

Haro, Flare ∗, table 4

(c)

HFS5-

NN  61

Flare ∗ in ; Pleiades

Cl∗ Melotte 22 HAR

1968H3 A HARO G.  .

Haro, Flare ∗, table 5

(d)

HFS7-

N  4

Flare ∗ in ; Coma

-

1968H3 A HARO G.  .

Haro, Flare ∗, table 7

(e)

HFS8-

NN  11

Flare ∗ in ; Praesepe

Cl∗ NGC 2632 HAR

1968H3 A HARO G.  .

Haro, Flare ∗, table 8

(f)

HG  F-NNN  292 WD  HG              1962G1  GICLAS H.L.+  1962LowOB...5..257G Hyades, Giclas  WD Nmcl (g)
HG  use HGCG  NN  . Group of G -               1982H1  HUCHRA J.P.+  1982ApJ...257..423H Authors’ initials

HGCG

NN  92

Group of G

-

1982H1  HUCHRA J.P.+  1982ApJ...257..423H

Authors’ initials, Cluster of G

(h)

(a) HFS1- = HPRA = (T) = (Ton) = (Tonantzintla)

Nos 255, 256, 258, 259, 299-325 are missing.

(b) HFS3- = (Tonantzintla)
(c) HFS4- = (Tonantzintla)
(d) HFS5- = (Tonantzintla)
(e) HFS7- = (Tonantzintla)
(f) HFS8- = (Tonantzintla)
(g) HG  = (G) = (GH)
(h) HGCG = (GNO) = (HG)

Lortet M.-C., Borde S., Ochsenbein F.: The Second Reference Dictionary — Chapter 1: Table of Acronyms 1–85

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

HGT

NNN  61+76

∗

HGT

     .  HALPERN J.P.+  1985ApJ...296..190H
     .  HALPERN J.P.+  1988ApJ...330..201H

Authors’ initials

(a)

HH

NNNA NNNa NNNAN NNN(W) NNNAW  138

HH

HH

1974H2 A HERBIG G.H.  1974LicOB.658.....H
1974H2 B STROM S.E.+  1974ApJ...191..111S
1974H2 C SCHWARTZ R.D.  1977ApJS...35..161S
1974H2 D DOPITA M.A.  1978ApJS...37..117D
1974H2 E HERBIG G.H.+  1981AJ.....86.1232H
1974H2 F DOPITA M.A.+  1982ApJ...263L..73D
1974H2 G JONES B.F.+  1982AJ.....87.1223J
1974H2 H HERBIG G.H.+  1983AJ.....88.1040H
1974H2 I SCHWARTZ R.D.+  1984AJ.....89.1735S
1974H2 J PETTERSSON B.  1984A&A...139..135P
1974H2 K HARTIGAN P.+  1985ApJS...59..383H
1974H2 L HARTIGAN P.+  1987AJ.....93..913H
1974H2 M JONES B.F.+  1987AJ.....94.1260J
1974H2 N REIPURTH B.+  1988A&A...202..219R
1974H2 O REIPURTH B.  1989A&A...220..249R
1974H2 P REIPURTH B.  1989Natur.340...42R
1974H2 Q REIPURTH B.+  1989Msngr..55...32R
1974H2 R OGURA K.  1990PASP..102.1366O
1974H2 S REIPURTH B.+  1990A&A...229..527R
1974H2 T OGURA K.+  1991AJ....101..185O
1974H2 U OGURA K.  1991AJ....101.1803O
1974H2 V REIPURTH B.+  1991A&A...246..535R
1974H2 W OGURA K.  1991PASAu...9..295O
1974H2 X REIPURTH B.+  1992A&A...256...L1R
1974H2 Y REIPURTH B.+  1992A&A...256..225R
1974H2 Z REIPURTH B.+  1992A&A...257..693R
1974H2AA WALSH J.R.+  1992MNRAS.257..110W
1974H2AB OGURA K.+  1992ApJ...400..248O
1974H2AC REIPURTH B.+  1993A&A...273..221R
1988VH  VON HIPPEL T.+  1988A&AS...74..431V

Herbig Haro obj.

(b)

HH- eq. HH

NNNA NNNa NNNAN NNN(W) NNNAW  .

HH

HH

1974H2+ HERBIG G.H.  .

1988VH  VON HIPPEL T.+  1988A&AS...74..431V

Herbig Haro obj.

(a) HGT  (Nos 1-61) in the first ref., (Nos 101-176) in the second ref. Identif. charts
(b) HH  = HH- = H-H

Numerous subdivisions (may be A, A1, AS where S stands for south, etc..) ; Nos 37, and 121 are missing. Ref. 1988A&AS.74.431V (1988VH) is a compilation. A complete revision and the extension of the numbering to numerous HH or HH-like objects is under completion (as of April 1994) by B. Reipurth.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

H-H eq. HH

NNNA NNNa NNNAN NNN(W) NNNAW  .

HH

HH

1974H2+ HERBIG G.H.  .

1988VH  VON HIPPEL T.+  1988A&AS...74..431V

Herbig Haro obj.

[HHC93]

FFNN  35

∗

-

.  HUGHES J.+  1993AJ....105..571H

Authors’ initials, 1993

(a)

HHIC catalog: use PGC

NNNNN  .

G

PGC

1989PF D BOTTINELLI L.+  1990A&AS...82..391B

Homogeneized Hydrogen I Catalog

HHL

NN  77

HH-like

p HHL

1987G1  GYULBUDAGHIAN A.L.+ 1987RMxAA..15...53G

Herbig Haro Like obj.

HIC catalog: use PGC

NNNNN  .

G

PGC

1989PF C PATUREL G.+ .

Hydrogen I Catalog

HIC

NNNNNNA  118322

∗

-

1992TC A TURON C.+  .

1992TC B TURON C.+  1992BICDS..41....9T

Hipparcos Input Catalogue

HICK use HCG

NNN  .

Group of G

HCG

1982H2+ HICKSON P. .

Hickson, Compact Group

HICK use HCG

NNNa  .

G in Group of G

HCG

1982H2 B HICKSON P.+  1989ApJS...70..687H

Hickson, Compact Group

HIG  NN  31 (Rad)  -               1966H1  HIGGS L.A.  1966MNRAS.132...67H Author’s name  ^{(b)}
HILT  eq. Hilt  NNNN  . OB ∗  HILT            1956H3  HILTNER W.A.  1956ApJS....2..389H Author’s name
Hilt  NNNN  1259 OB ∗  HILT            1956H3  HILTNER W.A.  1956ApJS....2..389H Author’s name  ^{(c)}
Hiltner  eq. Hilt  NNNN  . OB ∗  HILT            1956H3  HILTNER W.A.  1956ApJS....2..389H Author’s name
HIP  -  - ∗  -                                                                      Hipparcos catalogue  ^{(d)}

(a) [HHC93] 35 ∗ in Lupus field. In the format two first digits FF: first digit is the letter F for Field, and second digit (Nos 1-4) of the field; two last digits NN: running number in each field. The format is always a four digits format. Ex.: Object F409 is the star 9 in the field F4. No identif. charts.

(b) HIG  = (H)
(c) Hilt  = HILT = Hiltner
(d) HIP  in preparation, results of Hipparcos mission.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

HJM

AFF-NNa  96

(IR) in Cha DCld

                                                                    HJM

                                                                                         .  HYLAND A.R.+  1982MNRAS.201.1095H
                                                                                         .  JONES T.J.+  1985AJ.....90.1191J

Authors’ initials

(a)

H-K

NN  30

Red Dw.

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1965K2  KLARE G.+  1965Obs....85..202K

Heidelberg Konigstuhl obs.

HKV  -  - PN  -  .  HRIVNAK B.J.+  1988ApJ...331..832H Authors’ initials
HL  CCC NN  . WD  HL  .  HARO G.+  1961BOTT....3...35H Authors’ initials
HL  use PHL  NNNN  . Faint ; Blue ∗  PHL             1962H1+ HARO G.+  .  Authors’ initials

HLF

NA  4

Field

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1966P2  PHILIP A.G.D.  1966ApJS...12..391P

High Latitude Field

HLF2

DD NNN  1895

∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1966P2  PHILIP A.G.D.  1966ApJS...12..391P

High Latitude Field 2

Hln  NN  17 Double ∗  -               1974H4  HOLDEN F.  1974PASP...86..907H Author’s name
HLS  {GNN \atop NN}  11 G  HLS  .  HOFFMAN G.L.+  1992AJ....104.2086H Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

HM  use Haro 5-  NN  . Em. ∗  Haro 5-         1953H3  HARO G.+  1953BOTT....17..11H Authors’ initials
HM  NNNN  1293 (Rad)  -               1965H2  HOWARD W.E.III+  1965ApJS...10....1H Authors’ initials
HM  use MLO  HHMM+DDA HHMM+DD.d  . (Rad)  -               1970H1  HOSKINS D.G.+  1970AuJPS..15....1H Authors’ initials

HM  NN  32 Em. ∗  ASS CHA T 1-    1973H3  HENIZE K.G.+  1973ApJ...180..115H Henize + Mendoza ^{(c)}
HMEN  eq. HM  NN  . Em. ∗  ASS CHA T 1-    1973H3  HENIZE K.G.+  1973ApJ...180..115H Henize + Mendoza

+1(2 aut.)

(a) HJM  In the format AFF is for (C1 to C10) or (E1 to E4) ”blocks”. Numbering of objects in the ”block” C1 is continued in the second ref.
(b) HLS  The format GNN (G for Galaxy) is used by authors, the format NN is found in the literature. No identif. charts.
(c) HM  = ASS CHA T 1- = HMEN

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

HMV

HHMM+DDMMA NN  15

MCld

                                                                    HMS

                                                                                     1956H1 A HUMASON M.L.+  1956AJ.....61...97H
                                                                                     1956H1 B NOONAN T.W.  1973AJ.....78...26N
                                                                                         .  HEITHAUSEN A.+  1987A&A...179..263H

Authors’ initials

(a)

Hn  NN  26 Hα obj. in ; Cha Hn  .  HARTIGAN P.  1993AJ....105.1511H Hartigan

HO  +DD A  2544 {∗  near \atop NGP} p HO            1973H1  HAGGKVIST L.+  1973A&AS...12..381H Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

H.O.  eq. HO  +DD A  . {∗  near \atop NGP} p HO            1973H1  HAGGKVIST L.+  1973A&AS...12..381H Authors’ initials

Ho  eq. Holmberg R  . G  NAME HOLMBERG   1950H1  HOLMBERG E.  .  Author’s name
Ho  eq. Hogg  NNN  . OCl  Cl Hogg         1965H1  HOGG A.R.  .  Author’s name
Hoag  eq. HS  NN  . QSO  -               1977H2  H0AG A.A.+  1977ApJ...217..362H Discoverer’s name
Hoag  N  3 QSO  NAME HOAG  .  BURBIDGE E.M.+  1980ApJ...242L..55B Discoverer’s name
Hodge  NN  12 GCl in LMC  NAME HODGE      1960H2  HODGE P.W.  1960ApJ...131..351H Author’s name  ^{(c)}

HodgeC60 eq. Hodge

NN  .

GCl in LMC

                                                                    NAME HODGE

                                                                                     1960H2  HODGE P.W.  1960ApJ...131..351H

Author’s name, C, 1960

HodgeC86

NNN  213

Cluster in SMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1986H2  HODGE P.  1986PASP...98.1113H

Author’s name, C, 1986

HodgeC88

NNN  390

Cluster in LMC

                                                                    H88

                                                                                     1988H2  HODGE P.  1988PASP..100.1051H

Author’s name, C, 1988

(d)

Hoffleit  NN  63 Bright N  -               1953H5  HOFFLEIT D.  1953AnHar.119...37H Author’s name  ^{(e)}
Hoffleit  use Hf  NN  . PN  PN Hf           1953H5  HOFFLEIT D.  1953AnHar.119...37H Author’s name

(a) HMV  = (Cl)
(b) HO  = H.O.
(c) Hodge  = (H) = HodgeC60

Nos 1-14 ; Nos 12, 13 are missing

(d) HodgeC88 = H88

Hodge 11 = H 11 = SL 868 (sometimes printed H II) (α = 06h14.6m, δ = -69^{∘}51m, 1975), is not from this reference

(e) Hoffleit  = (H) = Hf

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Hogg  NNN  133 OCl  Cl Hogg         1965H1  HOGG A.R.  .  Author’s name  C Nmcl (a)
Hol  eq. Holetschek .  OCl  -  .  -  .  Author’s name
Holetschek  .  OCl  -  .  -  .  Author’s name  C Nmcl (b)
Holm  eq. Holmberg R  . G  NAME HOLMBERG   1950H1  HOLMBERG E.  .  Author’s name
HOLMBERG eq. Holmberg R  . G  NAME HOLMBERG   1950H1  HOLMBERG E.  .  Author’s name
Holmberg  R  . G  NAME HOLMBERG   1950H1  HOLMBERG E.  .  Author’s name  ^{(c)}

HP eq. Haute Provence

N  .

GCl

Cl Haute-Provence

.  -  .

Obs. de Haute

Provence

HP use PSR

HHMM+DD  .

PSR

                                                                    PSR

                                                                                     1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T

Harvard obs., Pulsar Superseded by PSR

HPRA eq. HFS1-

NNN  .

Flare ∗ in ; Ori

                                                                    HPRA

                                                                                     1968H3+ HARO G.  .

Haro, Parsamian, RAfaga (spanish)

HPW  {NN \atop R}  50 Dw. G  -               1965H3  HODGE P.W.+  1965AJ.....70..559H Authors’ initials

HR eq. BS

NNNN  .

∗

                                                                    HR = BS

1964HF+ HOFFLEIT D.  .
1982HJ+ HOFFLEIT D.+  .

Harvard obs., Revised photometry

HR  NN  55 (Rad)  -               1969H2  HUGHES V.A.+  1969AJ.....74..604H Authors’ initials

[HR92]

NN  44

∗ in HH 34 ; complex

                                                                    [HR92]

                                                                                         .  HEATHCOTE S.+  1992AJ....104.2193H

Authors’ initials, 1992

Table 2

HRC

NNN  323

Em. ∗

                                                                    HBC

                                                                                     1972HR  HERBIG G.H.+  1972ApJ...174..401H

Herbig + Rao,

Catalog

(d)

HRG  FFFNN  108 Ring G  HRG  .  FAUNDEZ-ABANS M.+ 1992A&AS...94..245F  Hertling, Ring Galaxy  ^{(e)}

(a) Hogg  = (Ho)
(b) Holetschek = Hol

Not quoted in 1970AR nor in 1979LY

(c) Holmberg = (Ho) = Holm= HOLMBERG
(d) HRC  = HBC

subset of HBC (ref. 1988HB), use acronym HBC ; Better information in ref. 1988HB.

(e) HRG  Format FFFNN: always 5 digitswithout space or separator, the first three FFF are ESO plate number, the two last NN are ring galaxy running number in that plate.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
HS  NNN  455 OCl in LMC  p HS            1966H2  HODGE P.W.+  1966AJ.....71..363H Authors’ initials  Identif. charts

HS  NN  75 QSO  -               1977H2  H0AG A.A.+  1977ApJ...217..362H Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

HS use GS

NNN  .

H II

                                                                    -

1955G1  GAZE V.F.+  .

Authors’ initials (erroneous)

(b)

HS  HHMM+DDMM  - (Opt)  -  .  VOGEL S.+  1993A&AS...98..193V Hamburg Survey  ^{(c)}

HSNH

NNN  144

(Rad)

                                                                    HSNH

                                                                                     1987H1  HANDA T.+  1987PASJ...39..709H

Four first authors’ initials

HtTr  eq. HaTr  N  . PN  -  .  HARTL H.+  1985A&A...145...41H Authors’ names

HtDe

NN  -

PN

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  HARTL H.+  1983MitAG..60..325H

Two first authors’ names

(d)

Hu1-  N  2 PN  PN Hu 1-  .  HUMASON M.L.  1921PASP...33..175H Author’s name  PN Nmcl (e)
Hu2-  N  1 PN  PN Hu 2-  .  HUMASON M.L.  1922PASP...34..296H Author’s name  ^{(f)}
Hu 1-  eq. Hu1-  N  . PN  PN Hu 1-  .  HUMASON M.L.  1921PASP...33..175H Author’s name
Hu 2-  eq. Hu2-  N  . PN  PN Hu 2-  .  HUMASON M.L.  1922PASP...34..296H Author’s name
Hub  eq. Hubble  NN  . PN  PN Hb  .  HUBBLE E.P.  1921PASP...33..174H Author’s name

HUBB I

NN  33

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    HUBB I

                                                                                         .  HUBBLE E.  1922ApJ....56..162H

Author’s name,

Table I

(g)

HUBB II

NN  29

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    HUBB II

                                                                                         .  HUBBLE E.  1922ApJ....56..162H

Author’s name,

Table II

(h)

(a) HS  = Hoag
(b) HS  Ref. 1955G1, HS: Erroneous translit. Haze for Gaze
(c) HS  First reference from this survey. In this ref., N=32 Em. G
(d) HtDe  = HDW
(e) Hu1-  = Hu 1-
(f) Hu2-  = Hu 2-

Hu2-1 = PN G051.4+09.6 = PK 051+09 1

(g) HUBB I = Hubble I

Table I: diffuse neb. with continuous spectra, ex. IC 348, Pleiades..

(h) HUBB II = Hubble II

Table II: diffuse neb. with em. spectra, ex. NGC 1499, NGC 6611..

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Hubble

NN  12

PN (2 are not PN)

                                                                    PN Hb

                                                                                         .  HUBBLE E.P.  1921PASP...33..174H

Author’s name Hb 10, 11 are not

PN (a)

Hubble I eq. HUBB I

NN  .

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    HUBB I

                                                                                         .  HUBBLE E.  1922ApJ....56..162H

Author’s name, Table I

Hubble II eq. HUBB II

NN  .

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    HUBB II

                                                                                         .  HUBBLE E.  1922ApJ....56..162H

Author’s name, Table II

HuBi  -  - PN  -  .  HU J.Y.+  1990A&A...234..435H Authors’ names
HuDo  -  - PN  -  .  HU J.Y.+  .  Authors’ names
HuLo  N  1 Poss. PN  -  .  HUA C.T.+  1990A&A...235..403H Authors’ names  PN Nmcl

HV

NNNNN  15000

V ∗

                                                                    SV∗ HV

.  -  .

Harvard univ., Variable ∗

V ∗ Nmcl

HV

NNNNN  .

\begin{matrix}V ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}

                                                                    SV∗ HV

1967HW  HODGE P.W.+  .

Harvard univ., Variable ∗

V ∗ Nmcl

HV

NNNNN  .

\begin{matrix}V ∗ \\ in SMC \end{matrix}

                                                                    SV∗ HV

1977HW  HODGE P.W.+  .

Harvard univ., Variable ∗

V ∗ Nmcl

HVC

LLL+BB+VVV LLL.ℓ+BB.b+VVV 123

HVC

                                                                    HVC

                                                                                     1975H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1975A&A....40....1H
                                                                                     1975H1 B GIOVANELLI R.  1980AJ.....85.1155G
                                                                                     1975H1 C MIRABEL I.F.  1981ApJ...247...97M
                                                                                     1975H1 D HULSBOSCH A.N.M.+  1988A&AS...75..191H
                                                                                     1975H1 E BAJAJA E.+  1989A&AS...78..345B

High-Velocity Cloud

HW  NN  86 OCl in SMC  HW              1974H3  HODGE P.W.+  1974AJ.....79..858H Authors’ initials

HXR  HHMM+DD  . (X)  -  .  -  .  Hard X-Ray
HYP  NN  60 Cluster of G -               1977E1  EINESTO J.+  .  Hypergalaxy

HZ  NNA  48 Blue ∗  HZ              1947H1  HUMASON M.L.+  1947ApJ...105...85H Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

(a) Hubble = HB = Hb = Hub
(b) HZ  = H-Z

(Nos 1-15) are in the region of Hyades, and are also designated as Cl∗ Melotte 25 HZ in the Simbad database

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
H-Z  eq. HZ  NNA  . Blue ∗  HZ              1947H1  HUMASON M.L.+  1947ApJ...105...85H Authors’ initials
I  use KisoC1-  NNN  . Carbon ∗  -               1987M1 A MAEHARA H.+  1987AnTok..21..293M Ichikawa
I  use IC  NNNN  . (Opt)  IC              1895D1 A DREYER J.L.E.  .  Roman num. list I
[I92]  NNN  185 Nonstel. Obj. in M 33  -  .  IVANOV G.R.  1992ApL....28..281I Ivanov, 1992

[I93]  {NN \atop MNN}  65+10 ∗  -  .  IBRAGIMOV M.A.  1993AZh....70..339I Ibragimov, 1993  ^{(a)}

IAU

HHN\underline{D}A HHS\underline{D}A  38

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1955P1  PAWSEY J.L.  1955ApJ...121....1P

International Astronomical Union

IBAN  NN  . V ∗  IBAN  .  IBANEZ M.  1977IBVS.1246....1I Author’s name

IC

NNNN  5386

(Opt)

                                                                    IC

1895D1 A DREYER J.L.E.  .
1895D1 B DREYER J.L.E.  .
1988S3  SINNOTT R.W.  .

Index Catalog

(b)

IC I  use IC  NNNN  . (Opt)  IC              1895D1 A DREYER J.L.E.  .  Index Cat., list I
IC II  use IC  NNNN  . (Opt)  IC              1895D1 B DREYER J.L.E.  .  Index Cat., list II

ICA

NN  78

Young Ass. betw. MC

                                                                                     1992B6  BATTINELLI P.+  1992AJ....104.1458B

Inter-Cloud Association

IDK

N  6

Blue ∗ Ass. ; betw. MC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1990I1 A IRWIN M.J.+  1990AJ.....99..191I
                                                                                     1990I1 B DEMERS S.+  1991AJ....101..911D
                                                                                     1990I1 C GRONDIN L.  1992AJ....103.1234G

Authors’ initials

(a) [I93]  Format MNN: ∗ projected onto B35.
(b) IC  = (I) or (II) = (IC I) or (IC II)

For identifications of NGC and IC numbers in the Magellanic Clouds or in M 33 see Lortet 1986, Astr. Astrophys. Suppl. 64, p. 303-324 for objects in LMC and SMC, p. 325-328 for objects in M 33

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

IDS .

HHMM.mNDDMMA HHMM.mSDDMMA

≃ 64000 Double ∗

IDS

1963JV  JEFFERS H.M.+  .

Index catalog of Double ∗ format: 1900 coord. (a)

IE use 1E

HHMM+DD.d HHMM.m+DDMM HHMMSS+DDMM.m .

(X)

1E

1981V1  VAIANA G.S.+  1981ApJ...245..163V

1982M1+ MACCACARO T.+  .

1984G2  GIOIA I.M.+  1984ApJ...283..495G
1984H2  HERTZ P.+  1984ApJ...278..137H
1988H1  HERTZ P.+  1988AJ.....96..233H

Erroneously printed for 1E

IFM-B

NNNNa  2112

Blue Superg.

IFM-B

.  IVANOV G.R.+  1993ApJS...89...85I

Authors’ initials, Blue

Table 2

IFM-R

NNN  391

Red Superg.

IFM-R

.  IVANOV G.R.+  1993ApJS...89...85I

Authors’ initials, Red

Table 3

IGVV

NNN  852

IG

p IG VV

1970V1 A VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  .

1970V1 B VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1977A&AS...28....1V

Interacting G, Vorontsov-Vel’yaminov

(b)

IG VV eq. IGVV

NNN  .

IG

p IG VV

1970V1+ VORONTSOV-V. B.A. .

Interacting G, Vorontsov-Vel’yaminov

II  use IC  NNNN  . (Opt)  IC              1895D1 B DREYER J.L.E.  .  Roman num. list II

III ZW eq. 3Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW III

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list III (roman num.)

IISZ eq. 2SZ

NN  .

Compact G

p SZ II

1978R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1978ApJ...225..768R

Southern Zwicky, II (roman num.) 2nd field

II SZ eq. 2SZ

NN  .

Compact G

p SZ II

1978R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1978ApJ...225..768R

Southern Zwicky, II (roman num.) 2nd field

II ZW eq. 2Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW II

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list II (roman num.)

(a) IDS  = (USNO)

updated by WDS

(b) IGVV = IG VV = (V) = VV

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
IKT  NN  25 (Soft X) in SMC p IKT           1983I1  INOUE H.+  .  Authors’ initials

ILF 1 eq. MacRae

+DD NNN  .

∗

                                                      -

                                                                      1952M1  MacRAE D.A.  1952ApJ...116..592M

Intermediate Latitude, Field 1

ILF-1 eq. MacRae

+DD NNN  .

∗

                                                      -

                                                                      1952M1  MacRAE D.A.  1952ApJ...116..592M

Intermediate Latitude, Field 1

ILS

NNN  440

∗

                                                      -

1969M1  MELCHIOR P.+  .

Intermediate Latitude Service

(a)

INN  NNNN  . V ∗  SV∗ Inn  .  -  .  Innes  V ∗ Nmcl (b)
Innes  eq. INN  NNNN  . V ∗  SV∗ Inn  .  -  .  Innes

IPS

HHMM+DD  1789

(Rad)

                                                      -

                                                                      1987P1  PURVIS A.+  1987MNRAS.229..589P

InterPlanetary Scintillation

IRAS

HHMM+DDdPNN  .

(IR)

                                                      IRAS

.  -  .

Infrared Astronomical Satellite

(c)

(a) ILS  = (MD)
(b) INN  = Innes

(c) IRAS Provisory lists have been published as Circulars in Astr. Astrophys. with the format HHMM+DDdPNN where P stands for preliminary and NN is the No. of the Circular. No. 1 : Astr. Astrophys. 123 , C1-C2 , 1983, (N = 18) No. 2 : Astr. Astrophys. 124 , C1-C2 , 1983, (N = 38) No. 3 : Astr. Astrophys. 127 , C1 , 1983, (N = 43) No. 4 : Astr. Astrophys. 128 , C1 , 1983, (N = 20) No. 5 : Astr. Astrophys. 130 , C1 , 1983, (N = 25) No. 6 : Astr. Astrophys. 131 , C1 , 1983, (N = 76) No. 7 : Astr. Astrophys. 131 , C2 , 1983, (N = 28) No. 8 : Astr. Astrophys. 132 , C1 , 1984, (N = 28) No. 9 : Astr. Astrophys. 132 , C2 , 1984, (N = 33) No. 10 : Astr. Astrophys. 134 , C1-C4 , 1984, N = 179, Minisurvey No. 11 : Astr. Astrophys. 134 , C5 , 1984, (N = 54) No. 12 : (not published, contains no sources) No. 13 : Astr. Astrophys. 137 , C1 , 1984, (N = 18) No. 14 : Astr. Astrophys. 137 , C3 , 1984, (N = 24) No. 15 : Astr. Astrophys. 137 , C4 , 1984, (N = 34)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

IRAS

HHMM+DDMM HHMMm+DDMMA FHHMMm+DDMMA SHHMMm+DDdA XHHMM+DDdA .

(IR)

IRAS

1985IR A -  .
1985IR B -  .

1985IR C KLEINMANN S.G.+  .
1985IR D HELOU G.+  .
1985IR E LONSDALE C.J.+  .

1985IR F OLNON F.M.+  1986A&AS...65..607O
1985IR G DE MUIZON M.+  1988A&A...203..207D
1985IR H DEUL E.R.+  1989A&AS...81..207D

1985IR I CHEESEMAN P.+  .
1988BN  BEICHMAN C.A.+  .
1988HW  HELOU G.+  .

1988IR  -  .

1989FL  FULLMER L.+  .
1989MK  MOSHIR M.+  .

Infrared Astronomical Satellite

(a)

IRC  +D0NNN  ≃ 20000 (IR)  IRC             1969N1  NEUGEBAUER G.+  .  Infrared Catalog  ^{(b)}
IRc  N  5 (IR)  in Orion -               1973R2  RIEKE G.H.+  1973ApJ...186...L7R Infrared compact

Ir-Ch  NN  55 Em. ∗  -               1956I1  IRIARTE B.+  1956BOTT....2E..31I Authors’ names
IRe  N  2 (IR)  in Orion NAME IRe        1973R2  RIEKE G.H.+  1973ApJ...186...L7R Infrared, extended

IREC

NNN  516

IR Cld

IREC

1988D1  DESERT F.X.+  1988ApJ...334..815D

Infrared Exc.

Cloud

(c)

IRS  NN  . (IR)  NAME obj.  IRS  .  -  .  IR source  ^{(d)}
IRS  use WLY2  NN  . (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld -  .  WILKING B.A.+  1989ApJ...340..823W InfraRed Source

IRS  use [GY92]  NNN  . (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld [GY92]  .  GREENE T.P.+  1992ApJ...395..516G InfraRed Source

(a) IRAS Several IRAS catalogues have a catalogue name (see synonyms) and incidentally an extended acronym : FSS ; (ref. 1989MK) ; found as IRAS FSS or IRAS F LRS ; (ref. 1985IR F) ; IRAS LRS PSC ; (ref. 1988IR) ; IRAS PSC or IRAS P ; (obsoletes 1985IR B) SSC ; (ref. 1985IR C) ; IRAS SSC or IRAS S SSSC ; (ref. 1988HW) ; IRAS SSSC or IRAS X ; (obsoletes 1985IR D)

(b) IRC  The first two digits (the second is zero) stand for a range in δ : -10 for -15 to -5 n.. ; 0 for -5 to +5 n.. ; +10 for +5 to +15.
(c) IREC = DBB
(d) IRS  Specificator for IR sources in a larger obj.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
IRS  use Dor IRS  NNN  . {(IR) \atop in LMC}  Dor IRS         1992H2  HYLAND A.R.+  1992MNRAS.257..391H InfraRed Source

IRSV

HHMM+DDMM  338

(IR)

IRSV

1985E1 A EPCHTEIN N.+  1985A&AS...61..203E
1985E1 B EPCHTEIN N.+  1987A&AS...71...39E

Infrared Survey, Valinhos obs.

ISG

NN  59

G

ISG

1986I1  ISSERSTEDT J.+  1986A&A...167...11I

Authors’ initials, G

Iskudarian

N  1

OCl

Cl Iskurzdajan

1961I1  ISKUDARIAN S.G.+  1961ATsir.221....6I

First author’s name

= C 1846+368_{(a)}

Iskurzdajan eq. Iskudarian

-  .

OCl

Cl Iskurzdajan

1961I1  ISKUDARIAN S.G.+  1961ATsir.221....6I

First author’s name

IsWe  N  2 PN  PN IsWe         1987I1  ISHIDA K.+  1987A&A...178..227I Authors’ names  ^{(b)}

ISZ eq. 1SZ

NNN  .

Compact G

p SZ I

1978R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1978ApJ...225..768R

Southern Zwicky, I (roman num.): 1st field

I SZ eq. 1SZ

NNN  .

Compact G

p SZ I

1978R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1978ApJ...225..768R

Southern Zwicky, I (roman num.): 1st field

IVC

LLL.ℓ+BB.b+VVV  .

IVC

p IVC

1975H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1975A&A....40....1H
1975H1 B GIOVANELLI R.  1980AJ.....85.1155G

Intermediate-Velocity Cloud

I ZW eq. 1Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW I

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list I (roman num.)

IV ZW eq. 4Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW IV

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list IV (roman num.)

IW  eq. IsWe  N  . PN  PN IsWe         1987I1  ISHIDA K.+  1987A&A...178..227I Authors’ initials
J  NNNN  3355 ∗  -  .  JONCKHEERE R.  1916Obs....39..134J Jonckheere  ^{(c)}
J  NNNN  3 PN  NAME JONCKHEERE  .  JONCKHEERE R.  1916Obs....39..134J Jonckheere  ^{(d)}

(a) Iskudarian = Iskurzdajan
(b) IsWe  = IW

(c) J Jonckheere R., 1962, general catalogue of 3350 faint double stars, observed from 1906 to 1962. Edit. Observatoire de Marseille. Ref. for these objects are collected p. 7 and in the Index, which gives J2000 coordinates ; Nebulae, Novae are listed p. 418. For double ∗, use IDS Nmcl.

(d) J  = Jonckheere

Nos 320, 475, 900 of Jonckheere R., 1962, general catalogue of 3350 faint double stars

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
J  use J1-  NN  . {PN \atop in LMC}  Cl∗ LMC J       1980J2  JACOBY G.H.  1980ApJS...42....1J Jacoby

J  use J2-  NN  . {PN \atop in SMC}  Cl∗ SMC J       1980J2  JACOBY G.H.  1980ApJS...42....1J Jacoby

J1-  NNN  116 {H II  + \atop RFN} -               1955J1 A JOHNSON H.M.  1955ApJ...121..604J Johnson

J1-  use YM  NN  . PN  PN YM           1955J1 A JOHNSON H.M.  1955ApJ...121..604J Johnson
J1-  NN  41 {PN \atop in LMC}  Cl∗ LMC J       1980J2  JACOBY G.H.  1980ApJS...42....1J Jacoby, list 1  Table 2B (a)

J2-  NN  21 {H II  + \atop RFN} -               1955J1 B JOHNSON H.M.  1956ApJ...124...90J Johnson

J2-  use YM  NN  . PN  PN YM           1955J1 B JOHNSON H.M.  1956ApJ...124...90J Johnson
J2-  NN  27 {PN \atop in SMC}  Cl∗ SMC J       1980J2  JACOBY G.H.  1980ApJS...42....1J Jacoby, list 2  Table 2A (b)

Jacoby  use J1-  NN  . {PN \atop in LMC}  Cl∗ LMC J       1980J2  JACOBY G.H.  1980ApJS...42....1J Author’s name

Jacoby  use J2-  NN  . {PN \atop in SMC}  Cl∗ SMC J       1980J2  JACOBY G.H.  1980ApJS...42....1J Author’s name

JB  eq. Brey  NNNa  . {WR \atop in LMC}  Brey            1981BR+ BREYSACHER J.  .  J. Breysacher

[JC93]

N-NN  5+15

{V ∗ + \atop Em. G}

                                                                    [JC93]

                                                                                         .  JIANG Z.+  1993AcApS..13..378J

Authors’ initials, 1993 Finding charts

(c)

JENA  NN  37 {Extr. \atop Red ∗}  JENA            1973D4 A DORSCHNER J.+  1973ANac..294..153D Jena univ.  ^{(d)}

JENA  A  5 {Extr. \atop Red ∗}  JENA            1973D4 B FRIEDEMANN C.  1973ANac..298..327F Jena univ.  ^{(e)}

(a) J1-  = (J) = (Jacoby)
(b) J2-  = (J) = (Jacoby)
(c) [JC93]  Table I: format 1-N (Nos 1-5), V ∗. Table II: format 2-NN (Nos 1-15), Em. G
(d) JENA  Obj. 28 ; 31 ; 32 were found to be spurious in ref. 1973D4 B
(e) JENA  No. A = 17 ; No. B = 18 in ref. 1973D4 A ; No. 28 ; 31 ; 32 in ref. 1973D4 A are found to be spurious

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Jenkins

NNNN NNNN.NN  7534

∗

                                                                    PLX

1952J1 A JENKINS L.F.  .
1952J1 B JENKINS L.F.  .

Author’s name

(a)

Jessup  eq. Jsp  NNN  . Double ∗  ∗∗ Jsp          1955R1  ROSSITER R.A.  1955POMic..11....1R Discoverer’s name
JH  NNN  245 ∗  JH  .  JONES B.F.+  1979AJ.....84.1872J Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}
JHC  NNN  161 O-M ∗  p JHC  .  JACOBY G.H.+  1984ApJS...56..257J Authors’ initials
JJ  NNNA  150 G in For- nax Cl p JJ            1980J1  JONES J.E.+  1980MNRAS.191..685J Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

JL  NNN  296 ∗  JL              1969J1  JAIDEE S.+  1969ArA.....5..345J Authors’ initials

Jn

N  1

PN

                                                                    PN Jn

                                                                                         .  MILLER F.D.+  1949ApJ...109..537M

Discoverer’s name: Jones

(d)

JnEr  N  1 PN  -  .  BARBIERI C.+  1977PASP...89..261B Discoverers’ names ^{(e)}
JoDi  N  1 Poss. PN  -  .  JONES E.M.+  1984BAAS...16..975J Authors’ names  PN Nmcl
Jonckheere  eq. J  NNNN  . PN  NAME JONCKHEERE  .  JONCKHEERE R.  1916Obs....39..134J Author’s name

JP use PSR

HHMM+DD  .

PSR

                                                                    PSR

                                                                                     1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T

Jodrell Bank, Pulsar Superseded by PSR

JSP eq. Jsp

NNN  .

Double ∗

                                                                    ∗∗ Jsp

                                                                                     1955R1  ROSSITER R.A.  1955POMic..11....1R

Discoverer’s name: Jessup

Jsp

NNN  803

Double ∗

                                                                    ∗∗ JSP

                                                                                     1955R1  ROSSITER R.A.  1955POMic..11....1R

Discoverer’s name: Jessup

IDS Nmcl (f)

JW  NNNN  1053 ∗ in Orion  JW  .  JONES B.F.+  1988AJ.....95.1755J Authors’ initials  ^{(g)}

(a) Jenkins = GCTP = PLX = = (Y) = Yale = YC = YCSP = YCTSP = YP = YPC
(b) JH  Table III: (Nos 1-237) and (Nos 426-433)
(c) JJ  = (G)
(d) Jn  Jn 1 = PN G104.2-29.6 = PK 104-29 1
(e) JnEr  JnEr 1 = PN G164.8+31.1 = PK 164+31 1
(f) Jsp  = Jessup = JSP
(g) JW  Stars within 15 arcmin of the center of the Orion nebula

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
1Jy  HHMM+DDd  518 (Rad)  1Jy             1981K2  KUHR H.+  1981A&AS...45..367K 1Jy (flux density)
K  NN  7 Flare ∗  -  .  -  .  Konkoly obs.  V ∗ Nmcl (a)
K  use Ku  NNN  . {∗ in NGC \atop 7078} NGC 7078  .  KUSTNER F.  1921VeUSB..15....1K Kustner

K  use King  NN  . OCl  Cl King         1949K1  KING I.  1949BHarO.919...41K King

K  use Kh  NNN  . Dark N  p KH            1955K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  1955AbaOB..18...29K Khavtasi

K  use Kron  NN  . OCl in SMC  Cl Kron         1956K1  KRON G.E.  1956PASP...68..125K Kron

K  use Kh  NNN  . Dark N  -               1960K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  .  Khavtasi
K  use KLNS  NN  . (Rad)  -               1960K2  KUZ’MIN A.D.+  1960AZh....37..975K Kuz’min
K  use Klemola  NNN  . Blue ∗  -               1962K1  KLEMOLA A.R.  1962AJ.....67..740K Klemola

K

{Ra \atop R.N}  -

HVC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1968H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1968BAN....20...33H

Cloud Complex labelled K

K  use Karachentsev NNN  . Pair of G  p KARA          1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K Karachentsev
K  use Karachentsev NNNa  . G in pair  p KARA          1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K Karachentsev
K  use KUV  HHMMm+DDMMA FFFF-NNN FFFF NNN  . UV Obj.  KUV             1980N1+ NOGUCHI T.+  .  Kiso obs.

K  use KK  FFF-NNN  . ∗  p KK            1984K1+ KELLY B.D.+  .  Kelly or Kilkenny

K1-

NN  33

PN

                                                                    PN K 1-

                                                                                         .  KOHOUTEK L.  1962BAICz..13..120K
                                                                                         .  KOHOUTEK L.  1963BAICz..14...70K
                                                                                         .  KOHOUTEK L.  1971A&A....13..493K
                                                                                         .  KOHOUTEK L.  1977A&A....59..137K

Kohoutek

PN Nmcl (b)

(a) K  Szecsenyi-Nagy
(b) K1- = K 1-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

K2-

NN  17

PN

PN K 2-

.  KOHOUTEK L.  1963BAICz..14...70K
.  KOHOUTEK L.  1964BAICz..15..162K
.  KOHOUTEK L.  1971A&A....13..493K
.  KOHOUTEK L.  1977A&A....59..137K

Kohoutek

PN Nmcl (a)

K3-

NN  94

PN

PN K 3-

1965K3 A KOHOUTEK L.  1965BAIC...16..221K
1965K3 B KOHOUTEK L.  1969BAICz..20..307K
1965K3 C KOHOUTEK L.  1972A&A....16..291K

Kohoutek

PN Nmcl (b)

K4-

NN  69

PN

PN K 4-

1965K3 A KOHOUTEK L.  1965BAIC...16..221K
1965K3 B KOHOUTEK L.  1969BAICz..20..307K
1965K3 C KOHOUTEK L.  1972A&A....16..291K

Kohoutek

PN Nmcl (c)

K 1- eq. K1-

NN  .

PN

PN K 1-

.  KOHOUTEK L.  1962BAICz..13..120K
.  KOHOUTEK L.  1963BAICz..14...70K
.  KOHOUTEK L.  1971A&A....13..493K
.  KOHOUTEK L.  1977A&A....59..137K

Kohoutek

K 2- eq. K2-

NN  .

PN

PN K 2-

.  KOHOUTEK L.  1963BAICz..14...70K
.  KOHOUTEK L.  1964BAICz..15..162K
.  KOHOUTEK L.  1971A&A....13..493K
.  KOHOUTEK L.  1977A&A....59..137K

Kohoutek

K 3-  eq. K3-  NN  . PN  PN K 3-         1965K3+ KOHOUTEK L.  .  Kohoutek
K 4-  eq. K4-  NN  . PN  PN K 4-         1965K3+ KOHOUTEK L.  .  Kohoutek

K68 eq. Karachentseva

NNN  .

Dw. G

p KDWG

1968K2  KARACHENTSEVA V.E. 1968SoByu..39...61K

Karachentseva, 1968

K72 eq. Karachentsev

NNN  .

Pair of G

p KARA

1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K

Karachentsev, 1972

K72 eq. Karachentsev

NNNa  .

G in pair

p KARA

1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K

Karachentsev, 1972

K73 eq. CIG

NNNN  .

G

p KIG

1973K3  KARACHENTSEVA V.E. 1973SoSAO...8....3K

Karachentseva, 1973

(a) K2- = K 2-
(b) K3- = K 3-
(c) K4- = K 4-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

K79

NN  84

Triplet of G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1979K2  KARACHENTSEVA B.E.+ 1979AISAO..11....3K

Karachentseva, 1979

K79

NNA  84x3

G in triplet

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1979K2  KARACHENTSEVA B.E.+ 1979AISAO..11....3K

Karachentseva, 1979

K90 eq. ZCOM

NNN  .

G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1990K1  KARACHENTSEV I.D.+ 1990MNRAS.243..390K

Karachentsev, 1990

Ka  eq. KAZ  NNN  . G  Ka              1979K1+ KAZARIAN M.A.  .  Author’s name

Ka1- eq. Kj1-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Kj 1-

                                                                                         .  KAZARIAN M.A.  1966Afz.....2..371K

Author’s name, list 1

Ka2- eq. Kj2-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Kj 2-

                                                                                         .  KAZARIAN M.A.  1976Afz....12..385K

Author’s name, list 2

Ka 1- eq. Kj1-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Kj 1-

                                                                                         .  KAZARIAN M.A.  1966Afz.....2..371K

Author’s name, list 1

Ka 2- eq. Kj2-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Kj 2-

                                                                                         .  KAZARIAN M.A.  1976Afz....12..385K

Author’s name, list 2

KaPa  eq. KjPn  N  . PN  PN KjPn  .  KAZARIAN M.A.+  1971ATsir.602....6K Authors’ names
KAR  use Karachentseva NNN  . Dw. G  p KDWG          1968K2  KARACHENTSEVA V.E. 1968SoByu..39...61K Author’s name
KAR  use CIG  NNNN  . G  p KIG           1973K3  KARACHENTSEVA V.E. 1973SoSAO...8....3K Author’s name
KARA  eq. Karachentsev NNN  . Pair of G  p KARA          1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K Author’s name
KARA  eq. Karachentsev NNNa  . G in pair  p KARA          1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K Author’s name
Kara  eq. Karachentsev NNN  . Pair of G  p KARA          1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K Author’s name
Kara  eq. Karachentsev NNNa  . G in pair  p KARA          1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K Author’s name
Karachentsev  NNN  603 Pair of G  p KARA          1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K Author’s name  ^{(a)}
Karachentsev  NNNa  603×2 G in pair  p KARA          1972K2  KARACHENTSEV I.D.  1972SoSAO...7....1K Author’s name  ^{(b)}
Karachentseva  NNN  241 Dw. G  p KDWG          1968K2  KARACHENTSEVA V.E. 1968SoByu..39...61K Author’s name  ^{(c)}

(a) Karachentsev = CPG = (K) = K72 = KARA = Kara

Cross-identif. with several catalogues are given for 370 double galaxies by Tifft 1982, Ap. J. Suppl. 50, 319-390 (Tables 1 and 2), as well as redshift information

(b) Karachentsev = CPG = (K) = K72 = KARA = Kara
(c) Karachentseva = K68 = (KAR) = KDWG

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

KAZ

NNN  580

G

                                                                    Ka

                                                                                     1979K1 A KAZARIAN M.A.  1979Afz....15....1K
                                                                                     1979K1 B KAZARIAN M.A.  1979Afz....15..117K
                                                                                     1979K1 C KAZARIAN M.A.+  1980Afz....16....7K
                                                                                     1979K1 D KAZARIAN M.A.+  1982Afz....18..512K
                                                                                     1979K1 E KAZARIAN M.A.+  1983Afz....19..119K

Author’s name

(a)

Kazarian  eq. KAZ  NNN  . G  Ka              1979K1+ KAZARIAN M.A.  .  Author’s name

KCB eq. KSV

NNNN  .

∗

                                                                    -

1971P1  PAVLOV N.N.+  .

Cyrillic letters for KSV

KDWG eq. Karachentseva

NNN  .

Dw. G

                                                                    p KDWG

                                                                                     1968K2  KARACHENTSEVA V.E. 1968SoByu..39...61K

Karachentseva,

Dwarf G

Ke  use Kes  NN  . (Rad)  p KES           1968K1  KESTEVEN M.J.L.  1968AuJPh..21..369K Author’s name
KES  eq. Kes  NN  . (Rad)  p KES           1968K1  KESTEVEN M.J.L.  1968AuJPh..21..369K Author’s name
Kes  NN  80 (Rad)  p KES           1968K1  KESTEVEN M.J.L.  1968AuJPh..21..369K Author’s name  ^{(b)}
Kesteven  eq. Kes  NN  . (Rad)  p KES           1968K1  KESTEVEN M.J.L.  1968AuJPh..21..369K Author’s name
KFL  NN  - PN  -  .  KINMAN T.D.+  1988AJ.....95..804K Authors’ initials  PN Nmcl

KFVD

HH.h+DD.d  129

Void

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1991K1  KAUFFMANN G.+  1991MNRAS.248..313K

Authors’ initials, Void

KG

NNN  69

Red ∗ ; in SMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1986S3  SUNTZEFF N.B.+  1986AJ.....91..275S

Discoverers’

initials: Klemola + Graham

(c)

KGX

LLL+BB  <10

(X)

                                                                    KGX

.  -  .

Russian satellite name, X-ray source

KH  eq. Kh  NNN  . Dark N  p KH            1955K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  1955AbaOB..18...29K Author’s name
KH  eq. Kh  NNN  . Dark N  -               1960K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  .  Author’s name
Kh  NNN  797 Dark N  p KH            1955K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  1955AbaOB..18...29K Author’s name  Catalog (d)

(a) KAZ = Ka = Kazarian
(b) Kes  = (Ke) = KES = Kesteven
(c) KG  Nos up to 212
(d) Kh  = (K) = KH = Khav = Khavtasi = Khavtassi

The same cloud is given different running numbers in the Catalog (ref. 1955K1) and in the Atlas (ref. 1960K1)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Kh  NNN  762 Dark N  -               1960K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  .  Author’s name  Atlas (a)
Khav  eq. Kh  NNN  . Dark N  p KH            1955K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  1955AbaOB..18...29K Author’s name
Khav  eq. Kh  NNN  . Dark N  -               1960K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  .  Author’s name
Khavtasi  eq. Kh  NNN  . Dark N  p KH            1955K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  1955AbaOB..18...29K Author’s name
Khavtasi  eq. Kh  NNN  . Dark N  p KH            1960K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  .  Author’s name
Khavtassi  eq. Kh  NNN  . Dark N  p KH            1955K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  1955AbaOB..18...29K Author’s name
Khavtassi  eq. Kh  NNN  . Dark N  -               1960K1  KHAVTASI D.Sh.  .  Author’s name

KHG 1-

{NN \atop CNN}  16+11

G

                                                                    p KHG 1-

                                                                                         .  KERR F.J.+  1987ApJ...320L..99K

Authors’ initials, Galaxy, 1st list

(b)

KIG  eq. CIG  NNNN  . G  p KIG           1973K3  KARACHENTSEVA V.E. 1973SoSAO...8....3K Katalog Izol. G
KiHa  eq. KisoHA  FFFF-NNN  . Em. ∗  -               1989W1+ WIRAMIHARDJA S.D.+  .  Kiso obs., Hα obj.
King  NN  21 OCl  Cl King         1949K1  KING I.  1949BHarO.919...41K Author’s name  C Nmcl (c)

KisoC1-

NNN  210

Carbon ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1987M1 A MAEHARA H.+  1987AnTok..21..293M

Kiso obs.,

Carbon ∗, list 1

(d)

KisoC2-

NNN  125

Carbon ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1987M1 B MAEHARA H.+  1987AnTok..21..423M

Kiso obs.,

Carbon ∗, list 2

KisoC3-

NNN  128

Carbon ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1987M1 C MAEHARA H.+  1988AnTok..22...59M

Kiso obs.,

Carbon ∗, list 3

KisoC4-

NN  60

Carbon ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1987M1 D MAEHARA H.+  1990PNAOJ...1..207M

Kiso obs.,

Carbon ∗, list 4

(a) Kh  = (K) = KH = Khav = Khavtasi = Khavtassi

The same cloud is given different running numbers in the Catalog (ref. 1955K1) and in the Atlas (ref. 1960K1)

(b) KHG 1-  In format CNN the letter C is for galaxies in Clear region
(c) King  = (K)
(d) KisoC1- = (I)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

KisoC5-

NNN  226

Carbon ∗

-

1987M1 E MAEHARA H.+  1991PNAOJ...2..203M

Kiso obs., Carbon ∗, list 5

KisoHA

FFFF-NNN  1198

Em. ∗

-

1989W1 A WIRAMIHARDJA S.D.+ 1989PASJ...41..155W
1989W1 B KOGURE T.+  1989PASJ...41.1195K
1989W1 C WIRAMIHARDJA S.D.+ 1991PASJ...43...27W
1989W1 D WIRAMIHARDJA S.D.+ 1993PASJ...45..643W

Kiso obs., Hα obj.

(a)

KisoM1-

NNN  722

M ∗

-

1981I1  ICHIKAWA T.  1981PASJ...33..107I

Kiso obs., M ∗, list 1

Kj1-

N  2

PN

PN Kj 1-

.  KAZARIAN M.A.  1966Afz.....2..371K

Author’s name, list 1

PN Nmcl (b)

Kj2-

N  2

PN

PN Kj 2-

.  KAZARIAN M.A.  1976Afz....12..385K

Author’s name, list 2

PN Nmcl (c)

Kj 1- eq. Kj1-

N  .

PN

PN Kj 1-

.  KAZARIAN M.A.  1966Afz.....2..371K

Author’s name, list 1

Kj 2- eq. Kj2-

N  .

PN

PN Kj 2-

.  KAZARIAN M.A.  1976Afz....12..385K

Author’s name, list 2

KjPn  N  8 PN  PN KjPn  .  KAZARIAN M.A.+  1971ATsir.602....6K Authors’ names  PN Nmcl (d)

KK

FFF-NNN  569

∗

p KK

1984K1 A KELLY B.D.+  1984SAAOC...8...85K
1984K1 B KILKENNY D.+  1986SAAOC..10...17K
1984K1 C KELLY B.D.+  1986SAAOC..10...27K
1984K1 D KILKENNY D.+  1987MNRAS.229..345K

Authors’ initials

(e)

KKL  NN  84 Triplet of G KKL  .  KARACHENTSEV I.D.+ 1989AISAO..27...67K Authors’ initials

(a) KisoHA = ELS = KiHa

The authors use the acronym ELS, introduced in their second paper.

(b) Kj1-  = Ka 1- = Ka1- = Kj 1-

Kj1-1 = Sh2-272 = PK 197-02 2, is a H II region ; Kj1-2 = Sh2-99 = PK 069+01 1 ; rejected as PN in ref. 1992AO

(c) Kj2-  = Ka 2- = Ka2- = Kj 2-
(d) KjPn  = KaPa
(e) KK  = (K)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

KKO

NN  84

Flare ∗ in ; Orion

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  KILADZE R.I.  1972IBVS..670....1K
                                                                                         .  KILADZE R.I.+  1980IBVS.1725....1K

.  NATSVLISHVILI R.Sh.+ 1980IBVS.1726....1N
.  NATSVLISHVILI R.Sh.+ 1981IBVS.1926....1N

Kiladze, Konkoly Obs.

KL  N  1 (IR)  in Orion BNKL            1967K2  KLEINMANN D.E.+  1967ApJ...149L...1K Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

KLEM  NN  44 Cluster of G p KLEM          1969K1  KLEMOLA A.R.  1969AJ.....74..804K Author’s name  ^{(b)}

Klemola  NNN  205 Blue ∗  -               1962K1  KLEMOLA A.R.  1962AJ.....67..740K Author’s name  ^{(c)}
Klemola  eq. KLEM  NN  . Cluster of G p KLEM          1969K1  KLEMOLA A.R.  1969AJ.....74..804K Author’s name

KLNS  NN  57 (Rad)  -               1960K2  KUZ’MIN A.D.+  1960AZh....37..975K Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}
KMS  NNN  123 {(IR) \atop in LDN 1641} KMS             1989S2  STROM K.M.+  1989ApJS...71..183S K.M. Strom  ^{(e)}

KO

N  1

PN

                                                                    PN KO

                                                                                         .  KAZARIAN M.A.+  1973ATsir.753....3K

Authors’ initials KO 1 = PN G061.9+41.3 = PK 061+41 1 = DdDm 1

KO  NNN  255 ∗ in OCl ; NGC 6124 NGC 6124        1959K1  KOELBLOED D.  1959BAN....14..265K Author’s name  ^{(f)}

KO  NNN  130 ∗ in OCl ; NGC 6475 NGC 6475        1959K1  KOELBLOED D.  1959BAN....14..265K Author’s name  ^{(g)}

KO  NN  46 ∗ in OCl ; NGC 3532 NGC 3532        1959K1  KOELBLOED D.  1959BAN....14..265K Author’s name  ^{(h)}

Ko  eq. KO  NNN  255 ∗ in OCl ; NGC 6124 NGC 6124        1959K1  KOELBLOED D.  1959BAN....14..265K Author’s name

(a) KL  = BNKL
(b) KLEM  = Klemola
(c) Klemola = (K)
(d) KLNS  = (K) = Kuzmin
(e) KMS  = (SN)
(f) KO  = Ko
(g) KO  = Ko
(h) KO  = Ko

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Ko  eq. KO  NNN  . ∗ in OCl ; NGC 6475 NGC 6475        1959K1  KOELBLOED D.  1959BAN....14..265K Author’s name

Ko  eq. KO  NN  . ∗ in OCl ; NGC 3532 NGC 3532        1959K1  KOELBLOED D.  1959BAN....14..265K Author’s name

Koch

NNN  300

∗ in Cluster ; + V ∗

                                                                    NGC 2264

                                                                                     1974K1  KOCH R.H.+  1974AJ.....79..379K

First author’s

name

continues WALK (a)

Kohoutek

Na  10

H II

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1965K3 B KOHOUTEK L.  1969BAICz..20..307K
                                                                                     1965K3 C KOHOUTEK L.  1972A&A....16..291K

Author’s name

KOHX  NNN  . (X)  KOHX  .  BRATOLYUBOVA-T. L.S.+ 1976SvAL....2...71B X-ray source  ^{(b)}
KOM  NN  49 (Rad)  KOM             1966K1  KOMESAROFF M.M.  1966AuJPh..19...75K Author’s name
KONUS  DD.MM.YYa  . (Gamma)  -               1981M2  MAZETS E.P.+  1981Ap&SS..80....3M  KONUS experiment

KoRe  N  1 PN  -  .  KOESTER D.+  1989A&A...223..326K Authors’ names  ^{(c)}
KP  HHMM.m+DD.dA  . Susp. Opt QSO p KP  .  HOAG+  .  Kitt Peak obs.  Hoag+Burbidge

[KP93]

N-NN  52+19

{∗ \atop in LDN 1251}

                                                                    [KP93]

                                                                                         .  KUN M.+  1993A&A...272..235K

Authors’ initials, 1993

Identif. charts

KPD

HHMM+DDMM  -

{WD + \atop Subdw.}

                                                                    KPD

                                                                                     1986D1  DOWNES R.A.  1986ApJS...61..569D

Kitt Peak obs., Downes

KPS

FFFF-NNN  36

{Phot. \atop Std. ∗}

                                                                    KPS

                                                                                     1980N1 C KONDO M.+  1982PASJ...34..541K

Kiso obs., Photometric Standard ∗

KR

NNNA  236

(Rad)

                                                                    KR

                                                                                     1980K1 A KALLAS E.+  1980A&AS...42..227K
                                                                                     1980K1 B FICH M.  1986AJ.....92..787F

Authors’ initials

Kr1-

N  2

PN

                                                                    PN Kr 1-

                                                                                         .  KRASNOGORSKAJA A. 1962ATsir.230...11K

Author’s name,

list 1

PN Nmcl (d)

(a) Koch  = (P) = Penna
(b) KOHX  First author’s name is BRATOLYUBOVA-TSULUKIDZE L.S.
(c) KoRe  KoRe 1 = PN G327.7-05.4
(d) Kr1-  = Kr 1-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Kr2-

N  2

Poss. PN

PN Kr 2-

.  KRASNOGORSKAJA A. 1962ATsir.230...11K

Author’s name, list 2

PN Nmcl (a)

Kr 1- eq. Kr1-

N  .

PN

PN Kr 1-

.  KRASNOGORSKAJA A. 1962ATsir.230...11K

Author’s name, list 1

Kr 2- eq. Kr2-

N  .

Poss. PN

PN Kr 2-

.  KRASNOGORSKAJA A. 1962ATsir.230...11K

Author’s name, list 2

[KRN93]

NNNN  1054

G

[KRN93]

.  KENT S.M.+  1993AJ....105..393K

Authors’ initials, 1993

Kron  NN  69 OCl in SMC  Cl Kron         1956K1  KRON G.E.  1956PASP...68..125K Author’s name  ^{(b)}

KRS  NN  58 (X)  in Orion KRS  .  KU W.H.-M.+  1982Sci...215...61K Authors’ initials

KS use Hbg

NNNN  .

OB ∗

Hbg

1966K3  KLARE G.+  1966VeHei..18....9K
1977G1  GARRISON R.F.+  1977ApJS...35..111G

Authors’ initials

KS  NNN  168 ∗ in OCl  Cl Stock 2      1967K1  KRZEMINSKI W.+  1967ApJ...147..988K Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

KSH

AN  5+5

V ∗ ; in LMC ; halo

-

1991K2  KINMAN T.D.+  1991PASP..103.1279K

Three first authors’ initials

(d)

KSV

NNNN  807

∗

-

1971P1  PAVLOV N.N.+  .

Katalog Sluzhbij Vremeni

(e)

Ku  NNN  > 648 {∗ in NGC \atop 7078} NGC 7078  .  KUSTNER F.  .  Author’s name  No. 648 = PN_{(f)}

(a) Kr2- = Kr 2-
(b) Kron = (K)
(c) KS  = Stock 2

This acronym is also used for OB ∗ (ref. 1966K3 and 1977G1), and for stars in the R CrA association: Knox-Shaw H., 1920, Helwan Obs. Bull. No. 20, quoted by Glass+ 1975, M.N.R.A.S. 172, 227-233

(d) KSH  2 formats: (R1-R5) R for Reticulum, (N1-N5) N for NGC 1466
(e) KSV = KCB
(f) Ku  = (K)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

KUG

HHMM+DDdA ≃ 8330

UV Exc. G

KUG

1980T1 A TAKASE B.  1980PASJ...32..605T

1980T1 B TAKASE B.+  .

1984T1 A TAKASE B.+  1984AnTok..19..595T
1984T1 B TAKASE B.+  1985AnTok..20..237T
1984T1 C TAKASE B.+  1985AnTok..20..335T
1984T1 D TAKASE B.+  1986AnTok..21...85M
1984T1 E TAKASE B.+  1986AnTok..21..127T
1984T1 F TAKASE B.+  1986AnTok..21..181T
1984T1 G TAKASE B.+  1987AnTok..21..251T
1984T1 H TAKASE B.+  1987AnTok..21..363T
1984T1 I TAKASE B.+  1988AnTok..22...41T
1984T1 J TAKASE B.+  1989PNAOJ...1...11T
1984T1 K TAKASE B.+  1989PNAOJ...1...97T
1984T1 L TAKASE B.+  1989PNAOJ...1..181T
1984T1 M TAKASE B.+  1990PNAOJ...2....7T
1984T1 N TAKASE B.+  1991PNAOJ...2...37T
1984T1 O TAKASE B.+  1991PNAOJ...2..239T
1984T1 P TAKASE B.+  1992PNAOJ...2..399T
1984T1 Q TAKASE B.+  1992PNAOJ...2..573T
1984T1 R TAKASE B.+  1993PNAOJ...3...21T
1984T1 S TAKASE B.+  1993PNAOJ...3..169T

Kiso obs., UV, G

(a)

KUGC catalog: use KUG

HHMM+DDdA  .

UV Exc. G

KUG

1980T1+ TAKASE B.  .
1984T1+ TAKASE B.+  .

Kiso obs., UV, G, Catalog

KURT  R NNNN  . ∗  KURT  .  KURTANIDZE O.M.+  1980A&AS...39...35K Author’s name

KUV

HHMMm+DDMMA FFFF-NNN FFFF NNN 1186

UV Obj. + WD + UV Exc. Obj.

KUV

1980N1 A NOGUCHI T.+  1980AnTok..18...55N
1980N1 B NOGUCHI T.+  1982PASJ...34..407N
1980N1 C KONDO M.+  1982PASJ...34..541K
1980N1 D KONDO M.+  1984AnTok..20..130K
1980N1 E WEGNER G.+  1985AJ.....90.1511W
1980N1 F WEGNER G.+  1986AJ.....91..139W
1980N1 G WEGNER G.+  1987AJ.....94.1271W
1980N1 H WEGNER G.+  1988AJ.....96.1933W
1980N1 I WEGNER G.+  1990AJ.....99..330W
1980N1 J WEGNER G.+  1990AJ....100.1274W
1980N1 K WEGNER G.+  1993AJ....105..660W
1980N1 L WEGNER G.+  1993AJ....106..390W

Kiso obs., UV-excess obj.

(b)

Kuzmin eq. KLNS

NN  .

(Rad)

-

1960K2  KUZ’MIN A.D.+  1960AZh....37..975K

First author’s

name

(a) KUG  KUG merged catalog, N=8162 (after deletion of the objects which appear repeatedly; instead of 8968)
(b) KUV = (K)

Rounded (not truncated) 1950 coord.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
KW  NNN  577 ∗ in OCl  Cl∗ NGC 2632 KW 1927K1  KLEIN-WASSINK W.J.  1927PGro...41...41K Klein-Wassink
KW  N  9 (Rad)  -               1972K1  KAP-HERR A.v.+  1972A&A....20..313K Authors’ initials

KZP eq. CSV

NNNNNN  .

Susp. V ∗

                                                                    CSV

1951KP+ KUKARKIN B.V.+ .

Katalog Zvedz Zapodozrennykh v Peremennosti

L

FFFF-NNNN  ≃ 500

PM ∗

                                                                    L

                                                                                     1942L1 A LUYTEN W.J.  1942POMin...2..242L
                                                                                     1942L1 B LUYTEN W.J.  1944POMin...3...53L

1979LU  LUYTEN W.J.  .

                                                                                     1988O1  OSWALT T.D.+  1988ApJS...66..391O

Luyten

L  use LAWD  NN  . WD  LAWD            1949L1  LUYTEN W.J.  1949ApJ...109..528L Luyten

L  use LDN  NNNN  . Dark N  LDN             1962L1  LYNDS B.T.  1962ApJS....7....1L Lynds
L  use LBN  LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  . H II  LBN             1965L1  LYNDS B.T.  1965ApJS...12..163L Lynds
L  N  6 H II  -               1965L2  LYNGA G.  .  Lynga
L  use Loden  FFFF  . Loose and/or poor OCl  p LODEN         1977L3 A LODEN L.O.  1977A&AS...29...31L Author’s name

L  use Loden  FFFF-NN  . ∗ in OCl  p LODEN         1977L3+ LODEN L.O.  .  Author’s name
L  use Lalande  NNNNN  . ∗  LAL             1847B1  BAILY F.  .  Lalande
L-  NNN  358 \begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}  -               1963L1  LINDSAY E.M.  1963IrAJ....6..127L Lindsay

[L93]  NNN  50 G  [L93]  .  LILLY S.J.  1993ApJ...411..501L Lilly, 1993  ^{(a)}

L1-

N  7

Em. ∗

                                                                    p THA 15-

                                                                                     1962T1  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..15.....T

Dark Lane obs., table 1 (Nos 1-7) eq. THA 15-

L2-

NN  6

Em. ∗

                                                                    p THA 15-

                                                                                     1962T1  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..15.....T

Dark Lane obs., table 2 (Nos 8-13) eq. THA 15-

L3-

NN  31

Em. ∗

                                                                    p THA 15-

                                                                                     1962T1  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..15.....T

Dark Lane obs., table 3 (Nos 14-44) eq. THA 15-

(a) [L93]  N=50 among (Nos 1-836)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

LAL eq. Lalande

NNNNN  .

∗

LAL

1847B1  BAILY F.  .

Discoverer’s name: Lalande

LALANDE eq. Lalande  NNNNN  . ∗  LAL             1847B1  BAILY F.  .  Discoverer’s name
Lalande  NNNNN  47390 ∗  LAL             1847B1  BAILY F.  .  Discoverer’s name ^{(a)}

LAN eq. Lanning

NNN  .

UV Obj.

LAN

1973L1 A LANNING H.H.  1973PASP...85...70L
1973L1 B LANNING H.H.+  1973PASP..106...38L

Author’s name

Latysev  -  1 OCl  -  .  -  .  Author’s name  = C 0249+272

LAWD

NN  96

WD

LAWD

1949L1  LUYTEN W.J.  1949ApJ...109..528L

Luyten, Atlas of White Dwarfs

(b)

LB

NNNNN  11444

Blue ∗

LB

1953L1  LUYTEN W.J.  .
1956L2  LUYTEN W.J.+  .

Luyten, Blue

LBN

LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  1125

H II

LBN

1965L1  LYNDS B.T.  1965ApJS...12..163L

Lynds, Bright Nebula

(c)

LBQS

HHMM+DDMM  387

{∗ or Em. \atop Obj.}

-

1992B2  BERG C.+  1992ApJS...78..409B

Large Bright QSO Survey

[LCB92]

HHMM+DDMMA  97

AGN

-

.  LA FRANCA F.+  1992AJ....103.1062L

Authors’ initials, 1992

LD

NNN  185

V ∗

LD

.  DAHLMARK L.  1982IBVS.2157....1D
.  DAHLMARK L.  1986IBVS.2878....1D
.  DAHLMARK L.  1993IBVS.3855....1D

L. Dahlmark

(d)

LD use LDN

NNNN  .

Dark N

LDN

1962L1  LYNDS B.T.  1962ApJS....7....1L

Lynds, Dark nebula

LD  use LBN  LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  . H II  LBN             1965L1  LYNDS B.T.  1965ApJS...12..163L Author’s name

[LDC81]

NN  11

(X) in M 33

-

.  LONG K.S.+  1981ApJ...246L..61L

Three first authors’ initials, 1981

(a) Lalande = Delalande = (L) = LAL = LALANDE
(b) LAWD = (L)
(c) LBN  = (L) = (LD) = (LYNDS) = (Lynds)
(d) LD  (Nos 8-65) are in Cygnus (1st ref.), (Nos 66-105) are in Cassiopeia (2nd ref.), (Nos 106-185) are in Cygnus, Lyra and Vulpecula (3rd ref.).

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

LDN

NNNN  1802

Dark N

LDN

1962L1  LYNDS B.T.  1962ApJS....7....1L

Lynds, Dark Nebula

(a)

LDS

NNNN  6030

PM ∗

∗∗ LDS

1941L1 A LUYTEN W.J.  1941POMin...3...33L

1941L1 B LUYTEN W.J.  .
1941L1 C LUYTEN W.J.  .
1941L1 D LUYTEN W.J.  .
1941L1 E LUYTEN W.J.  .
1941L1 F LUYTEN W.J.  .
1941L1 G LUYTEN W.J.  .
1941L1 H LUYTEN W.J.  .

Luyten, Double ∗

(b)

LDSS

HH.F.NN  ≃ 200

∗ + G

LDSS

.  COLLESS M.+  1990MNRAS.244..408C
.  COLLESS M.+  1993MNRAS.261...19C

Low Dispersion Survey Spectrograph

LDSS

BHH.F.NN  23

Blue G

LDSS

.  COLLESS M.+  1993MNRAS.261...19C

Low Dispersion Survey Spectrograph

(c)

LDSS-2

HH.F.NN  117

∗ + G

LDSS-2

.  COLLESS M.+  1991MNRAS.253..686C

Low Dispersion Survey Spectrograph, list 2

LDUW  NNN  221 Ba ∗  -               1983LD  LU P.K.+  1983ApJS...52..169L Authors’ initials

LEE eq. Lee

NNN  .

Carbon ∗

LEE

1940L1+ LEE O.J.+ .

First author’s name

Lee

NNN  365

Carbon ∗

LEE

1940L1 A LEE O.J.+  1940AnDea........4L
1940L1 B LEE O.J.+  1943AnDea....P...5L
1940L1 C LEE O.J.+  1943AnDea....Q...5L

First author’s name

(d)

LF

FFa  > 15

Field

-

1947M2 A McCUSKEY S.W.+  1947ApJ...106....1M
1947M2 B WOODEN W.H.III  1970AJ.....75..324W

Luminosity Function

(e)

LF

FFa+DD NNN  .

∗

LF

1947M2 A McCUSKEY S.W.+  1947ApJ...106....1M
1947M2 B WOODEN W.H.III  1970AJ.....75..324W

Luminosity Function

(a) LDN = (L) = (LD) = (LYNDS) = (Lynds)
(b) LDS  (Nos 1-6081) : Due to some duplicata in the numbering, the total number of LDS stars is 6030
(c) LDSS  B in the format for Blue galaxies
(d) Lee  = LEE

(e) LF LF 13 : see Wooden 1971, Publ. Warner & Swasey Obs. 1, No. 2 LF 14 : see McCuskey S.W. 1983, A.J. 88, 1175-1181 LF 15 : see Drilling J.S. 1968, A.J. 73, 590-610

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
LFAM  NN  35 (Rad) in ; ρ Oph DCld LFAM  .  LEOUS J.A.+  1991ApJ...379..683L Authors’ initials

LFT

NNNN  1849

∗

LFT

1955L1  LUYTEN W.J.  .

Luyten, Five Tenths continued by LHS

LGG

NNN  485

Group of G

LGG

1993G2  GARCIA A.M.  1993A&AS..100...47G

Lyon Group of Galaxies

LGS

N  5

G

NAME LGS

1979T1  THUAN T.X.+  1979ApJ...232L..11T

Local Group, Suspected

LH  NNN  122 Ass. in LMC  LH              1970L1  LUCKE P.B.+  1970AJ.....75..171L Authors’ initials

LHA 115-N

NN  90

H II in SMC

LHA 115-N

1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Lamont-Hussey α , field 115: SMC, Nebula

(a)

LHA 115-S

NN  65

\begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in SMC \end{matrix}

LHA 115-S

1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Lamont-Hussey α , field 115: SMC, Star

(b)

LHA 120-N

NNN  221

H II in LMC

LHA 120-N

1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Lamont-Hussey α , field 120: LMC, Nebula

(c)

LHA 120-S

NNN  172

\begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}

LHA 120-S

1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Lamont-Hussey α , field 120: LMC, Star

(d)

LHA 332-

NN  3

Em. ∗

LHA 332-

.  -  .

Lamont-Hussey, Hα

(e)

(a) LHA 115-N = Hen N = LHα 115-N = (N)

LHA 115-N: identified on Hodge & Wright’s V charts (ref. 1977HW) with the acronym e

(b) LHA 115-S = Hen S = LHα 115-S = (S)

LHA 115-S: identified on Hodge & Wright’s V charts (ref. 1977HW) with the acronym Se.

(c) LHA 120-N = Hen N = LHα 120-N = (N)

LHA 120-N: identified with acronym e on Hodge & Wright V charts (ref. 1967HW) while N means NGC. A few nebulae are very large: No. 56 ; Nos 10 and 135 which are rather ”constellations” ; see the comment of ref. 1956H2 in the table of references.

(d) LHA 120-S = Hen S = LHα 120-S = (S)
(e) LHA 332-  = LHα 332- = LkHα 332-

Discovery list, use HBC or HM numbers ; LHA 332-17 = HBC 245 ; LHA 332-20 = HBC 244 ; LHA 332-21 = HBC 247.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

LHα use LkHA

NNN  .

Em. ∗

EM∗ LKHA

1954H1+ HERBIG G.H. .

Lick obs., Hα Em. ∗

(a)

LHα use He2-

NNN  .

PN

HE 2-

.  HENIZE K.G.  1967ApJS...14..125H

Lamont-Hussey, Hα

LHα 115-N eq. LHA 115-N

NN  .

H II in SMC

LHA 115-N

1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Lamont-Hussey, Hα , field 115: SMC, Nebula

LHα 115-S eq. LHA 115-S

NN  .

\begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in SMC \end{matrix}

LHA 115-S

1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Lamont-Hussey, Hα , field 115: SMC, Star

LHα 120-N eq. LHA 120-N

NNN  .

H II in LMC

LHA 120-N

1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Lamont-Hussey, Hα , field 120: LMC, Nebula

LHα 120-S eq. LHA 120-S

NNN  .

\begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}

LHA 120-S

1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H

Lamont-Hussey, Hα , field 120: LMC, Star

LHα 332- eq. LHA 332-

NN  .

Em. ∗

LHA 332-

.  -  .

Lamont-Hussey, Hα

LHE  NNN  559 (Rad)  LHE             1963L2  LONG R.J.+  1963MNRAS.125..313L Authors’ initials
LHG  eq. CAL  NN  . (Soft X) in LMC p CAL           1981L2 A LONG K.S.+  1981ApJ...248..925L Authors’ initials

LHS

NNNNa  ≃ 4000

∗

LHS

1979L1 A LUYTEN W.J.  .
1979L1 B LUYTEN W.J.+  .

Luyten, Half Second

(b)

LICK H  eq. LkHA  NNN  . Em. ∗  EM∗ LKHA        1954H1+ HERBIG G.H.  .  Lick obs., Hα
Lick Hα  eq. LkHA  NNN  . Em. ∗  EM∗ LKHA        1954H1+ HERBIG G.H.  .  Lick obs., Hα

LID

-NNNNNNNNN.N  -

∗

LID

.  MERMILLIOD J.-C.  1978BICDS..14...32M

Lausanne IDentification

(c)

(a) LHα  Ref. 1954H1, LHα = LkHA: Don’t confuse with Lamont-Hussey stars LHA 332-17, 20, 21
(b) LHS  Format NNNNa: letter ”a” for 5 additional LHS stars inserted in RA
(c) LID  Coded numbering system

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Liller  R  1 GCl  NAME LILLER     1977L2  LILLER W.  1977ApJ...213L..21L Author’s name

LI-LMC

NNNN  1891

{(IR) \atop in LMC}

                                                                    LI-LMC

                                                                                     1989S4  SCHWERING P.B.W.  1989A&AS...79..105S

1990SI  SCHWERING P.B.W.+  .

Leiden IRAS-LMC

LIN  NNN  593 Em. Obj. in SMC LIN             1961L2  LINDSAY E.M.  1961AJ.....66..169L Author’s name  ^{(a)}

Lindsay  NNN  116 OCl in SMC  Cl Lindsay      1958L1  LINDSAY E.M.  1958MNRAS.118..172L Author’s name  ^{(b)}

Lindsay  use LIN  NNN  . Em. Obj. in SMC LIN             1961L2  LINDSAY E.M.  1961AJ.....66..169L Author’s name

LI-SMC

NNN  249

{(IR) \atop in SMC}

                                                                    LI-SMC

                                                                                     1989S3  SCHWERING P.B.W.+  1989A&AS...79...79S

1990SI  SCHWERING P.B.W.+  .

Leiden IRAS-SMC

LJHY

NNN  150

{Em. G \atop (+6PN+1∗)}

                                                                    LJHY

                                                                                     1986L1 A LIU JIYING+  1986AcApS...6..111L
                                                                                     1986L1 B HUANG YONGWEI+  1991AcApS..11...28H

Two first authors’ initials

(c)

LK  use Collinder NNN  . OCl  Cl Collinder    1931C1  COLLINDER P.  .  Author’s name
LKCA  eq. LkCa  NN  . Em. ∗  EM∗ LkCa        1986H3+ HERBIG G.H.+  .  Lick obs., Calcium

LkCa

NNa  18

Em. ∗

                                                                    EM∗ LkCa

                                                                                     1986H3 A HERBIG G.H.+  1986AJ.....91..575H
                                                                                     1986H3 B HARTMANN L.W.+  1987AJ.....93..907H

Lick obs., Calcium

(d)

LkH eq. LkHA

NNN  .

Em. ∗

                                                                    EM∗ LKHA

1954H1+ HERBIG G.H. .

Lick obs., Hα Em. ∗

LKHA eq. LkHA

NNN  .

Em. ∗

                                                                    EM∗ LKHA

1954H1+ HERBIG G.H. .

Lick obs., Hα Em. ∗

(a) LIN  = (Lindsay) = Ln
(b) Lindsay = Ln
(c) LJHY  ref. 1986L1 A: 47 G + 3 PN ; ref. 1986L1 B: 96 G + 3 PN + 1 ∗
(d) LkCa  = LKCA

Nos 6, 17, 20 are missing

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

LkHA

NNN  363

Em. ∗

EM∗ LKHA

1954H1 A HERBIG G.H.  1954ApJ...119..483H
1954H1 B HERBIG G.H.  1954PASP...66...19H
1954H1 C HERBIG G.H.  1956PASP...68..353H
1954H1 D HERBIG G.H.  1957ApJ...125..654H
1954H1 E HERBIG G.H.  1958ApJ...128..259H
1954H1 F HERBIG G.H.  1959ApJS....4..337H
1954H1 G HERBIG G.H.  1960ApJ...131..516H
1954H1 H HERBIG G.H.  1961ApJ...133..337H
1954H1 I WALKER M.F.  1961ApJ...133..438W
1954H1 J ROSINO L.+  1962CoAsi.127....1R

1954H1 K HERBIG G.H.  .

1954H1 L -  .
1954H1 M HERBIG G.H.+  1963ApJ...137..398H
1954H1 N -  .
1954H1 O HERBIG G.H.+  1972ApJ...174..401H
1954H1 P HERBIG G.H.  1974LicOB.658.....H
1954H1 Q CUDWORTH K.H.+  1979AJ.....84..548C
1954H1 R DELLA PRUGNA F.+  1984RMxAA...9...31D

1954H1 S ARAQUE M.C.+  .

Lick obs., Hα Em. ∗

(a)

LKHα eq. LkHA

NNN  .

Em. ∗

EM∗ LKHA

1954H1+ HERBIG G.H. .

Lick obs., Hα Em. ∗

LkHα eq. LkHA

NNN  .

Em. ∗

EM∗ LKHA

1954H1+ HERBIG G.H. .

Lick obs., Hα Em. ∗

LLP

NNN  144

∗ in OCl

-

1968M1  McCARTHY M.F.+  1968RA......7..367M

Low Luminosity, Pleiades

LM1-

NN  63

Poss. PN in LMC

p LM 1-

1963L6  LINDSAY E.M.+  1963IrAJ....6...51L

Authors’ initials, Table 1

(b)

LM2-

NN  44

Em. Obj. in LMC

p LM 2-

1963L6  LINDSAY E.M.+  1963IrAJ....6...51L

Authors’ initials, Table 2

(c)

LM 1- eq. LM1-

{NN \atop 1-NN}  .

Poss. PN in LMC

p LM 1-

1963L6  LINDSAY E.M.+  1963IrAJ....6...51L

Authors’ initials, Table 1

(a) LkHA = (LHα ) = LICK H = Lick Hα = LKH = LKHA = LKHα = LkHα

LkHA 233 = MRK 914 is galactic (belongs to Lac OB1 ; Taniguchi+ 1982, Ap.J.Lett. 23, 25-29) ; Total number N = 363 (Nos 425, 427, 428, 513 in ref. 1954H1 J and Nos 1-359)

(b) LM1- = LM 1-
(c) LM2- = LM 2-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

LM 2- eq. LM2-

{NN \atop 2-NN}  .

Em. Obj. in LMC

p LM 2-

1963L6  LINDSAY E.M.+  1963IrAJ....6...51L

Authors’ initials, Table 2

LMA  NNN  226 Em. Obj. in M 33 Cl∗ NGC 598 LMA  .  LEQUEUX J.+  1987A&AS...67..169L Authors’ initials  Table II

LMC use SGS-LMC

N  .

H II Super- shell in LMC

LMC-SGS

1980M2  MEABURN J.  1980MNRAS.192..365M

Large Magellanic Cloud

LMC

N  1

∗ in LMC

NAME LMC Symb. star

.  MORGAN D.H.  1992MNRAS.258..639M

Large Magellanic Cloud Identif. charts

(a)

LMC AGB

ANNN  113/423

Red ∗ ; in LMC

-

1985R1  REID N.+  1985ApJ...299..235R

LMC, Asymptotic Giant Branch

(b)

LMC-BM

FF-NN  849

Carbon ∗ ; in LMC

LMC-BM

1990B2  BLANCO V.M.+  1990AJ....100..674B

LMC, Authors’ initials

LMC-BW  NNN  ≥ 352 Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in LMC BMB-BW          1980B1+ BLANCO V.M.+  .  LMC, Bar West  ^{(c)}

LMC CH  eq. [HC88]  NNN  . ∗ in LMC  [HC88]  .  HARTWICK F.D.A.+  1988ApJ...334..135H LMC, CH
LMC-CO  NNa  41 {CO \atop in LMC}  LMC-CO          1988C4  COHEN R.S.+  1988ApJ...331..L95C LMC, CO  ^{(d)}

LMC-O

NNN  116

Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in LMC

BMB-O

1980B1 A BLANCO V.M.+  1980ApJ...242..938B

LMC, Optical center

(e)

(a) LMC  = Mn
(b) LMC AGB  in the format A is a field (A to F)
(c) LMC-BW  = BMB-BW = (BW)
(d) LMC-CO  (Nos 1-40), sources 32 and 32a are quite different
(e) LMC-O  = BMB-O

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
LMC-R  NN  61 Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in LMC BMB-R           1980B1 A BLANCO V.M.+  1980ApJ...242..938B LMC, Radio center ^{(a)}

LMC-SGS eq. SGS-LMC

N  .

H II Super- shell in LMC

                                                                    LMC-SGS

                                                                                     1980M2  MEABURN J.  1980MNRAS.192..365M

LMC, SuperGiant Shell

LMC SMP use SMP1-

NNNA  .

{PN \atop in LMC}

                                                                    p SMP 1-

                                                                                     1978S2 A SANDULEAK N.+  1978PASP...90..621S

1978S2 C+ SANDULEAK N.  .

LMC,

Authors’ initials

LMC X-  N  6 {(X) \atop in LMC}  X LMC X-  .  -  .  LMC, X-ray source ^{(b)}

LMH  NN  51 (Rad)  -               1961L1  LARGE M.I.+  1961MNRAS.123..113L Authors’ initials

LMV

NNNN  1830

\begin{matrix}V ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}

                                                                    p LMV

1970G2  GAPOSHKIN S.  .

Large Magellanic Variable

Ln  eq. Lindsay  NNN  . OCl in SMC  Cl Lindsay      1958L1  LINDSAY E.M.  1958MNRAS.118..172L Author’s name

Ln  eq. LIN  NNN  . Em. Obj. in SMC LIN             1961L2  LINDSAY E.M.  1961AJ.....66..169L Author’s name

Lo  NN  18 PN  PN Lo  .  LONGMORE A.J.  1977MNRAS.178..251L Author’s name  PN Nmcl (c)
Loden  FFFF  . Loose and/or poor OCl  p LODEN         1977L3 A LODEN L.O.  1977A&AS...29...31L Author’s name  C Nmcl (d)

(a) LMC-R = BMB-R

(b) LMC X- X-ray sources in LMC: see CAL (ref. 1981L2 A and B) ; optical counterparts of extended X-ray sources, ref. 1983M3 A,B,C ; LMC X-1 = CAL 78 (in Henize N159), LMC X-2 = CAL 30, LMC X-3 = CAL 70, LMC X-4 = CAL 49, are binary sources, LMC X-5 (Market+ 1975, Ap. J. Lett. 196, L55) and LMC X-6 (Griffiths+ 1977, M.N.R.A.S. 180, 75) have not been confirmed later.

(c) Lo  = Longmore

Lo 15 not compiled as PN in Longmore list.

From ref. 1992AO Lo 2 is rejected as a PN, Lo 14 is a poss. PN, Lo7 = Wray 16-121 = PN G302.6-00.9 = PK 302-00 2

(d) Loden  = (L)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Loden

FFFF-NN  .

∗ in OCl

p LODEN

1977L3 A LODEN L.O.  1977A&AS...29...31L
1977L3 B LODEN L.O.  1979A&AS...36...83L
1977L3 C LODEN L.O.  1979A&AS...38..355L
1977L3 D LODEN L.O.  1980A&AS...41..173L
1977L3 E LODEN L.O.  1981A&AS...44..155L

Author’s name

(a)

Longmore  eq. Lo  NN  . PN  PN Lo  .  LONGMORE A.J.  1977MNRAS.178..251L Author’s name

Loop

{R \atop N}  5

Gal. SNR?

NAME LOOP

1973B2 A BERKHUIJSEN E.M.  1973A&A....24..143B
1973B2 B FEJES I.+  1973A&A....24....1F
1973B2 C NARANAN S.+  1976ApJ...208..718N

Morphological structure

LoTr  NN  11 PN  PN LoTr  .  LONGMORE A.J.+  1980MNRAS.193..521L Authors’ names  PN Nmcl (b)

LP

FFF-NNNN  29000

PM ∗

LP

1963L4  LUYTEN W.J.  .
1979LU  LUYTEN W.J.  .

1988O1  OSWALT T.D.+  1988ApJS...66..391O

Luyten, Palomar obs.

LPD

NNN  524

PM ∗

-

1969L1 A LUYTEN W.J.  .
1969L1 B LUYTEN W.J.  .

Luyten, Palomar obs., Double

LPM

NNN  904

PM ∗

LPM

1941L2  LUYTEN W.J.  1967POMin...3....1L

Luyten, Proper Motion

L-Pr  N  7 WD  -               1953L2  LUYTEN W.J.  1953AJ.....58...75L Luyten, Praesepe
LRLWW  N  1 Dw. G  -               1977L1  LAUSTSEN S.+  1977A&A....54..639L Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

LRS catalog: use IRAS

HHMM+DDMM  .

(IR)

IRAS

1985IR F MOSHIR M.+  1986A&AS...65..607O

Low Resolution Spectra

LRWR  eq. LRWRM  NNN  . (Rad)  LRWR            1988L1  LOISEAU N.+  1988A&AS...75...67L Four first authors’ initials
LRWRM  NNN  469 (Rad)  LRWR            1988L1  LOISEAU N.+  1988A&AS...75...67L Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}

(a) Loden  = (L)
(b) LoTr  = (LT-)
(c) LRLWW  No. 1 = Sculptor Dwarf Irreg. Galaxy = SDIG
(d) LRWRM = LRWR

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

LS

R +DD NNN  7425

Northern ; OB ∗

                                                                    LS

                                                                                     1959H1 A HARDORP J.+  1959LS......1.....H
                                                                                     1959H1 B STOCK J.+  1960LS......2.....S
                                                                                     1959H1 C HARDORP J.+  1964LS......3.....H
                                                                                     1959H1 D NASSAU J.J.+  1963LS......4.....N
                                                                                     1959H1 E HARDORP J.+  1965LS......5.....H
                                                                                     1959H1 F NASSAU J.J.+  1965LS......6.....N

Luminous ∗

(a)

LS  NNNN  5132 Southern ; OB ∗  LS              1971S4  STEPHENSON C.B.+  1971PW&SO...1....1S Luminous ∗  ^{(b)}

LS  use LSWR  NN  . WR (1PN) LSWR            1968S2  SMITH L.F.  1968MNRAS.138..109S L. Smith
LS  N  1 (Rad) in Orion NAME LS  .  MUNDY L.G.+  1986ApJ...304L..51M Line Source

LSA  N  1 PN  -  .  LUNDSTROM I.+  1988A&A...196..233L Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

LSB

AFFF-NN  198

G

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  SCHOMBERT J.M.+  1988AJ.....95.1389S
                                                                                         .  SCHOMBERT J.M.+  1992AJ....103.1107S

Low-Surface Brightness

(d)

LSB eq. VLSB

AFFF-VNN  .

G

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  SCHOMBERT J.M.+  1988AJ.....95.1389S
                                                                                         .  SCHOMBERT J.M.+  1992AJ....103.1107S

Low-Surface Brightness

LSE

NN  7

O ∗

                                                                    LSE

                                                                                     1983D2  DRILLING J.S.  1983ApJ...270L..13D

Luminous ∗, Extension

LSN  eq. LS  R +DD NNN  . Northern ; OB ∗  LS              1959H1+ HARDORP J.+  .  Luminous ∗, ; Northern

LSS  eq. LS  NNNN  . Southern ; OB ∗  LS              1971S4  STEPHENSON C.B.+  1971PW&SO...1....1S  Luminous ∗, ; Southern

LSSMW eq. LS

NNNN  .

Southern ; OB ∗

                                                                    LS

                                                                                     1971S4  STEPHENSON C.B.+  1971PW&SO...1....1S

Luminous ∗,

Southern Milky Way

(a) LS  = LSN = NLS

Ref. 1959H1+. The roman numeral in the format stands for the volume (I to VI) of the reference.

(b) LS  = LSS = LSSMW = (SLS) = (SS)
(c) LSA  LSA 1 = PN G029.8-07.8
(d) LSB  In the format AFFF is the plate field identif.: letter F + a number (FFF)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
LSWR  NN  16 WR (1PN) LSWR            1968S2  SMITH L.F.  1968MNRAS.138..109S L. Smith, WR ∗  ^{(a)}
LT  NN  40 Ring G  -               1977T1  THOMSON L.A.  1977ApJ...211..684T L. Thomson
LT-  use LoTr  NN  . PN  PN LoTr  .  LONGMORE A.J.+  1980MNRAS.193..521L Authors’ initials

LTT

NNNNN  18546

∗

                                                                    LTT

1957L1 A LUYTEN W.J.  .
1957L1 B LUYTEN W.J.+  .
1957L1 C LUYTEN W.J.  .
1957L1 D LUYTEN W.J.  .

                                                                                     1988O1  OSWALT T.D.+  1988ApJS...66..391O

Luyten, Two Tenths

LuCG

HHMM+DDd  10

Cluster of G iden- tified with (X)

                                                                    SC

                                                                                     1978L1  LUGGER P.M.  1978ApJ...221..745L

Author’s name, Cluster of G

(b)

Lucke  NNN  - ∗ ; in OB Ass. ; in LMC -               1972L1  LUCKE P.B.  .  Author’s name  ^{(c)}

LUNDMARK eq. Collinder NNN  . OCl  Cl Collinder    1931C1  COLLINDER P.  .  Author’s name
Lundmark  eq. Collinder NNN  . OCl  Cl Collinder    1931C1  COLLINDER P.  .  Author’s name
Lu  eq. YC  HHMM+DD  . Pec. G  p Lu YC         1971L2  LU P.K.  1971AJ.....76..775L Author’s name
Lu YC  eq. YC  HHMM+DD  . Pec. G  p Lu YC         1971L2  LU P.K.  1971AJ.....76..775L Yale Columbia obs.
LV  N  6 Opt. Con- densation in Orion LV  .  LAQUES P.+  1979A&A....73...97L Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}

LVC

LLL.ℓ+BB.b+VVV  .

LVC

                                                                    p LVC

.  -  .

Low-Velocity

Cloud

LW  NNN  435 Cluster in LMC  p LW            1963L5  LYNGA G.+  1963MNRAS.127...31L Authors’ initials

(a) LSWR = (LS) = Smith

Nos 1, 2, 9, 10, 13 were deleted from the WR catalogue, ref. 1981VH ; No. 1 = St1-1 = PK 284-05 1 is rejected as a PN in ref. 1992AO.

(b) LuCG = (SC)
(c) Lucke  Lucke 20 in the LH 48 ass. (ref. 1970L1) is usually written LH 48:20
(d) LV  Table 3. New kind of condensations in the center of the Orion nebula.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
LW  N  2 (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld NAME LW  .  LADA C.J.+  1984ApJ...287..610L Authors’ initials

LWD

FFF-NNNNA  .

WD

                                                                    LWD

.  LUYTEN W.J.  .

Luyten,

White Dwarf

Ly  eq. Lynga  NN  . OCl  Cl Lynga        1964L1  LYNGA G.  .  Author’s name
Ly  NNN  284 OB ∗  -               1968L2  LYNGA G.  1968ArA.....5..181L Author’s name
LYNDS  use LDN  NNNN  . Dark N  LDN             1962L1  LYNDS B.T.  1962ApJS....7....1L Author’s name
LYNDS  use LBN  LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  . H II  LBN             1965L1  LYNDS B.T.  1965ApJS...12..163L Author’s name
Lynds  use LDN  NNNN  . Dark N  LDN             1962L1  LYNDS B.T.  1962ApJS....7....1L Author’s name
Lynds  use LBN  LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  . H II  LBN             1965L1  LYNDS B.T.  1965ApJS...12..163L Author’s name
Lynga  NN  14 OCl  Cl Lynga        1964L1  LYNGA G.  .  Author’s name  C Nmcl (a)

1M

HHMM+DDd  138

(X)

                                                                    1M

                                                                                     1979M4  MARKERT T.H.+  1979ApJS...39..573M

Massachusetts

univ.

(b)

M  NNN  110 (Opt)  M               1784M1  MESSIER C.  1784CDT........227M Messier

M eq. Min 1- to 4-

N-NN  .

PN

                                                                    PN M

                                                                                     1946M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1946PASP...58..305M
                                                                                     1947M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1947PASP...59..257M
                                                                                     1948M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1948PASP...60..386M

.  MINKOWSKI R.  .

Minkowsi

M  use MM  NN  . (Rad)  -               1965M2  MORAN M.  1965MNRAS.129..447M Moran

M

{Ra \atop R.N}  -

HVC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1968H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1968BAN....20...33H
                                                                                     1968H1 B GIOVANELLI R.+  1973A&AS...12..209G
                                                                                     1975H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1975A&A....40....1H

Discoverer’s name: Mathewson

M

NNN  305

V ∗

                                                                    SV∗ M

                                                                                     1975M3 A MAFFEI P.  1975IBVS..985....1M
                                                                                     1975M3 B MAFFEI P.  1977IBVS.1302....1M
                                                                                     1975M3 C GASPERONI V.+  1991IBVS.3573....1C

Maffei

V ∗ Nmcl

(a) Lynga = Ly
(b) 1M  = MX = (OS) = (OSO)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
M  use M+O  NN  . ∗ in OCl  -               1961M2  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1961SoByu..29...71M Markarian

M  NN  19 G  -               1961M3  MINKOWSKI R.  1961AJ.....66..558M Minkovski

M use GCM

±L.ℓℓ±BB.bb  .

MCld

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  GUSTEN R.+  1981A&A...103..197G
                                                                                         .  HUTTEMEISTER S.+  1993A&A...280..255H

Molecular cloud

M1-  eq. Min 1-  NN  . PN  PN M 1-         1946M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1946PASP...58..305M Minkovski, list 1
M1-  eq. Min 1-  NNN  . H II  -               1946M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1946PASP...58..305M Minkovski, list 1
M2-  eq. Min 2-  NN  . PN  PN M 2-         1947M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1947PASP...59..257M Minkovski, list 2
M2-  eq. Min 2-  NN  . H II  -               1946M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1946PASP...58..305M Minkovski, list 2
M3-  eq. Min 3-  NN  . PN  PN M 3-         1948M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1948PASP...60..386M Minkovski, list 3
M3-  eq. Min 3-  NN  . H II  -               1948M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1948PASP...60..386M Minkovski, list 3
M4-  eq. Min 4-  NN  . PN  PN M 4-  .  MINKOWSKI R.  .  Minkovski, list 4
M31C  use SKHB  NNN  . {GCl \atop in M 31}  SKHB  .  SARGENT W.L.W.+  1977AJ.....82..947S M 31 Clusters

[M60]  +DD NNN  3404 ∗  -  .  METIK L.P.  1960IzKry..23....1M Metik, 1960  ^{(a)}
[M67]  VN  4 {V  ∗ \atop in M 31} -  .  MOFFAT A.F.J.  1967AJ.....72.1356M Moffat, 1967  ^{(b)}

[M67]  AN  3 {Nova \atop in M 31}  -  .  MOFFAT A.F.J.  1967AJ.....72.1356M Moffat, 1967  ^{(c)}

[M84]  N  8 Em. Neb. in SMC -  .  MORGAN D.H.  1984MNRAS.209..241M Morgan, 1984  ^{(d)}

M 1-  eq. Min 1-  NN  . PN  PN M 1-         1946M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1946PASP...58..305M Minkovski, list 1
M 1-  eq. Min 1-  NNN  . H II  -               1946M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1946PASP...58..305M Minkovski, list 1
(a) [M60]  Zones δ +42^{∘}to +47^{∘}
(b) [M67]  N=4, (V1-V4) V for V ∗
(c) [M67]  N=3, (N1-N3) the letter is always N for Nova
(d) [M84] = (Mo)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
M 2-  eq. Min 2-  NN  . PN  PN M 2-         1947M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1947PASP...59..257M Minkovski, list 2
M 2-  eq. Min 2-  NN  . H II  -               1947M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1947PASP...59..257M Minkovski, list 2
M 3-  eq. Min 3-  NN  . PN  PN M 3-         1948M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1948PASP...60..386M Minkovski, list 3
M 3-  eq. Min 3-  NN  . H II  -               1948M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1948PASP...60..386M Minkovski, list 3
M 4-  eq. Min 4-  NN  . PN  PN M 4-  .  MINKOWSKI R.  .  Minkovski, list 4
MA  HHMM+DD  55 (Rad)  -               1974B2  BRANDIE G.W.+  1974AJ.....79..903B Michigan obs.
MA  NN  - PN  -  .  MAEHARA H.  1982CoBos..71....1M Author’s name  PN Nmcl
MA  NNNN  1898 \begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in SMC \end{matrix}  -               1993M1  MEYSSONNIER N.+  1993A&AS..102..451M Authors’ initials

Ma  use Markarian NN  . OCl  Cl Markarian    1951M1  MARKARIAN B.E.  .  Author’s name

MAAB

NF  6

Foregd ∗ ; to SMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1983P1 B MAURICE E.+  1987A&AS...67..423M

Four first authors’ initials

(a)

MaC1-

NN  17

PN

                                                                    PN MaC 1-

                                                                                         .  MacCONNELL D.J.  1978A&AS...33..219M

Author’s name,

list 1

PN Nmcl (b)

MaC2-

N  5

PN

                                                                    PN MaC 2-

                                                                                         .  MacCONNELL D.J.  1982A&AS...48..355M

Author’s name,

list 2

PN Nmcl (c)

MaC 1- eq. MaC1-

NN  .

PN

                                                                    PN MaC 1-

                                                                                         .  MacCONNELL D.J.  1978A&AS...33..219M

Author’s name,

list 1

MaC 2-  eq. MaC2-  N  . PN  PN MaC 2-  .  MacCONNELL D.J.  1982A&AS...48..355M Author’s name

MacC H

NN  24

Em. ∗

                                                                    p MacC H

                                                                                     1968M3  MacCONNELL D.J.  1968ApJS...16..275M

Author’s name,

Hα em.

MaCCo  N  2 Poss. PN  -               1974C1 F MacCONNELL D.J.+  1983VatOP..15...63M Authors’ names  PN Nmcl (d)

(a) MAAB  In the format, F stands for Foreground
(b) MaC1- = MaC 1-
(c) MaC2- = MaC 2-

Table III in 1982A&AS.48.355M

(d) MaCCo  MaCCo 1 = VES 205 ; MaCCo 2 = VES 228

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

MacC sH

NN  20

{Poss. \atop Em. ∗}

                                                                    p MacC sH

                                                                                     1968M3  MacCONNELL D.J.  1968ApJS...16..275M

Author’s name, suspected Hα em.

MacRae  +DD NNN  938 ∗ ; in the field ; ILF-1 -               1952M1  MacRAE D.A.  1952ApJ...116..592M Author’s name  ^{(a)}

Maffei  N  2 (IR)  NAME MAFFEI     1968M2  MAFFEI P.  1968PASP...80..618M Author’s name  Maffei 1 (Galaxy)
Manova  NN  32 Em. ∗  -               1959M1  MANOVA G.A.  1959SvA.....3..188M Author’s name
Mark  eq. Markarian NN  . OCl  Cl Markarian    1951M1  MARKARIAN B.E.  .  Author’s name

Mark eq. MRK

NNNN  .

G

                                                                    MRK

1967M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.  .

                                                                                     1986MB  MAZZARELLA J.M.+  1986ApJS...62..751M
                                                                                     1989ML  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1989SoSAO..62....5M

.  .

Author’s name

Markarian  NN  50 OCl  Cl Markarian    1951M1  MARKARIAN B.E.  .  Author’s name  C Nmcl (b)

Markarian eq. MRK

NNNN  .

G

                                                                    MRK

1967M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.  .

                                                                                     1986MB  MAZZARELLA J.M.+  1986ApJS...62..751M
                                                                                     1989ML  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1989SoSAO..62....5M

.  .

Author’s name

Markarjan  eq. Markarian NN  . OCl  Cl Markarian    1951M1  MARKARIAN B.E.  .  Author’s name

Markarjan eq. MRK

NNNN  .

G

                                                                    MRK

1967M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.  .

                                                                                     1986MB  MAZZARELLA J.M.+  1986ApJS...62..751M
                                                                                     1989ML  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1989SoSAO..62....5M

.  .

Author’s name

Marsalkova  NNN  698 H II  -               1974MA  MARSALKOVA P.  1974Ap&SS..27....3M Author’s name
Mayer  -  3 OCl  -  .  -  .  Author’s name  C Nmcl
MB  use MWC  NNNN  . {Em. ∗ \atop (15PN)}  EM∗ MWC         1933M2+ MERRILL P.W.+  .  Authors’ initials

(a) MacRae  = ILF 1 = ILF-1
(b) Markarian = (Ma) = Mark = Markarjan = MRK

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

MBG

HHMMm-DDMM  97

G

-

.  COZIOL R.+  1993AJ....105...35C

Montreal Blue Galaxy

(a)

[MBL93]

NNN  174

OB Ass. in M 31

[MBL93]

.  MAGNIER E.A.+  1993A&A...278...36M

Authors’ initials, 1993

MBM  NNN  66+57 MCld  NAME MBM        1985M1  MAGNANI L.+  1985ApJ...295..402M Authors’ initials

MC

{NN \atop A}  102

(Rad) in LMC

-

1972M1 A McGEE R.X.+  1972AuJPh..25..581M
1972M1 B McGEE R.X.+  1972AuJPh..25..613M

Magellanic Cloud

MC  N  4 (Opt)  NAME MC         1976C2  COHEN M.+  1976ApJ...210..365C M. Cohen

MC use MC4

HHMM+DDdA HHMM+DD.dA  .

{(Rad) in \atop MC}

MC4

1976C1  CLARKE J.N.+  1976AuJPS..40....1C

Molonglo obs., Catalog 4

MC  use [MC83]  NN  . {WR \atop in M 33}  Cl∗ NGC 598 MC  .  MASSEY P.+  1983ApJ...273..576M Authors’ initials

[MC83]

NN  79

{WR \atop in M 33}

Cl∗ NGC 598 MC

.  MASSEY P.+  1983ApJ...273..576M

Authors’ initials, 1983

(b)

[MC85]

NNNA  152

(Rad)

[MC85]

.  MITCHELL K.J.+  1985AJ.....90.1957M

Authors’ initials, 1985

[MC93]

NN  10

V ∗

[MC93]

.  MOREL M.+  1993IBVS..3923...1M

Authors’ initials, 1993

Table 1 (c)

MC1

HHMM+DD.dA HHMM+DDdA  1545

(Rad)

MC1

1973D2  DAVIES I.M.+  1973AuJPS..28...59D

Molonglo obs., Catalog 1

MC2

HHMM+DD.dA HHMM+DDdA  609

(Rad)

MC2

1974S4  SUTTON J.M.+  1974AuJPS..33....1S

Molonglo obs., Catalog 2

MC3

HHMM+DD.dA HHMM+DDdA  657

(Rad)

MC3

1974S4  SUTTON J.M.+  1974AuJPS..33....1S

Molonglo obs., Catalog 3

MC4

HHMM+DD.dA HHMM+DDdA  1349

{(Rad) in \atop MC}

MC4

1976C1  CLARKE J.N.+  1976AuJPS..40....1C

Molonglo obs., Catalog 4

(d)

(a) MBG  from the plate collection of the Montréal-Cambridge-Tololo (MCT) survey.
(b) [MC83] = (MC)
(c) [MC93] = (PC)
(d) MC4  = (MC)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

MC5

HHMM+DD.dA HHMM+DDdA  .

(Rad)

MC5

.  LARGE M.I.  .

Molonglo obs., Catalog 5

Unpublished

MCA

NN  16

{WR \atop in M 33}

Cl∗ NGC 598 MCA

.  MASSEY P.+  1987PASP...99..816M

Two first authors’ initials + Armandroff

Table I

MCC

NNN  895

M ∗

MCC

1943V1 A VYSSOTSKY A.N.  1943ApJ....97..381V
1943V1 B VYSSOTSKY A.N.+  1946ApJ...104..234V
1943V1 C VYSSOTSKY A.N.+  1952ApJ...116..117V
1943V1 D VYSSOTSKY A.N.  1956AJ.....61..201V
1943V1 E VYSSOTSKY A.N.  1958AJ.....63..211V

McCormick obs.

(a)

McC  eq. MCC  NNN  . M ∗  MCC             1943V1+ VYSSOTSKY A.N.  .  McCormick obs.

McD

NN  78

H II

-

1939S1 A STRUVE O.+  1939ApJ....89..119S
1939S1 B STRUVE O.+  1939ApJ....89..517S
1939S1 C STRUVE O.+  1939ApJ....90..301S

McDonald obs.

MCG

+FF-FF-NNNN 30200

G

MCG

1962V1 A VORONTSOV-V. B.A.+ 1962TrSht..32..207V

1962V1 B VORONTSOV-V. B.A.+  .

1962V1 C VORONTSOV-V. B.A.+ 1963TrSht..33..260V
1962V1 D VORONTSOV-V. B.A.+ 1968TrSht..38..206V

1962V1 E VORONTSOV-V. B.A.+  .

Morphological Catalog of G

(b)

MCL use MDCG

NN  .

Group of G

-

.  DA COSTA L.N.+  1988ApJ...327..544D
1989M1  MAIA M.A.G.+  1989ApJS...69..809M

Authors’ initials

MCMS  NN  35 Poss. WR in M 33 Cl∗ NGC 598 MCMS  .  MASSEY P.+  1987PASP...99..816M Authors’ initials  Table II

MCS UM

NNN  .

Exgl Em. Obj.

UM

1977M1+ MacALPINE G.M.+ .

Michigan obs., Curtis Schmidt

MCT

HHMM+DDMM  -

(Opt)

p MCT

.  DEMERS S.+  1990ApJ...351..271D

Montreal-Cambridge-Tololo survey

(c)

(a) MCC = McC = (V) = (VYS) = (VYSM) = (VYSSO-M) = (VYSSO.M)

(b) MCG The first 5 digits, separated by a hyphen, correspond to a field of the POSS prints (see Appendix B of Dixon and Sonneborn 1980) for instance, +9-11-46 is the 46th in the field 11 of the 9th δ zone (+54^{∘}).

(c) MCT  First reference from this survey. In this ref., N=1 (UV Exc.) obj. The survey described by Demers+ 1986AJ.92.878D selects objects with U − B ≤ −0.4.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
MD  use ILS  NNN  . ∗  -               1969M1  MELCHIOR P.+  .  Authors’ initials
MD  N  7 (Rad)  NAME MD         1972M2  MARTIN A.H.M.+  1972ApL....11..219M Authors’ initials

MDCG

NN  87

Group of G

-

.  DA COSTA L.N.+  1988ApJ...327..544D
1989M1  MAIA M.A.G.+  1989ApJS...69..809M

Two first authors’ initials, Cluster of G

(a)

MDS1-

HHMM-DDdA  468

(Rad)

-

1977R2 A ROBERTSON J.G.  1977AuJPh..30..209R
1977R2 B ROBERTSON J.G.  1977AuJPh..30..231R

Molonglo obs., 1st Deep Survey

MDS2-

HHMM-DDd  799

(Rad)

-

1984W1  WHITE G.L.  1984PASAu...5..290W

Molonglo obs., 2nd Deep Survey

[ME53]

R  6

Neb. Obj. in M 31

[ME53]

.  MAYALL N.U.+  1953PASP...65...24M

Authors’ initials, 1953

[ME92]

NNN  129

∗

-

.  McDONALD S.W.+  1992AJ....104..862M

Authors’ initials, 1992

(b)

Me1-

N  1

PN

PN Me 1-

.  MERRILL P.W.  1941PASP...53..245M

Author’s name, list 1

(c)

Me2-

N  2

PN

PN Me 2-

.  MERRILL P.W.  1942PASP...54..107M

Author’s name, list 2

(d)

Me 1- eq. Me1-

N  .

PN

PN Me 1-

.  MERRILL P.W.  1941PASP...53..245M

Author’s name, list 1

Me 2- eq. Me2-

N  .

PN

PN Me 2-

.  MERRILL P.W.  1942PASP...54..107M

Author’s name, list 2

Mel  eq. Melotte  NNN  . OCl + GCl Cl Melotte      1915M1  MELOTTE P.J.  1915MmRAS..60..175M Author’s name

(a) MDCG = (MCL)
(b) [ME92] = (Tr)
(c) Me1-  = Me 1-

Me1-1 = PN G052.5-02.9 = PK 052-02 1

(d) Me2-  = Me 2-

Me2-1 = CD -23 12238 ; Me2-2 = BD +15 3892

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
MEL  use Melnick  NNW A AN  . ∗ in 30 Dor  Cl∗ NGC 2070 MEL1985M3  MELNICK J.  1985A&A...153..235M Author’s name

MELN  eq. Melnick  NNW A AN  . ∗ in 30 Dor  Cl∗ NGC 2070 MEL1985M3  MELNICK J.  1985A&A...153..235M Author’s name

Meln  eq. Melnick  NNW A AN  . ∗ in 30 Dor  Cl∗ NGC 2070 MEL1985M3  MELNICK J.  1985A&A...153..235M Author’s name

Melnick  NNW A AN  84 ∗ in 30 Dor  Cl∗ NGC 2070 MEL1985M3  MELNICK J.  1985A&A...153..235M Author’s name  ^{(a)}

Melotte  NNN  245 OCl + GCl Cl Melotte      1915M1  MELOTTE P.J.  1915MmRAS..60..175M Author’s name  C Nmcl (b)
MeWe 1-  NN  11 PN  -  .  MELMER D.+  1990MNRAS.243..236M Authors’ names  PN Nmcl
MeWe 2-  N  5 Poss. PN  -  .  MELMER D.+  1990MNRAS.243..236M Authors’ names  PN Nmcl
MFU  NNN  241 Ba ∗  -               1972M3  MacCONNELL D.J.+  1972AJ.....77..384M Authors’ initials
MG  NNN  206 Red ∗ ; in LMC  p MG            1973M2  MENDOZA E.E.+  1973PASP...85..439M Authors’ initials

MG  use MGWR  N  . {WR \atop in LMC}  MGWR            1985M2+ MORGAN D.H.+  .  Authors’ initials

MG

JHHMM+DDMM ≃ 20000

(Rad)

                                                                    MITG

                                                                                     1986B2 A BENNETT C.L.+  1986ApJS...61....1B
                                                                                     1986B2 B LAWRENCE C.R.+  1986ApJS...61..105L
                                                                                     1986B2 C LANGSTON G.I.+  1990ApJS...72..621L
                                                                                     1986B2 D GRIFFITH M.+  1990ApJS...74..129G
                                                                                     1986B2 E GRIFFITH M.+  1991ApJS...75..801G

MIT, Green Bank obs.

(c)

MG I catalog: use MG

JHHMM+DDMM  .

(Rad)

                                                                    MITG

                                                                                     1986B2 A BENNETT C.L.+  1986ApJS...61....1B

MIT, Green Bank obs., survey I

(a) Melnick = (Mk) = (MEL) = MELN = Meln
(b) Melotte = Mel
(c) MG  = MITG

Ref. 1986B2 A, C, D, E. The numbering is based on J2000 coord., thus it is mandatory to write a J in the format, MG J0419+1316 instead of MG0419+1316 which would be interpreted as 1950 coord.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

MG II catalog: use MG

JHHMM+DDMM  .

(Rad)

MITG

1986B2 C LANGSTON G.I.+  1990ApJS...72..621L

MIT, Green Bank obs., survey II

MG III catalog: use MG

JHHMM+DDMM  .

(Rad)

MITG

1986B2 D GRIFFITH M.+  1990ApJS...74..129G

MIT, Green Bank obs., survey III

MG IV catalog: use MG

JHHMM+DDMM  .

(Rad)

MITG

1986B2 E GRIFFITH M.+  1991ApJS...75..801G

MIT, Green Bank obs., survey IV

MGP  N  1 PN  -  .  MANCHADO A.+  1989A&A...218..267M Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

MGPN1-

NN  13

{PN \atop in SMC}

p MGPN 1-

1985M4  MORGAN D.H.+  1985MNRAS.213..491M

Authors’ initials, PN, list 1

(b)

MGPN2-

NN  86

{PN \atop in LMC}

p MGPN 2-

1992M1  MORGAN D.H.+  1992A&AS...92..571M

Authors’ initials, PN, list 2

(c)

MGPN 1- eq. MGPN1-

NN  .

{PN \atop in SMC}

p MGPN 1-

1985M4  MORGAN D.H.+  1985MNRAS.213..491M

Authors’ initials, PN, list 1

MGPN 2- eq. MGPN2-

NN  .

{PN \atop in LMC}

p MGPN 2-

1992M1  MORGAN D.H.+  1992A&AS...92..571M

Authors’ initials, PN, list 2

MGWR

N  8

{WR \atop in LMC}

MGWR

1985M2 A MORGAN D.H.+  1985MNRAS.216..459M
1985M2 B MORGAN D.H.+  1987MNRAS.224..435M
1985M2 C MORGAN D.H.+  1990MNRAS.243..459M

Authors’ initials, WR ∗

(d)

MH  eq. Dor IR  NN  . {(IR)  in \atop 30 Dor} -               1981M3  McGREGOR P.J.+  1981ApJ...250..116M Authors’ names

MHA  eq. MHα  FFF-NNN  . Em. ∗  MHA  .  -  .  Merrill, Hα em.
MHα  FFF-NNN  <1500 Em. ∗  MHA  .  -  .  Merrill, Hα em.  ^{(e)}

(a) MGP  MGP 1 = PN G348.0+06.3
(b) MGPN1- = MGPN 1-
(c) MGPN2- = MGPN 2-
(d) MGWR = (MG)
(e) MHα  = MHA

Discovery list: Superseded by AS or MWC

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
MHR  NN  66 (Rad)  MHR             1962M1  MATHEWSON D.S.+  1962AuJPh..15..354M Authors’ initials
Mi  eq. UM  NNN  . Exgl Em. Obj. UM              1977M1+ MacALPINE G.M.+  .  Michigan obs.

Michigan  eq. UM  NNN  . Exgl Em. Obj. UM              1977M1+ MacALPINE G.M.+  .  Michigan obs.

Mills  HH+\underline{D}A  77 (Rad)  -               1952M3  MILLS B.Y.  .  Author’s name

Min 1-

NN  80

PN

PN M 1-

1946M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1946PASP...58..305M

Author’s name, list 1 PN Nmcl. (Nos 1-80) (a)

Min 1-

NNN  22

H II

-

1946M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1946PASP...58..305M

Author’s name, list 1

(Nos 81-103)_{(b)}

Min 2-

NN  56

PN

PN M 2-

1947M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1947PASP...59..257M

Author’s name, list 2 PN Nmcl. (Nos 1-56) (c)

Min 2-

NN  18

H II

-

1947M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1947PASP...59..257M

Author’s name, list 2

(Nos 57-174)_{(d)}

Min 3-

NN  55

PN

PN M 3-

1948M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1948PASP...60..386M

Author’s name, list 3 PN Nmcl. (Nos 1-55) (e)

Min 3-

NN  7

H II

-

1948M1  MINKOWSKI R.  1948PASP...60..386M

Author’s name, list 3

(Nos 56-62) (f)

Min 4-

NN  18

PN

PN M 4-

.  MINKOWSKI R.  .

Author’s name, list 4

PN Nmcl (g)

MITG eq. MG

JHHMM+DDMM  .

(Rad)

MITG

1986B2+ BENNETT C.L.+ .

MIT-Green Bank obs.

MK use MRK

NNNN  .

G

MRK

1967M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.  .

1986MB  MAZZARELLA J.M.+  1986ApJS...62..751M
1989ML  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1989SoSAO..62....5M

.  .

Author’s name

(a) Min 1- = M 1- = M1-
(b) Min 1- = M 1- = M1-
(c) Min 2- = M 2- = M2-

Min2-1 (Table I) is stated to be non existent in ref. 1967PK A

(d) Min 2- = M 2- = M2-
(e) Min 3- = M 3- = M3-
(f) Min 3- = M 3- = M3-
(g) Min 4- = M 4- = M4-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Mk use MRK

NNNN  .

G

                                                                    MRK

1967M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.  .

                                                                                     1986MB  MAZZARELLA J.M.+  1986ApJS...62..751M
                                                                                     1989ML  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1989SoSAO..62....5M

.  .

Author’s name

Mk  use Melnick  NNW A AN  . ∗ in 30 Dor  Cl∗ NGC 2070 MEL1985M3  MELNICK J.  1985A&A...153..235M Author’s name

MKN  eq. MRK  NNNN  . G  MRK             1967M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.  .  Author’s name

Mkr eq. MRK

NNNN  .

G

                                                                    MRK

1967M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.  .

                                                                                     1986MB  MAZZARELLA J.M.+  1986ApJS...62..751M
                                                                                     1989ML  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1989SoSAO..62....5M

.  .

Author’s name

MKW  {NN \atop Ns}  4 G  p MKW           1975M4  MORGAN W.W.+  1975ApJ...199..545M Authors’ initials

MLA  NNNN  1515 Poss. Em. Obj. in M 31 -  .  MEYSSONNIER N.+  1993A&AS..102..251M Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

[MLC92]

NN  43

∗ in Orion

                                                                    [MLC92]

                                                                                         .  MARQUEZ-LIMON A.+ 1992A&AS...95..391M

Three first authors’ initials, 1992

MLO  HHMM+DDA HHMM+DD.d  389 (Rad)  -               1970H1  HOSKINS D.G.+  1970AuJPS..15....1H Molonglo obs.  ^{(b)}

MM  NN  51 (Rad)  -               1965M2  MORAN M.  1965MNRAS.129..447M M. Moran  ^{(c)}

MM

N  2

(IR)

                                                                    NAME MM

                                                                                         .  MUNDY L.G.+  1992ApJ...385..306M

Two discoverers’ names

(d)

Mn  eq. LMC  N  . ∗ in LMC  NAME LMC Symb. star .  MORGAN D.H.  1992MNRAS.258..639M Morgan
Mn  eq. SMC  N  . ∗ in SMC  NAME SMC Symb. star .  MORGAN D.H.  1992MNRAS.258..639M Morgan

(a) MLA  Table 3: (Nos 1-1312), good candidates. Table 4: (Nos 1313-1515), doubtful candidates.
(b) MLO = (HM)
(c) MM  = (M)
(d) MM  associated with IRAS 16293-2422

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
MO  NNN  . OB ∗  MO  .  MUZZIO J.C.+  1977AJ.....82..474M Authors’ initials
M+O  NN  45 ∗ in OCl  -               1961M2  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1961SoByu..29...71M Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}
Mo  use [M84]  N  . Em. Neb. in SMC -  .  MORGAN D.H.  1984MNRAS.209..241M Morgan

Moffat  -  1 OCl  NAME MOFFAT CL  1976M2  MOFFAT A.F.J.  1976A&A....50..429M Author’s name  = C 1557-540

MOST

HHMM-DDdA  117

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  JONES P.A.+  1992ApJS...80..137J

Molonglo Obs.

Synthesis Telescope

(b)

MP use PSR

HHMM+DD  .

PSR

                                                                    PSR

                                                                                     1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T

Molonglo obs.,

Pulsar Superseded by PSR

MPMM  NNN  238 G  MPMM  .  MAZURE A.+  1988A&AS...76..339M Authors’ initials

MQCG

HHMM+DDd  6

Cluster of G

                                                                    p CA

                                                                                     1975M2  MELNICK J.+  1975ApJ...198..L97M

Authors’ initials, Cluster of G

(c)

MR

NN  11

Red ∗

                                                                    -

1956L2  LUYTEN W.J.+  .

Minnesota university, Red

MR  eq. Roberts  NNN  . WR  MR              1962R1  ROBERTS M.S.  1962AJ.....67...79R M. Roberts
MR  HHMM+DDd  1 QSO  QSO             1978R1  RICKER G.R.+  1978Natur.271...35R ?  = QSO 2251-178

MR74 eq. RM

N  .

O-B3 ∗

                                                                    NAME RM

                                                                                         .  MUZZIO J.C.+  1974AJ.....79..864M

Authors’ initials, 1974

MRC

HHMM+DDd  12141

(Rad)

                                                                    MRC

                                                                                     1981L1  LARGE M.I.+  1981MNRAS.194..693L

Molonglo obs., Reference Catalog

MRK  eq. Markarian NN  . OCl  Cl Markarian    1951M1  MARKARIAN B.E.  .  Author’s name

(a) M+O  = (M)
(b) MOST  Extended sources selected from the MRC catalog (ref. 1981L1).
(c) MQCG = CA

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

MRK

NNNN  1515

G

MRK = MKN

1967M1 A MARKARIAN B.E.  1967Afz.....3...24M
1967M1 B MARKARIAN B.E.  1969Afz.....5..206M
1967M1 C MARKARIAN B.E.  1969Afz.....5..286M
1967M1 D MARKARIAN B.E.+  1971Afz.....7..299M
1967M1 E MARKARIAN B.E.+  1972Afz.....8...89M
1967M1 F MARKARIAN B.E.+  1973Afz.....9..283M
1967M1 G MARKARIAN B.E.+  1974Afz....10..185M
1967M1 H MARKARIAN B.E.+  1976Afz....12..241M
1967M1 I MARKARIAN B.E.+  1976Afz....12..429M
1967M1 J MARKARIAN B.E.+  1977Afz....13..116M
1967M1 K MARKARIAN B.E.+  1977Afz....13..215M
1967M1 L MARKARIAN B.E.+  1979Afz....15..130M
1967M1 M MARKARIAN B.E.+  1979Afz....15..235M
1967M1 N MARKARIAN B.E.+  1979Afz....15..363M
1967M1 O MARKARIAN B.E.+  1981Afz....17..321M
1967M1 P MARKARIAN B.E.+  1992A&AS...94..553K
1986MB  MAZZARELLA J.M.+  1986ApJS...62..751M
1989ML  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1989SoSAO..62....5M

.  .

Author’s name

(a)

Mrk eq. MRK

NNNN  .

G

MRK

1967M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.  .

1986MB  MAZZARELLA J.M.+  1986ApJS...62..751M
1989ML  MARKARIAN B.E.+  1989SoSAO..62....5M

.  .

Author’s name

MS  N  9 WR in Ca- rina -  .  MacCONNELL D.+  1970PASP...82...80M Authors’ initials

MS  NN  76 ∗  -               1973M1  MORRISON D.+  1973ApJ...186..193M Authors’ initials
MS  R  6 HVC  -               1977M2  MATHEWSON D.S.+  1977ApJ...217...L5M Magellanic Stream
MS  use [MS83]  NN  . Poss. WR in M 31 Cl∗ NGC 224 MS  .  MOFFAT A.F.J.+  1983ApJ...273..544M Authors’ initials

MS eq. EMSS

HHMM.m+DDMM  .

(X)

1E

1990G2+ GIOIA I.M.+ .

Medium Sensitivity survey

[MS83]

NN  21

Poss. WR in M 31

Cl∗ NGC 224 MS

     .  MOFFAT A.F.J.+  1983ApJ...273..544M

Authors’ initials, 1983

(b)

(a) MRK  = Mark = Markarian = Markarjan = (MK) = (Mk) = MKN = Mkr = Mrk

≃ 2% of these objects are galactic (Huchra 1977, ApJS 35, 171): for instance MRK 914 = LkHA 233 belongs to Lac OB1

(b) [MS83] = (MS)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

[MS84]

NN  99

V ∗

                                                                    [MS84]

                                                                                         .  MARGONI R.+  1984A&AS...56...87M

Authors’ initials, 1984

MSB

NN  75

N or S ∗

                                                                    MSB

                                                                                     1933M1 A MERRILL P.W.+  1933PASP...45..306M
                                                                                     1933M1 B MERRILL P.W.+  1942PASP...54P.107M

Authors’ initials

MSH

HH+\underline{D}NN  2270

(Rad)

                                                                    MSH

                                                                                     1958M1 A MILLS B.Y.+  1958AuJPh..11..360M
                                                                                     1958M1 B MILLS B.Y.+  1960AuJPh..13..676M
                                                                                     1958M1 C MILLS B.Y.+  1961AuJPh..14..497M

Authors’ initials

Mt.W.  FFF-NNN FFF-NNNs  67491 ∗  -               1930S1  SEARES F.H.+  .  Mount Wilson obs. ^{(a)}

Mu  NN  34 H II  -               1955M1  MUNCH L.  1955BOTT....2...28M Author’s name
MUL  NNa  27 (Rad)  -               1959M2  MULLER H.G.  1959VeUSB..52....1M Author’s name  ^{(b)}
MVD  N  1 {WR \atop in SMC}  -               1991M1  MORGAN D.H.+  1991MNRAS.251..P51M Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

MW

NNN  319

Em. ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1925M1 A MERRILL P.W.+  1925ApJ....61..389M
                                                                                     1925M1 B MERRILL P.W.+  1932ApJ....76..156M
                                                                                     1925M1 C MERRILL P.W.+  1942ApJ....96...15M

Mount Wilson obs.

MW  HHMM+DD  320 (Rad)  -               1972W2  WILLSON M.A.G.  1972MNRAS.156....7W M. Willson

MWC

NNNN  1088

{Em. ∗ \atop (15PN)}

                                                                    EM∗ MWC

                                                                                     1933M2 A MERRILL P.W.+  1933ApJ....78...87M
                                                                                     1933M2 B MERRILL P.W.+  1943ApJ....98..153M
                                                                                     1933M2 C MERRILL P.W.+  1949ApJ...110..478N

Mount Wilson obs., Catalog

(d)

MWD

HHMM-DDd  2

Magn. WD

                                                                    p MWD

                                                                                     1991A1  ACHILLEOS N.+  1991MNRAS.253..522A

Magnetic White Dwarf

MX eq. 1M

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  .

(X)

                                                                    1M

                                                                                     1979M4  MARKERT T.H.+  1979ApJS...39..573M

Massachusetts

univ.

(a) Mt.W.  format: s for suppl. list
(b) MUL  = UBA = UoB
(c) MVD  = SMC MVDWR
(d) MWC = (MB)

15 are compiled as PN, see ref. 1967PK F

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

MXB

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  31

(X)

                                                                    MXB

                                                                                     1981L3  LEWIN W.H.G.+  1981SSRv...28....3L

Massachusetts

univ.,

X-ray Burster

MY

HHMMSS.s+DDMMSS.s

687 (Rad)

                                                                    MY

                                                                                         .  ZHANG X.+  1993A&AS...99..545Z

Miyun radio telescope

(a)

My  NNN  139 Obj.  of pec. spec- tra (1PN) -  .  MAYALL M.W.  1951BHarO.920...32M Author’s name

My

NNN  1

PN

                                                                    PN My

                                                                                         .  MAYALL M.W.  1951BHarO.920...32M

Author’s name My 60 = PN G283.8+02.2 in ref. 1992AO

MyCn  NN  37 Em. Obj.  -  .  MAYALL M.W.+  1940BHarO.913....7M Authors’ names
MyCn  NN  2 PN  PN MyCn  .  MAYALL M.W.+  1940BHarO.913....7M Authors’ names  PN Nmcl
Mz  N  5 PN  PN Mz  .  MENZEL D.N.  1922BHarO.777....3M Author’s name  PN Nmcl

MZC 2α

NNN  612

∗

                                                                    -

1958Y1  YASUDA H.+  .

Mitaka obs.,

Zenith ∗, Catalog

N  eq. Nova  CCC YYYYa  . Nova  Nova  .  -  .  Nova

N use NGC

NNNNA  .

(Opt)

                                                                    NGC

1888D1+ DREYER J.L.E. .

Abbreviation of NGC

N use Bol

NNN  .

{GCl \atop in M 31}

                                                                    Bol

                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1980A&AS...42..357B
                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1987A&AS...67..447B

Nebula

N use Bol

ANNN  .

Misc. Obj. in M 31

                                                                    Bol

                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1980A&AS...42..357B
                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.+  1987A&AS...67..447B

Nebula

N  use LHA 115-N NN  . H II in SMC  LHA 115-N       1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H Nebula

(a) MY Authors have used a format HHMM+DDd, unusable, several objects have the same designation with such a format (ex.: MY 0637+383 could be MY 063705.4+382045.4 and 063734.8+381856.5)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
N  use LHA 120-N NNN  . H II in LMC  LHA 120-N       1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H Nebula

[N93]  NNN  173 Group of G [N93]  .  NOLTHENIUS R.  1993ApJS...85....1N Nolthenius, 1993

N30

NNNN  5268

∗

                                                                    N30

1952M2  MORGAN H.R.  .

Normal system, epoch 1930

(a)

N/30 eq. N30

NNNN  .

∗

                                                                    N30

1952M2  MORGAN H.R.  .

Normal system, epoch 1930

Na

N  2

PN

                                                                    PN Na

                                                                                     1964N1  NASSAU J.J.+  1964ApJ...139..864N

First author’s

name

PN Nmcl (b)

NAB  HHMM+DD  9 QSO  NAME NAB        1973B1  BAHCALL N.A.+  1973ApJ...183..777B N.A. Bahcall

NAIC

HHMM+DD  3118

(Rad)

                                                                    -

1975D2  DURDIN J.M.+  .

National Astronomy and Ionospheric Center

NB  DD.NN  558 (Rad)  NB              1967B2  BRANSON N.J.B.A.  1967MNRAS.135..149B N. Branson
NB  use NBol  NNN  . Poss. GCL in M 31 NBol  .  BATTISTINI P.L.+  1993A&A...272...77B New Bologna

NBG

FN-NN N  2367

G

                                                                    -

1987TU A TULLY R.B.+  .
1987TU B TULLY R.B.  .

Nearby G

(c)

NBGCG

FN-NN  336

Group of G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1987TU C TULLY R.B.  1987ApJ...321..280T

Nearby Group, Cluster of G

(d)

NBol

NNN  108

Poss. GCL in M 31

                                                                    NBol

                                                                                         .  BATTISTINI P.L.+  1993A&A...272...77B

New Bologna identif. charts

(e)

NC  NNN  105 Carbon ∗  NAME NC         1973S3 B STEPHENSON C.B.  1985AJ.....90..784S New Carbon ∗  ^{(f)}

(a) N30  = N/30
(b) Na  = NSC
(c) NBG  peculiar format explained in ref. 1987TU B
(d) NBGCG = (T)
(e) NBol  = (NB)
(f) NC  These Carbon ∗ found in the literature as NC NNN (Nos 1-105), also have the identification CCS (Nos 3220-3324) as numbered by us (ref. 1973S3 B)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

NC

NN  60

Std. ∗

NC

.  NECKEL Th.+  1980A&AS...39..411N
.  ORIOL R.  1992Ap&SS.198..281O

Authors’ initials

NEK  LLL.ℓ+BB.b  702 (Rad)  NEK             1988K1  KASSIM N.E.  1988ApJS...68..715K N.E. Kassim
NeVe  -  - Poss. PN  -               1985NV  NECKEL T.+  .  Authors’ names  PN Nmcl

NG

NNN  137

G in For- nax Cl

NG

1987C1 A CALDWELL N.  1987AJ.....94.1116C
1987C1 B CALDWELL N.+  1987AJ.....94.1126C

New Galaxy

NGC

NNNNA  7840

(Opt)

NGC

1888D1 A DREYER J.L.E.  1888MmRAS..49....1D

1888D1 B SULENTIC J.W.+  .
1988S3  SINNOTT R.W.  .

New General Catalog

(a)

NGP  DD-NNN  4027 Late ∗  p NGP           1962U1  UPGREN A.R.Jr  1962AJ.....67...37U North Gal. Pole  ^{(b)}

[NHS93]

NN  50

(IR)

[NHS93]

.  NAGATA T.+  1993ApJ...406..501N

Authors’ initials, 1993

NikC 1-

NNN  114

Carbon ∗

NikC 1-

1987N1 A NIKOLASHVILI M.G.  1987Afz....26..209N

Nikolashvili, Carbon ∗, list 1

NikC 2-

NN  80

Carbon ∗

NikC 2-

1987N1 B NIKOLASHVILI M.G.  1987Afz....27..197N

Nikolashvili, Carbon ∗, list 2

NikC 3-

NN  83

Carbon ∗

NikC 3-

1987N1 C KURTANIDZE O.M.+  1988Afz....29..470K

Nikolashvili, Carbon ∗, list 3

NikC 4-

NNN  146

Carbon ∗

-

1987N1 D KURTANIDZE O.M.+  1989Afz....31..507K

Nikolashvili, Carbon ∗, list 4

NikC 5-

NN  23

Carbon ∗

-

1987N1 E KURTANIDZE O.M.+  1990Afz....32..173K

Nikolashvili, Carbon ∗, list 5

NIPSS

FFFFCNNN  1183

Red Stel. Obj.

NIPSS

1979C1  CRAINE E.R.+  .

Near Infrared Photographic Sky Survey

(c)

(a) NGC  = (N)

Revisions of the positions for NGC objects in LMC have been published by Morel (ref. 1983MO) (A visual Atlas of the LMC, edit. Mati Morel, Table 4) . Corrections for objects in SMC, by Gordon+Kron 1983, P.A.S.P. 95, Appendix p. 473 . For identifications of NGC and IC numbers in the Magellanic Clouds or in M 33 see Lortet 1986, Astr. Astrophys. Suppl. 64, p. 303-324 for objects in LMC and SMC, p. 325-328 for objects in M 33.

(b) NGP  = UL = (Up) = (Upgren)
(c) NIPSS  format: C for Chart

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
NK  NN  117 (Rad)  -               1970K1  KAWAJIRI N.  1970PASJ...22..165K N. Kawajiri
NLS  eq. LS  R +DD NNN  . Northern ; OB ∗  LS              1959H1+ HARDORP J.+  .  Northern ; Luminous ∗

NLTT catalog: use L

FFF-NNNN  .

PM ∗

                                                                    L

1979LU  LUYTEN W.J.  .

New Luyten, Two Tenths

(a)

NLTT catalog: use LP

FFF-NNNN  .

PM ∗

                                                                    LP

1979LU  LUYTEN W.J.  .

New Luyten, Two Tenths

NML  CCC  2 (IR)  NML             1965N1  NEUGEBAUER G.+  1965ApJ...142..399N Authors’ initials
NOV  eq. Nova  CCC YYYYa  . Nova  Nova  .  -  .  Nova
NOVA  eq. Nova  CCC YYYYa  . Nova  Nova  .  -  .  Type of object
Nova  CCC YYYYa  . Nova  Nova  .  -  .  Type of object  Systematic (b)

NP use PSR

HHMM+DD  .

PSR

                                                                    PSR

                                                                                     1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T

NRAO, Pulsar Superseded by PSR

NRAO

{NNN \atop NNNN}  >726

(Rad)

                                                                    NRAO

                                                                                     1966P1  PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1966ApJS...13...65P

National Radio Astronomy obs. survey

NRAO

HHMM+DDA  460

(Rad)

                                                                    NRAO

                                                                                     1967H2  HOGLUND B.  1967ApJS...15...61H

1972R1  ROSS H.N.  .

National Radio Astronomy obs. survey

(c)

NRC

NN  30

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1965R1  RAGHAVARAO R.+  1965MNRAS.129..159R

National Research Council of Canada

(d)

NRV  eq. GRV  HHMM-DDMM  . Red V ∗ ; in LMC GRV             1988R1  REID N.+  1988MNRAS.232...53R N. Reid, Variable ∗

NS  use Sk  -DD NNNA  . ∗ in LMC  SK              1970S1  SANDULEAK N.  1970CoTol..89.....S N. Sanduleak
NS  NNa  20 Cometary N  p NS            1984N1  NECKEL T.+  1984A&A...131..200N Authors’ initials

(a) NLTT  1979LU: Vol. IV. δ -45^{∘}to -90^{∘}
(b) Nova  = (N) = NOV = NOVA
(c) NRAO = (H)
(d) NRC  = (R) = RMHB

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Ns  NNN  567 O-B5 ∗  -               1975N1  NORDSTROM B.  1975A&AS...21..193N Author’s name
Ns  NNN  1 PN  PN Ns           1975N1  NORDSTROM B.  1975A&AS...21..193N Author’s name  ^{(a)}
NSC  NN  100 ∗  -               1964N1  NASSAU J.J.+  1964ApJ...139..864N Authors’ initials
NSC  eq. Na  N  . PN  PN Na           1964N1  NASSAU J.J.+  1964ApJ...139..864N Authors’ initials

NSC use GJ

NNNNA NNN.NA  .

∗

                                                                    GJ

1969G1+ GLIESE W. .

Nearby Star Catalogue

NSV

NNNNN  14811

Susp. V ∗

                                                                    NSV

1982KH  KHOLOPOV P.N.  .

New catalog of Suspected Variable ∗

(b)

NTTS  HHMMSS+DDMMWW - Naked ; T Tau ∗  NTTS            1988W2  WALTER F.M.+  1988AJ.....96..297W Naked T Tau ∗  ^{(c)}

Numerova  NNNN  5024 ∗  -               1958N1  NUMEROVA A.B.  1958IzKry..19..230N Author’s name
[O76]  NNNN  2215 ∗  -  .  OHANESYAN O.V.  1976SoByu..48...14O Ohanesyan, 1976
[O92]  NNN  397 OB ∗  -  .  ORSATTI A.M.  1992AJ....104..590O Orsatti, 1992

OA

{NNN \atop NNN.N}  217

(Rad)

                                                                    OHIO A

                                                                                     1964K1 A KRAUS J.D.  1964Natur.202..269K
                                                                                     1964K1 B DIXON R.S.+  1965Natur.205..755D
                                                                                     1964K1 C NASH R.T.  1965AJ.....70..846N
                                                                                     1964K1 D KRAUS J.D.+  1966ApJ...144..559K

Ohio univ., list A

(d)

OA-  eq. OA  {NNN \atop NNN.N}  . (Rad)  OHIO A          1964K1+ KRAUS J.D.  .  Ohio univ., list A

OB to OZ

\underline{D}NN.N -\underline{D}NN.N  19000

(Rad)

                                                                    OHIO B to OHIO Z

                                                                                     1967S1 A SCHEER D.J.+  1967AJ.....72..536S
                                                                                     1967S1 B RINSLAND C.P.+  1975AJ.....80..759R

Ohio univ., B to Z (omitting O) stand for hours of RA

(e)

(a) Ns  Ns 238 = PN G254.6+00.2 = PK 254+00 1
(b) NSV  Updates and Supersedes CSV
(c) NTTS  = WTT

Format HHMMSS+DDMMSW where SW stand for an orientation ; Rounded (not truncated) coord.

(d) OA  = OA- = OHIO A
(e) OB to OZ = OHIO B to Z

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

OBH to OZH

{-\underline{D}NN \atop \underline{D}NN}  52

HVC

-

1970M1  MENG S.Y.+  1970AJ.....75..535M

Ohio univ., B to Z (omitting O) stand for hours of RA, H stands for High-Vel.

OBM to OZM

{-\underline{D}NN \atop \underline{D}NN}  69

MVC

-

1970M1  MENG S.Y.+  1970AJ.....75..535M

Ohio univ., B to Z (omitting O) stand for hours of RA, M stands for Medium-Velocity

OCISM catalog

-  .

OCl

-

1988LE  LEISAWITZ D.  .

Open Clusters & associated Interstellar Matter

OCL  eq. OCl-  NNNN.N  . OCl  OCL             1970AR+ ALTER G.+  .  Open Cluster

OCl-

NNNN.N  1114

OCl

OCL

1970AR A ALTER G.+  .
1970AR B RUPRECHT J.+  .

Open Cluster

(a)

OCl-  NNN.N  128 OCl  -               1988LE  LEISAWITZ D.  .  Open Cluster  ^{(b)}
OH  HHMM+DD  . Maser or MCld OH  .  -  .  OH source  Systematic (c)

OH  LLL.ℓ+BB.b LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  . Gal. OH  GOH  .  -  .  OH source  Systematic (d)

OH  HHMM+DD  . OH  OH              1979TU  TURNER B.E.  1979A&AS...37....1T OH source

OH

LLL.ℓ+BB.b LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb  .

Gal. OH

GOH

1979TU  TURNER B.E.  1979A&AS...37....1T
1992B1  BECKER R.H.+  1992AJ....103..544B

OH source

(e)

OHIO A  eq. OA  {NNN \atop NNN.N}  . (Rad)  OHIO A          1964K1+ KRAUS J.D.  .  Ohio univ., list A

(a) OCl- = OCL
(b) OCl-  In ref. 1988LE, use the 2nd numbering (col. 2) format NNN.N , not the database number
(c) OH  May be either an acronym (with format LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb) or a specificator, as in DR 21 (OH)
(d) OH  = GOH

May be either an acronym (with format LLL.ℓℓ+BB.bb) or a specificator, as in DR 21 (OH)

(e) OH  = GOH

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

OHIO B to Z eq. OB to OZ

\underline{D}NN.N -\underline{D}NN.N  19000

(Rad)

                                                                    OHIO B to OHIO Z

                                                                                     1967S1 A SCHEER D.J.+  1967AJ.....72..536S
                                                                                     1967S1 B RINSLAND C.P.+  1975AJ.....80..759R

Ohio univ., B to Z (omitting O) stand for hours of RA

OHP eq. Haute Provence

N  .

GCl

Cl Haute-Provence

.  -  .

Obs. de Haute

Provence

OHSC  NN  37 Cluster in LMC  OHSC            1988O3  OLSZEWSKI E.W.  1988AJ.....95...84O Authors’ initials

OM

NNN  106

High-Vel. ∗ ; in&betw. ; MC

                                                                    OM

                                                                                     1971C3 A CAROZZI N.+  1971A&AS....4..231C
                                                                                     1971C3 B CAROZZI N.  1974A&AS...16..277C

Obs. de Marseille

(a)

OMC eq. Ori MC

N  .

MCld

                                                                    NAME OMC-

1974G3+ GATLEY I.+ .

Orion, Molecular Cloud

OMC- eq. Ori MC

N  .

MCld

                                                                    NAME OMC-

1974G3+ GATLEY I.+ .

Orion, Molecular Cloud

ON  N  4 OH  NAME ONSALA     1970W2  WINNBERG A.  1970A&A.....9..259W Onsala obs.  ^{(b)}
ONSALA  eq. ON  N  . OH  NAME ONSALA     1970W2  WINNBERG A.  1970A&A.....9..259W Onsala obs.

Oo  eq. Oos  NNNN  . ∗ ; in Cl NGC ; 869 NGC 869  .  OOSTERHOFF P.Th.  1937AnLei..17....1O Author’s name

Oo  eq. Oos  NNNN  . ∗ ; in Cl NGC ; 884 NGC 884  .  OOSTERHOFF P.Th.  1937AnLei..17....1O Author’s name

Oos  NNNN  1640 ∗ ; in Cl NGC ; 869 NGC 869  .  OOSTERHOFF P.Th.  1937AnLei..17....1O Author’s name  ^{(c)}

Oos  NNNN  1247 ∗ ; in Cl NGC ; 884 NGC 884  .  OOSTERHOFF P.Th.  1937AnLei..17....1O Author’s name  ^{(d)}

OP PSR

HHMM+DD  .

PSR

                                                                    PSR

.  -  .

Ooty radio telescope, Pulsar

(a) OM  Objects in 1971C3 A are in SMC ; objects in 1971C3 B are between the MC and between LMC and the Milky Way
(b) ON = ONSALA
(c) Oos = Oo

(Nos 1-1640) are ∗ in NGC 869 = h Per, (Nos 1641-2987) are ∗ in NGC 884 = χ Per.

(d) Oos = Oo

(Nos 1-1640) are ∗ in NGC 869 = h Per, (Nos 1641-2987) are ∗ in NGC 884 = χ Per.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
OPH  N  6 (X)  NAME OPH  .  WALTER F.M.  1986ApJ...306..573W Ophiuchus

Ori MC

N  2

MCld

                                                                    NAME OMC-

                                                                                     1974G3 A GATLEY I.+  1974ApJ...191.L121G
                                                                                     1974G3 B MORRIS M.+  1974ApJ...192..L27M
                                                                                     1974G3 C WERNER M.W.+  1974ApJ...192..L31W

Orion, Molecular Cloud

(a)

OS  use 1M  HHMM+DDd  . (X)  1M              1979M4  MARKERT T.H.+  1979ApJS...39..573M OSO 7
OS  HHMM+DD  1 (X)  NAME OS  .  PRAVDO S.H.+  1978ApJ...223..537P OSO 8  OS 0752-39

OSHA

{NN \atop SNN}  69+49

\begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in LDN 1228 \end{matrix}

                                                                    OSHA

                                                                                     1990W1  OGURA K.+  1990PASJ...42..583O

Authors’ initials, Hα

(b)

OSO  use 1M  HHMM+DDd  . (X)  1M              1979M4  MARKERT T.H.+  1979ApJS...39..573M from OSO 7
OSO  eq. OS  HHMM+DD  . (X)  NAME OS  .  PRAVDO S.H.+  1978ApJ...223..537P OSO 8

OTL

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  31

(Rad)

                                                                    OTL

                                                                                     1971S1 A SWARUP G.+  1971ApL.....9...53S
                                                                                     1971S1 B KAPAHI V.K.+  1973ApL....14...31K

Ooty obs., Lunar Occultation

OV

NNNN  .

V ∗

                                                                    SV∗ OV

.  -  .

Oklahoma univ., Variable ∗

V ∗ Nmcl

OX  .  WD  -  .  -  .  Oxford univ.  WD Nmcl

1P

NN  21

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1983L1  LANDECKER T.L.+  1983AJ.....88.1810L

Penticton obs.,

list 1

(c)

2P

NN  26

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1985C1  CASWELL J.L.+  1985AJ.....90..488C

Penticton obs.,

list 2

(d)

3P

NN  31

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1985C2  CASWELL J.L.  1985AJ.....90.1076C

Penticton obs.,

list 3

(e)

(a) Ori MC = OMC = OMC-
(b) OSHA  S in the format means Suspected ; The acronym could be LDN 1228:KisoHA
(c) 1P  Retroactive designation and numbering by Higgs, ref. 1986H4
(d) 2P  Retroactive designation and numbering by Higgs, ref. 1986H4
(e) 3P  Retroactive designation and numbering by Higgs, ref. 1986H4

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

4P

N  7

(Rad)

-

1985C2  CASWELL J.L.  1985AJ.....90.1076C

Penticton obs., list 4

(a)

5P

NN  32

(Rad)

-

1985C3  CASWELL J.L.  1985AJ.....90.1224C

Penticton obs., list 5

(b)

6P

NNA  59

(Rad)

-

1985L1  LANDECKER T.L.+  1985AJ.....90.1082L

Penticton obs., list 6

7P

NNa  50

(Rad)

-

1985J1  JONCAS G.+  1985ApJ...298..596J

Penticton obs., list 7

8P

NN  58

(Rad)

8p

1985V1  VALLEE J.P.+  1985AJ.....90.2061V

Penticton obs., list 8

9P

NNA  32

(Rad)

-

1986R1  ROUTLEDGE D.+  1986MNRAS.221..809R

Penticton obs., list 9

12P

NNA  68

(Rad)

-

1987L1  LANDECKER T.L.+  1987AJ.....94..111L

Penticton obs., list 12

13P

NNa  37

(Rad)

-

1989L1  LANDECKER T.L.+  1989MNRAS.237..277L

Penticton obs., list 13

14P

NN  66

(Rad)

p 14P

1990P1  PINEAULT S.+  1990MNRAS.246..169P

Penticton obs., list 14

15P

NN  52

(Rad)

p 15P

1990P1  PINEAULT S.+  1990MNRAS.246..169P

Penticton obs., list 15

18P

NNNA  103

(Rad)

18P

1991W1  WENDKER H.J.+  1991A&A...241..551W

Penticton obs., list 18

(a) 4P  Retroactive designation and numbering by Higgs, ref. 1986H4
(b) 5P  Retroactive designation and numbering by Higgs, ref. 1986H4

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

19P

NNA  48

(Rad)

19P

1991W1  WENDKER H.J.+  1991A&A...241..551W

Penticton obs., list 19

20P

NN  65

(Rad)

p 20P

1989V1  VALLEE J.P.+  1989A&AS...77...31V

Penticton obs., list 20

21P

NNN  169

(Rad)

p 21P

1989V1  VALLEE J.P.+  1989A&AS...77...31V

Penticton obs., list 21

22P

NN  93

(Rad)

p 22P

1989C1  CASWELL J.L.+  1989AJ.....97.1721C

Penticton obs., list 22

23P

NN  68

(Rad)

p 23P

1989C1  CASWELL J.L.+  1989AJ.....97.1721C

Penticton obs., list 23

24P

NNNA  213

(Rad)

-

1990J1  JONCAS G.+  1990A&AS...82..113J

Penticton obs., list 24

25P

NNA  92

(Rad)

-

1990J1  JONCAS G.+  1990A&AS...82..113J

Penticton obs., list 25

26P

NNN  282

(Rad)

p 26P

1989G1  GREEN D.A.  1989A&AS...78..277G

Penticton obs., list 26

27P

NN  81

(Rad)

p 27P

1989G1  GREEN D.A.  1989A&AS...78..277G

Penticton obs., list 27

28P

NNNA  231

(Rad)

28P

1991H3  HIGGS L.A.+  1991A&AS...89..599H

Penticton obs., list 28

29P

NNA  75

(Rad)

29P

1991H3  HIGGS L.A.+  1991A&AS...89..599H

Penticton obs., list 29

30P

NNN  163

(Rad)

30P

1992J1  JONCAS G.+  1992ApJ...387..591J

Penticton obs., list 30

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

31P

NN  85

(Rad)

31P

1992J1  JONCAS G.+  1992ApJ...387..591J

Penticton obs., list 31

36P

NN  91

(Rad)

p 36P

1992N1  NORMANDEAU M.+  1992A&AS...92...63N

Penticton obs., list 36

37P

NN  94

(Rad)

p 37P

1992N1  NORMANDEAU M.+  1992A&AS...92...63N

Penticton obs., list 37

40P

NN  38

(Rad)

p 40P

1991H1  HIGGS L.A.+  1991JRASC..85...24H

Penticton obs., list 40

42P

NNN  59

(Rad)

p 42P

1992A1  ANDERSSON B.-G.+  1992A&A...260..355A

Penticton obs., list 42

43P

NN  61

(Rad)

p 43P

1992A1  ANDERSSON B.-G.+  1992A&A...260..355A

Penticton obs., list 43

45P

NNA  35

(Rad)

45P

1992L1  LANDECKER T.L.+  1992A&A...258..495L

Penticton obs., list 45

(a)

48P

NNA  64

(Rad)

48P

1993P2  PINEAULT S.+  1993AJ....105.1060P

Penticton obs.., list 48

P  NNNN  . V ∗  SV∗ P  .  PRAGER  .  Prager  V ∗ Nmcl
P  use Parenago NNNN  . ∗ in Orion  Cl∗ NGC 1977 P 1954P1  PARENAGO P.P.  1954TrSht..25....3P Parenago
P  use PD  NN  . (Rad)  -               1964P1  PIKE E.M.+  1964ApJ...139..545P Pike

P

NNNN NNNNbis  2990

∗ galactic ; and ; in LMC

-

1970F1 A FEHRENBACH C.+  1970A&AS....1....1F
1970F1 B FEHRENBACH C.+  1973A&AS...10..231F
1970F1 C FEHRENBACH C.+  1981A&AS...46...13F
1970F1 D FEHRENBACH C.+  1982A&AS...48....1F
1970F1 E FEHRENBACH C.+  1982A&AS...48..409F

Petite vitesse

(a) 45P  Nos from 19 up to 75. The complete lists have never been published.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

P use Koch

NNN  .

∗ in Cluster ; + V ∗

                                                                    NGC 2264

                                                                                     1974K1  KOCH R.H.+  1974AJ.....79..379K

Pennsylvania university

P use PKS

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  .

(Rad)

                                                                    PKS

1969E1+ EKERS J.A.  .

                                                                                     1979B1  BOLTON J.G.+  1979AuJPS..46....1B

Parkes obs.

P  use [PAV78]  NNN  . {H  II \atop in M 31} Cl∗ NGC 224 P  .  PELLET A.+  1978A&AS...31..439P Pellet

P  use PKS  JHHMM+DDMM BHHMM+DDd  . (Rad)  PKS             1991W4  WRIGHT A.E.+  1991MNRAS.251..330W Parkes obs.

P  use PSR  HHMM+DD  . PSR  PSR             1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T Pulsar

P use PSR

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMM+DD.d  .

PSR

                                                                    PSR

                                                                                     1981MT  MANCHESTER R.N.+  1981AJ.....86.1953M
                                                                                     1982D1  DAMASHEK M.+  1982ApJ...253L..57D
                                                                                     1984F2  FOMALONT E.B.+  1984MNRAS.210..113F
                                                                                     1986C1  CLIFTON T.R.+  1986Natur.320...43C
                                                                                     1986S2  STOKES G.H.+  1986ApJ...311..694S
                                                                                     1992C1  CLIFTON T.R.+  1992MNRAS.254..177C
                                                                                     1992F1  FOMALONT E.B.+  1992MNRAS.258..497F
                                                                                     1992J2  JOHNSTON S.+  1992MNRAS.255..401J

Pulsar

P  use PSS  FFF-NN  . Phe Seq. ∗  -               1991H2  HUMPHREYS R.M.+  1991AJ....102..395H Palomar survey
P  use PHR  NN  . (Rad)  PHR  .  PARTRIDGE R.B.+  1986ApJ...308...46P Partridge
[P93]  {NNNN \atop 9NNN}  2350+45 OB Ass. in 30 Dor [P93]  .  PARKER J.WM.  1993AJ....106..560P Parker, 1993  ^{(a)}

PACH  NNN  534 Em. ∗ in ; Orion PACH            1982P1  PARSAMIAN E.S.+  1982BITon...3...69P Authors’ names  ^{(b)}

Padova eq. PD

N  .

G

                                                                    NAME PD

                                                                                         .  SABBADIN F.+  1989ApJ...346L...5S
                                                                                         .  TURATTO M.+  1993AJ....105..142T

Padova

PAL  eq. Pal  NN  . GCl  Cl Pal          1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A Palomar obs.

(a) [P93]  Tables 4 and 5: (Nos 1-2350) and (Nos 9001-9045)
(b) PACH = (PC)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Pal  NN  15 GCl  Cl Pal          1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A Palomar obs.  ^{(a)}
Palomar  eq. Pal  NN  . GCl  Cl Pal          1955A1  ABELL G.O.  1955PASP...67..258A Palomar obs.
Par  eq. Parenago NNNN  . ∗ in Orion  Cl∗ NGC 1977 P 1954P1  PARENAGO P.P.  1954TrSht..25....3P Parenago
Parenago  NNNN  2982 ∗ in Orion  Cl∗ NGC 1977 P 1954P1  PARENAGO P.P.  1954TrSht..25....3P Parenago  ^{(b)}
Parsamian  NN  23 Cometary N  NAME PARSAMIAN  1965P1  PARSAMIAN E.S.  .  Author’s name  ^{(c)}

Parsamyan eq. Parsamian NN  . Cometary N  NAME PARSAMIAN  1965P1  PARSAMIAN E.S.  .  Author’s name

[PAV78]

NNN  981

{H II \atop in M 31}

                                                                    Cl∗ NGC 224 P

                                                                                         .  PELLET A.+  1978A&AS...31..439P

Three first authors initials, 1978

(d)

PB  NN  10 PN  PN PB  .  PEIMBERT M.+  1960BOTT....2J..19P Authors’ initials  PN Nmcl (e)

PB

NNNN  9495

∗ + Com- ; pact Obj.

                                                                    PB

                                                                                     1977BF A BERGER J.+  1977A&AS...28..123B
                                                                                     1977BF B BERGER J.+  1980A&AS...39...39B
                                                                                     1977BF C BERGER J.+  1984A&AS...58..565B

Palomar obs., Berger

PBOZ  NN  - PN  -  .  POTTASCH S.R.+  1988A&A...205..248P Authors’ initials  PN Nmcl
PBWW  BHHMM+DDd JHHMM+DDd  800 (Rad)  -               1992P1  PATNAIK A.R.+  1992MNRAS.254..655P Authors’ initials  ^{(f)}

PBZ  N  1 Poss. PN  -  .  POTTASCH S.R.+  1987A&A...177L..49P Authors’ initials  PN Nmcl
PC  NN  14 PN  PN PC  .  PEIMBERT M.+  1961BOTT....3...33P Authors’ initials  PN Nmcl (g)

(a) Pal  = (A) = (Abel) = (Abell) = PAL = Palomar

(Nos 1-13) Abell, ref. 1955A1 ; Subsequently : Pal 14 = Arp 1 = C 1608+150 (ref. 1960A1) ; Pal 15 = An. (Zwicky) = C 1657-004.

(b) Parenago  = (π ) = (P) = Par
(c) Parsamian = Parsamyan
(d) [PAV78]  = (P)
(e) PB  Continued by PC (Nos 11-24), (Peimbert+, 1961)
(f) PBWW  The authors introduce B or J in the format, so that PBWW B0001+478 = PBWW J0003+481 ; J is mandatory for introducing 2000 coordinates.
(g) PC  (Nos 11-24), continues PB (Peimbert+, 1960)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
PC  use PACH  NNN  . Em. ∗ in ; Orion PACH            1982P1  PARSAMIAN E.S.+  1982BITon...3...69P Authors’ initials

PC

HHMM+DDMM  34

Em. Obj.

PC

1986S1 A SCHMIDT M.+  1986ApJ...306..411S

Palomar obs., Confirmed em. obj.

PC

HHMM+DDMMA  33

Em. Obj.

PC

1986S1 B SCHMIDT M.+  1986ApJ...310..518S

Palomar obs., Confirmed em. obj.

PC  use [MC93]  NN  . V ∗  [MC93]  .  MOREL M.+  1993IBVS..3923...1M P. Camilleri
PD  NN  26 (Rad)  -               1964P1  PIKE E.M.+  1964ApJ...139..545P Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

PD

N  3

G

NAME PD

.  SABBADIN F.+  1989ApJ...346L...5S
.  TURATTO M.+  1993AJ....105..142T

Padova

(b)

PDS

NNNa  109

T Tau ∗

PDS

1992G1  GREGORIO-HETEM J.+ 1992AJ....103..549G

Pico dos Dias Survey

PE

NNN  142

∗ in GCl

NGC 7099

1972D1  DICKENS R.J.  1972MNRAS.157..299D

Photoelectric standard ∗?

Pe1-

NN  21

PN

PN Pe 1-

.  PEREK L.  1962BAICz..11..256P

Author’s name, list 1

PN Nmcl (c)

Pe2-

NN  16

Poss. PN

PN Pe 2-

.  PEREK L.  1963BAICz..14..201P

Author’s name, list 2 PN Nmcl; Pe2-6 is a Nova (d)

Pe 1- eq. Pe1-

NN  .

PN

PN Pe 1-

.  PEREK L.  1962BAICz..11..256P

Author’s name, list 1

Pe 2- eq. Pe2-

NN  .

Poss. PN

PN Pe 2-

.  PEREK L.  1963BAICz..14..201P

Author’s name, list 2

Penna eq. Koch

NNN  .

∗ in Cluster ; + V ∗

NGC 2264

1974K1  KOCH R.H.+  1974AJ.....79..379K

Pennsylvania university

(a) PD  = (P)
(b) PD  = Padova
(c) Pe1- = Pe 1-

Table I

(d) Pe2- = Pe 2-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
PEP  NN  26 Em. ∗  PEP  .  PICENO A.+  1993IBVS.3892....1P Authors’s initials

[PFJ93]

NN  86

{(X) \atop in M 31}

[PFJ93]

     .  PRIMINI F.A.+  1993ApJ...410..615P

Authors’ initials, 1993

Table 1

PG  N  1 ∗  -               1975G1  GUIDA P.  .  P. Guida

PG

HHMM+DDd HHMM+DD  .

UV Obj. + QSO

PG

1976G2 A GREEN R.F.+  1976PASP...88..598G
1976G2 B GREEN R.F.  1976PASP...88..665G
1976G2 C GREEN R.F.+  1982PASP...94..560G
1976G2 D SCHMIDT M.+  1983ApJ...269..352S
1976G2 E GREEN R.F.+  1986ApJS...61..305G
1976G2 F BERRIMAN G.+  1990ApJS...74..869B

Palomar obs., Green

PGC

NNNNN  73197

G

PGC

1989PF A PATUREL G.+  .

1989PF B PATUREL G.+  1989A&AS...80..299P

1989PF C PATUREL G.+  .

1989PF D BOTTINELLI L.+  1990A&AS...82..391B
1989PF E PATUREL G.+  1991A&AS...91..371P
1989PF F BOTTINELLI L.+  1992A&AS...93..173B

Principal Galaxies Catalog

PGC

NNNNNa  4

H II in PGC G

-

1983P2 K STEPHENSON C.B.+  1992ApJS...82..471S

Principal Galaxies Catalog

(a)

PHA  eq. PHα  NNA  . Em. ∗  PHA             1987P2  PETTERSSON B.  1987A&AS...70...69P Petterson, Hα
PHα  NNA  93 Em. ∗  PHA             1987P2  PETTERSON B.  1987A&AS...70...69P Petterson, Hα  ^{(b)}
PHG  NN  23 SuperCl of ACO Cl PHG  .  POSTMAN M.+  1992ApJ...384..404P Authors’ initials

PHL

NNNN  8725

Faint ; Blue ∗

PHL

1962H1 A HARO G.+  1962BITon...3...37H
1962H1 B HARO G.+  1987RMxAA..15..107H
1962H1 C CHAVIRA E.  1988RMxAA..16..123C
1962H1 D CHAVIRA E.  1990RMxAA..20...47C
1962H1 E CHAVIRA E.  1992RMxAA..24..139C

Palomar obs., Haro Luyten

(c)

(a) PGC  H II regions in the PGC galaxies (ref. 1989PF)
(b) PHα = PHA

(Nos 1-93) but 20 rejected stars (Table III)

(c) PHL = (HL)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
PHR  NN  32 (Rad)  PHR  .  PARTRIDGE R.B.+  1986ApJ...308...46P Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}
PHSA  eq. PS2-  NN  . ∗  PS 2-           1968P1  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1968BITon...4..253P Authors’ names
Pis  eq. Pismis  NN  . OCl  Cl Pismis       1959P1  PISMIS P.  .  Author’s name
Pis  eq. Pismis  NN  . GCl  -               1959P1  PISMIS P.  .  Author’s name

Pismis

NN  2

GCl

-

1959P1  PISMIS P.  .

Author’s name renamed (Nos 25-26) (b)

Pismis  NN  24 OCl  Cl Pismis       1959P1  PISMIS P.  .  Author’s name  (Nos 1-24) (c)

PK

LLL+BB N  -

PN

PK

1967PK A PEREK L.+  .

1967PK B ACKER A.+  1977A&AS...30..217A
1967PK C WEINBERGER R.  1977A&AS...30..335W
1967PK D ACKER A.+  1981A&AS...43..265A
1967PK E SANDULEAK N.  1976PW&SO....3...2S
1967PK F ACKER A.+  1983A&AS...54..315A
1967PK G KOHOUTEK L.  1978IAUS...76...47K
1967PK H KOHOUTEK L.  1983IAUS..103...17K
1967PK I LUTZ J.H.+  1983PASP...95..739L
1967PK J KOHOUTEK L.+  1985A&AS...60...87K
1967PK K WEST R.M.+  1985A&AS...60...91W
1967PK L KOHOUTEK L.  1989IAUS..131...29K
1967PK M ACKER A.+  1990A&AS...86..219A
1967PK N KOHOUTEK L.  1994AN....315...63K

Authors’ initials

(d)

PK67  use PK  LLL+BB N  . PN  PK              1967PK+ PEREK L.+  .  Authors’ initials

PKS

HHMM+DD  2177

(Rad)

PKS

1969E1 A EKERS J.A.  1969AuJPS...7....1E
1969E1 B SHIMMINS A.J.+  1968AuJPh..21..377S

Parkes obs.

(e)

PKS  HHMM+DDd  6842 (Rad)  PKS             1979B1  BOLTON J.G.+  1979AuJPS..46....1B Parkes obs.  ^{(f)}

(a) PHR  = (P)
(b) Pismis = Pis

GCl ; first introduced as Nos 1-2 in Table II, ref. 1959P1 ; use renumbering (Nos 25-26) later introduced by Alter+, ref. 1970AR.

(c) Pismis = Pis
(d) PK  = (PK67)

A number of objects cross-identified with a PK number are not planetary nebulae (a list of misclassified nebulae is given in ref. 1967PK A, E, G, H, I, M, N). However they keep this designation, which is subsequently no more available for another object.

(e) PKS  = (P) = (PSR)
(f) PKS  = (P) = (PSR)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
PKS  JHHMM+DDMM BHHMM+DDd 1194 (Rad)  PKS             1991W4  WRIGHT A.E.+  1991MNRAS.251..330W Parkes obs.  ^{(a)}

PLX  eq. Jenkins  NNNN NNNN.NN  . ∗  PLX             1952J1+ JENKINS L.F.  .  Parallax

PM  eq. PMI  HHMMm+DDMMA  . PM ∗  PM              1979E1 A EGGEN O.J.  1979ApJS...39...89E Proper Motion
PM  eq. PMII  HHMMm+DDMMA  . PM ∗  PM              1979E1 B EGGEN O.J.  1980ApJS...43..457E Proper Motion

PM1-

NNN  340

Poss. PN

-

.  PREITE-MARTINEZ A. 1988A&AS...76..317P

Author’s initials, list 1

PN Nmcl (b)

PM2-

NN  48

Poss. PN

-

.  PREITE-MARTINEZ A. 1988A&AS...76..317P

Author’s initials, list 2

PN Nmcl (c)

PMI

HHMMm+DDMMA 329

PM ∗

PM

1979E1 A EGGEN O.J.  1979ApJS...39...89E

Proper motion, I: (roman num.) 1st catalog

(d)

PMII

HHMMm+DDMMA 433

PM ∗

PM

1979E1 B EGGEN O.J.  1980ApJS...43..457E

Proper motion, II: (roman num.) 2nd catalog

(e)

PMIII

HHMMm+DDMMA  .

PM ∗

PM

.  EGGEN O.J.  .

Proper motion, III: (roman num.) 3rd catalog

1985

PMMR

NNN  222

Red Superg. in SMC

PMMR

1983P1 A PREVOT L.+  1983A&AS...53..255P
1983P1 B MAURICE E.+  1987A&AS...67..423M
1983P1 C MAURICE E.+  1989A&AS...78..445M

Authors’ initials

PMN

JHHMM+DDMM 36640

(Rad)

-

1993G1 A GRIFFITH M.R.+  1993AJ....105.1666G
1993G1 B WRIGHT A.E.+  1994ApJS...91..111W
1993G1 C GRIFFITH M.R.+  1994ApJS...90..179G

Parkes-MIT- NRAO

(f)

(a) PKS = (P)

Ref. 1991W4. Missing space in front of the flag letters J and B

(b) PM1-  Table IV: PM1, sources with a high probability of being a PN.
(c) PM2-  Table V: PM2, sources with a high probability of being non-PN, or only PN-related objects.
(d) PMI = (PM)
(e) PMII = (PM)
(f) PMN  Table 3: missing space between acronym PMN and format JHHMM+DDMM. Don’t use PMNJ0000-4618 but PMN J0000-4618

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
PMNM  JHHMM+DDMMa BHHMM+DDMMa 15045 (Rad)  -  .  GREGORY P.C.+  1994ApJS...90..173G  Parkes-MIT- NRAO Map  ^{(a)}

PN  GLLL.ℓ+BB.b  1143 PN  -               1992AO  ACKER A.+  .  Planetary Nebula
POT  use PSD  FFF-NNNN  . Southern ∗  BSD             1929B1+ BECKER F.  .  Postdamer obs.

POUB

N  5

Flare ∗

                                                                    POUB

                                                                                         .  POULAKOS C.  1977AcA....27...87P

Author’s name, B range

POUL  eq. Poul  N  . Flare ∗  POUL  .  POULAKOS C.  1977A&AS...27..429P Author’s name
Poul  N  9 Flare ∗  POUL  .  POULAKOS C.  1977A&AS...27..429P Author’s name  ^{(b)}
Poulakos  eq. Poul  N  . Flare ∗  POUL  .  POULAKOS C.  1977A&AS...27..429P Author’s name

POVR

NN  .

Very Red ∗

                                                                    POVR

                                                                                         .  POULAKOS C.  1978A&AS...32..395P

Author’s name, Very Red ∗

POX  NNNa  . Em. Obj.  POX             1981K1  KUNTH D.+  1981A&AS...44..229K Prism Objective, X
PP  HHMM+DD  8 (Rad)  -               1972P1  PECKHAM R.J.+  1972NPhS..240...76P Authors’ initials

PP use PSR

HHMM+DD  .

PSR

                                                                    PSR

                                                                                     1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T

Puschino, Pulsar Superseded by PSR

PP  NNN  106 Cometary N  p PP            1979PP  PARSAMIAN E.S.+  1979SoByu..51....3P Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

PPM

NNNNNN  181731

PM ∗

                                                                    -

1991R1  ROSER S.+  .

Position and Proper Motion

Ppx  use PpxC  NN  . Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Puppis, extension

(a) PMNM This catalogue is based on the same PMN survey scan data (ref. 1993G1 A) as the catalogues produced independently by Wright et al. (refs. 1993G1 B+C). A short comparison is given p.176 and in ref. 1993G1 B.

(b) Poul  = POUL = Poulakos
(c) PP  PP 40 = PN G173.7+02.7

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

PpxC

NN  45

Carbon ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A

Puppis, extension, Carbon ∗

(a)

PRF  NNN  894 (Rad) ∗  -               1961F1  FOSTER P.R.R.  .  P.R. Foster  ^{(b)}
PRMG  N  1 PN  -  .  PENA M.+  1989RMxAA..17...25P Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

PrR

NNN  189

Red ∗

                                                                    -

1956L1 A LUYTEN W.J.  .
1956L1 B LUYTEN W.J.  .

Praesepe, Red ∗

PRRF  eq. PRF  NNN  . (Rad) ∗  -               1961F1  FOSTER P.R.R.  .  P.R.R. Foster
PRTM  N  1 PN  -  .  PENA M.+  1990A&A...237..454P Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}
PS  use PS2-  NN  . ∗  PS 2-           1968P1  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1968BITon...4..253P Authors’ initials
PS  use PS6-  NNN  . ∗  PS 6-           1972P2  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1972BITon...6..201P Authors’ initials
PS  NNN  282 Late ∗ near ; SGP -               1978P1  PESCH P.+  1978AJ.....83.1090P Authors’ initials

PS  FFFF-NNNN  - ∗  NAME PS  .  ANDERSEN T.B.  1982IBVS.2091....1A Palomar Schmidt  ^{(e)}

Ps  N  1 PN  PN Ps  .  PEASE F.G.  1928PASP...40..342P Author’s name  Ps 1 = PN G065.0-27.3 = PK 065-27 1

[PS79]

FF-NNN  312

OB ∗ + Su- ; perg. ; in LMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  PHILIP A.G.D.  1979A&AS...35..347P

Authors’ initials, 1979

(f)

(a) PpxC  = (Ppx)
(b) PRF  = PRRF
(c) PRMG  PRMG 1 = PN G006.0-41.9
(d) PRTM  PRTM 1 = PN G243.8-37.1
(e) PS  First reference from this survey. In this ref., N=1, NAME PS 4452-1347
(f) [PS79]  In the format, Field FF (here 34 and 47) is the No. of the Hodge & Wright blue chart. Identif. charts.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

PS2-

NN  62

∗

PS 2-

1968P1  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1968BITon...4..253P

Authors’ initials, paper II

(a)

PS6-

NNN  539

∗

PS 6-

1972P2  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1972BITon...6..201P

Authors’ initials, paper VI

(b)

PS 2- eq. PS2-

NN  .

∗

PS 2-

1968P1  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1968BITon...4..253P

Authors’ initials, paper II

PS 6- eq. PS6-

NNN  .

∗

PS 6-

1972P2  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1972BITon...6..201P

Authors’ initials, paper VI

PSII eq. PS2-

NN  .

∗

PS 2-

1968P1  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1968BITon...4..253P

Authors’ initials, paper II

PS...II eq. PS2-

NN  .

∗

PS 2-

1968P1  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1968BITon...4..253P

Authors’ initials, paper II

PSVI eq. PS6-

NNN  .

∗

PS 6-

1972P2  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1972BITon...6..201P

Authors’ initials, paper VI

PS...VI eq. PS6-

NNN  .

∗

PS 6-

1972P2  PHILIP A.G.D.+  1972BITon...6..201P

Authors’ initials, paper VI

PSC catalog: use IRAS

HHMMm+DDMMA  .

(IR)

IRAS

1985IR B  .

Point Source Catalog

PSD

FFF-NNNN  66703

Southern ∗

BSD

1929B1 A BECKER F.  .
1929B1 B BECKER F.  .
1929B1 C BECKER F.  .
1929B1 D BRUCK H.  .
1929B1 E BECKER F.  .

Postdamer obs., Spektral Durchmusterung

(c)

(a) PS2- = PHSA = (PS) = PS 2- = PS...II = PSII

Table 2 (Nos 1-62)

(b) PS6- = (PS) = PS 6- = PS...VI = PSVI
(c) PSD = BSD = POT = (SA)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

PSM

NNNNN  11444

∗

-

1968L1 A LUYTEN W.J.  .
1968L1 B LUYTEN W.J.  .

Palomar obs., Survey, Proper Motion?

PSR use PKS

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd  .

(Rad)

PKS

1969E1+ EKERS J.A.  .

1979B1  BOLTON J.G.+  1979AuJPS..46....1B

Parkes Selected

Region

PSR  HHMM+DD  . PSR  PSR             1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T Pulsar  ^{(a)}

PSR

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMM+DD.d  .

PSR

PSR

1981MT  MANCHESTER R.N.+  1981AJ.....86.1953M
1982D1  DAMASHEK M.+  1982ApJ...253L..57D
1984F2  FOMALONT E.B.+  1984MNRAS.210..113F
1986C1  CLIFTON T.R.+  1986Natur.320...43C
1986S2  STOKES G.H.+  1986ApJ...311..694S
1992C1  CLIFTON T.R.+  1992MNRAS.254..177C
1992F1  FOMALONT E.B.+  1992MNRAS.258..497F
1992J2  JOHNSTON S.+  1992MNRAS.255..401J

Pulsar

(b)

PSR  JHHMM+DDMMA JHHMM+DDA BHHMM+DDA 558 PSR  PSR             1993TM  TAYLOR J.H.+  1993ApJS...88..529T Pulsar  ^{(c)}

PSS

FFF-NN  437

Phe Seq. ∗

-

1991H2  HUMPHREYS R.M.+  1991AJ....102..395H

Palomar Sky Survey

(d)

PT eq. PWP

NN  .

(Rad)

-

. PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1978A&AS...34..253P First author’s name

Pt  N  1 PN  -  .  PETERSON A.W.  1977PASP...89..129P Author’s name  ^{(e)}

[PTB93]

NN  10

Cluster

[PTB93]

     .  PASZTOR L.+  1993A&A...268..108P

Authors’ initials, 1993

Pu

N  2

PN

PN Pu

     .  PURGATHOFER A.  1978A&A....70..589P
     .  PURGATHOFER A.  1980A&A....88..275P

Author’s name PN Nmcl

(a) PSR = includes (AP), (CP), (HP), (JP), (MP), (NP), (OP), (P), (PP)
(b) PSR = (P)

The usual format has long been HHMM+DD (1950 coordinates). One digit more (+DDd) is found in a few cases, namely for: a PSR in the LMC (PSR 0540-693) ; ref. 1992C1 (PSR 1809-173 and 1809-175) ; ref. 1992J2 (new pulsars 1323-627 and 1530-539). The numbering PSR 1859+103 in ref. 1984F2 is a misprint for 1859+03.

(c) PSR The provisory format JHHMM+DDA is used when the positional accuracy does not warrant the inclusion of minutes of declination; the letter discrimates different pulsars (e.g. in the same star cluster), not subcomponents.

(d) PSS = (P)
(e) Pt  = PK 334+00 1, rejected as a PN in 1992AO

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
PULS  AA HHMM AA HHMM+DD  . PSR  PSR             1976TD  TERZIAN Y.+  1976Ap&SS..44..479T Pulsar  Old designation

Pup  use PupC  NN  . Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Puppis
PupC  NN  44 Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Puppis, Carbon ∗  ^{(a)}

PuWe

N  1

PN

                                                                    PN PuWe

                                                                                         .  PURGATHOFER A.+  1980A&A....87L...5P

Authors’ names PuWe 1 = PN G158.9+17.8 = PK 158+17 1

PWP

NN  95

(Rad)

                                                                    -

. PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1978A&AS...34..253P Three first authors’ initials

(b)

Q

HHMM+DDdA  .

QSO

                                                                    QSO

                                                                                     1980O1 A OSMER P.S.+  1980ApJS...42..333O
                                                                                     1980O1 B OSMER P.S.  1980ApJS...42..523O
                                                                                     1984H1  HE X.-T.+  1984MNRAS.211..443H

Quasi stellar obj.

Q eq. QSO

HHMM+DDdA  .

QSO

                                                                    QSO

                                                                                     1980HB  HEWITT A.+  1980ApJS...43...57H

1982BC  BARBIERI C.+  .
1987HB+ HEWITT A.+  .

                                                                                     1993HB  HEWITT A.+  1993ApJS...87..451H

Quasi stellar obj.

Q  eq. QSO  HHMM+DDd JHHMM+DDMM  . QSO  QSO             1991J1  JUNKKARINEN V.+  1991ApJS...77..203J Quasi stellar obj.

QL  NN  22 (Rad)  -               1966Q1  QUIGLEY M.J.S.+  1966MNRAS.134..239Q Authors’ initials
QS  HHMM+DD\underline{M}  1 QSO  QSO             1969S2  STOCKTON A.  1969ApJ...155.L141S Quasi Stellar  ^{(c)}
QSO  HHMM+DDdA  1491 QSO  QSO             1980HB  HEWITT A.+  1980ApJS...43...57H Quasi Stellar Obj. ^{(d)}
QSO  HHMM.m+DDMM 2004 QSO  QSO             1982BC  BARBIERI C.+  .  Quasi Stellar Obj. ^{(e)}

(a) PupC = (Pup)
(b) PWP = PT
(c) QS  = (Stockton)
(d) QSO = Q
(e) QSO = Q

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

QSO

HHMM+DDdA  4301

QSO

                                                                    QSO

                                                                                     1987HB A HEWITT A.+  1987ApJS...63....1H
                                                                                     1987HB B HEWITT A.+  1989ApJS...69....1H

Quasi Stellar Obj.

(a)

QSO  HHMM+DDdA  7225 QSO  QSO             1993HB  HEWITT A.+  1993ApJS...87..451H Quasi Stellar Obj. ^{(b)}
QSO  HHMM+DDd JHHMM+DDMM 724 QSO  QSO             1991J1  JUNKKARINEN V.+  1991ApJS...77..203J Quasi Stellar Obj. ^{(c)}

QWCG

NNN  187

Cluster of G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1990Q1  QUINTANA H.+  1990Ap&SS.173..265Q

Authors’ initials, Cl of G

QWCGS

NN  80

Cluster of G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1990Q1  QUINTANA H.+  1990Ap&SS.173..265Q

Authors’ initials, Cl of G, Suppl. list

R

NNN  147

∗

                                                                    SV∗ R

                                                                                         .  ROSS F.E.  1926AJ.....36...99R
                                                                                         .  ROSS F.E.  1926AJ.....36..122R
                                                                                         .  ROSS F.E.  1926AJ.....36..167R

Ross

V ∗ Nmcl (d)

R  NNN  93 (Rad)  -               1958R1  RISHBETH H.  1958AuJPh..11..550R Rishbeth
R  NNNA  158 ∗ in MC  RMC             1960F1  FEAST M.W.+  1960MNRAS.121..337F Radcliffe obs.  ^{(e)}
R  NN  16 Red ∗  -               1960L1  LUYTEN W.J.  .  Red ∗

R  NN  19 ∗  -               1960R1  RODGERS A.W.  1960MNRAS.120..163R Rodgers

R  use NRC  NN  . (Rad)  -               1965R1  RAGHAVARAO R.+  1965MNRAS.129..159R Raghavarao
R  use Ruprecht NNN  . OCl  Cl Ruprecht     1966R1  RUPRECHT J.  1966BAICz..17...33R Author’s name

R  R  3 IVC  -               1971R1  RICKARD J.J.  1971A&A....11..270R Rickard
R  use Ross  NNNN  . ∗  ROSS            1925R1  ROSS F.E.  1925AJ.....36...96R Ross

R  use RCW  NNN  . {H II \atop (26PN)}  RCW             1960R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1960MNRAS.121..103R Rodgers

(a) QSO = Q
(b) QSO = Q
(c) QSO = Q

The authors introduce B or J in the format, so that QSO J0016-0012 = QSO 0013-004 ; J is mandatory for introducing 2000 coordinates.

(d) R  No. 10 is an error and should be cancelled
(e) R  = RV = RMC

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
R  use HAWK  NN  . V ∗  p HAWK  .  HAWKINS M.R.S.  1984MNRAS.206..433H RR Lyrae ∗
[R89]  NNN  223 ∗  -  .  RADOSLAVOVA T.  1989AbaOB..66...33R Radoslavova, 1989

[R91]

FF-NN  > 5000

(IR)

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  RUELAS-MAYORGA R.A. 1991RMxAA..22...43R

Ruelas-Mayorga, 1991

(a)

Raab  NNN  152 OCl  -               1922R1  RAAB S.  .  Author’s name  ^{(b)}

RAFGL

NNNN NNNNS  6146

(IR)

                                                                    RAFGL

1983P3  PRICE S.+  .

Revised Air Force Geophys. Lab.

RAFGL...S eq. RAFGL

NNNNS  .

(IR)

                                                                    AFGL

1983P3  PRICE S.+  .

Revised Air Force Geophys. Lab., Suppl.

RatanC  eq. RC  JHHMM+DDMM  . (Rad)  RC              1991P2+ PARIJSKIJ Yu.N.+  .  Ratan Cold
RAW  NNNN  1707 Carbon ∗ ; in SMC  RAW             1993R1  REBEIROT E.+  1993A&AS...97..603R Authors’ initials

RB  NNN  271 G  p RB            1967R1  ROOD H.J.+  1967AJ.....72..398R Authors’ initials
Rb  eq. Raab  NNN  . OCl  -               1922R1  RAAB S.  .  Author’s name
RBTS  NNN  ≃ 540 M ∗  RBTS            1984R1  ROBERTSON T.H.  1984AJ.....89.1229R Author’s name

RC

JHHMM+DDMM 1144

(Rad)

                                                                    RC

                                                                                     1991P2 A PARIJSKIJ Yu.N.+  1991A&AS...87....1P
                                                                                     1991P2 B PARIJSKIJ Yu.N.+  1992A&AS...96..583P

Ratan Cold

(c)

RC3 catalog

-  1144

G

                                                                    -

1991DV  de VAUCOULEURS  .

3rd Reference Catalogue

RCG eq. Rose

NN  .

Group of G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1977R1  ROSE J.A.  1977ApJ...211..311R

Rose,

Compact Group

RCW  NNN  182 {H II \atop (26PN)}  RCW             1960R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1960MNRAS.121..103R Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}

(a) [R91]  Authors use a format FF/NN
(b) Raab = Rb
(c) RC  = RatanC

The numbering is based on J2000 coord., thus it is mandatory to write a J in the format, RC J0401+456 instead of RC 0401+456 which would be interpreted as 1950 coord. See erratum 1993, Astr. Astrophys. Suppl. 98, 391

(d) RCW = (R)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
RDE  NNa  12 (Rad)  -               1973E2  EKERS R.D.  1973A&A....22..309E R.D. Ekers

RDM use DM

+DD NNNNN  .

∗

                                                                    DM

1892T1+ THOME J.M.  .
1886A1+ SCHONFELD E.  .

                                                                                     1896G1+ GILL D.  .

?, Durchmusterung Nmcl

RDS  NNNN  8065 Double ∗  ∗∗ RDS          1955R1  ROSSITER R.A.  1955POMic..11....1R Rossiter, Double ∗ IDS Nmcl
RE  eq. REUV  JHHMMSS+DDMMSS . (Extreme UV)  RE              1991P4  POUNDS K.A.+  1991MNRAS.253..364P  Rosat sat., Extreme UV

RE eq. REUV

JHHMM+DDM  .

(Extreme UV)

                                                                    RE

                                                                                     1993P1 A POUNDS K.A.+  1993MNRAS.260...77P
                                                                                     1993P1 B SHARA M.M.+  1993PASP..105..387S

Rosat sat., Extreme UV

Re

N  1

Poss. PN

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  REYNOLDS R.J.  1985ApJ...288..622R
                                                                                         .  REYNOLDS R.J.  1987ApJ...315..234R

Author’s name PN Nmcl

Reich 1- use RFS

NNNN  .

(Rad)

                                                                    RFS

                                                                                         .  REICH W.+  1984A&AS...58..197R

First author’s name, list 1

Reich 2- use RRF

NNN  .

(Rad)

                                                                    RRF

                                                                                         .  REICH W.+  1990A&AS...83..539R

First author’s name, list 2

Reich 3-  use F3R  NNNN  . (Rad)  F3R  .  FURST E.+  1990A&AS...85..805F Reich, list 3

REIPURTH

NNa  65

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    NAME REIPURTH

                                                                                     1981R2 A REIPURTH B.  1981A&AS...44..379R
                                                                                     1981R2 B REIPURTH B.  1985A&AS...61..319R

Author’s name

REUV  JHHMMSS+DDMMSS 840 (Extreme UV)  RE              1991P4  POUNDS K.A.+  1991MNRAS.253..364P  Rosat sat., Extreme UV  ^{(a)}

REUV

JHHMM+DDM  384

(Extreme UV)

                                                                    RE

                                                                                     1993P1 A POUNDS K.A.+  1993MNRAS.260...77P
                                                                                     1993P1 B SHARA M.M.+  1993PASP..105..387S

Rosat sat., Extreme UV

(b)

(a) REUV = RE

The format should be written e.g. J001227+143324 , with leading J standing for 2000 coord., instead of 001227+143324 as written by the authors

(b) REUV = RE

The format should be written e.g. J0003+4335 (or J0003+435) for the first source, with leading J standing for 2000 coord. (α (2000) = 00 03 56.7, δ (2000) = 43 35 55) The format proposed by the authors (bottom p. 1) namely RE 0003+433 is incorrect and should absolutely be rejected for 3 reasons:

• RE 0003+433 would be correct for a source of coordinates α (1950) = • 00 03 56.7, δ (1950) = +43 22 10 (not +43 35 55)

• The J is mandatory to indicate 2000 coordinates

No truncature should be done on the 1st numeral of the minutes of declination.

Nevertheless, the format JHHMM+DDM has been introduced in Simbad, because found in the literature.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
RF  AN-NNN  610 ∗ in Puppis RF  .  REED B.C.+  1983MNRAS.205..241R Authors’ initials

RFS

NNNN  1212

(Rad)

RFS

.  REICH W.+  1984A&AS...58..197R

Three first authors’ initials

(a)

R...F

NNN  103

Foregd ∗ ; to MC

-

1960F1  FEAST M.W.+  1960MNRAS.121..337F

Radcliffe obs., Foregd ∗

RG

HHMM-DDMM HHMM.m+DDMM 56

Faint ; Red ∗

p RG

1981R1 A REID I.N.+  1981MNRAS.196P..15R
1981R1 B GILMORE G.+  1981Natur.291..208G
1981R1 C REID N.+  1984MNRAS.206...19R

Authors’ initials

RGH  NNN  128 Group of G RGH             1989R1  RAMELLA M.+  1989ApJ...344...57R Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

RHP use BS

NNNN  .

∗

HR

1964HF+ HOFFLEIT D.  .
1982HJ+ HOFFLEIT D.+  .

Revised Harvard Photometry

RJHA

NNN  120

Em. Obj.

EM∗ RJHA

1989R2  ROBERTSON T.H.+  1989AJ.....98.1354R

Authors’ initials, Hα obj.

RK  NNN  108 RFN  -               1968R1  ROJKOVSKIJ D.A.+  .  Authors’ initials

RL

NNN  152

Blue ∗

RL

1971R2 A RUBIN V.C.+  1971AJ.....76.1099R
1971R2 B RUBIN V.C.+  1974AJ.....79.1406R

Authors’ initials

(c)

RM

N  8

O-B3 ∗

NAME RM

.  MUZZIO J.C.+  1974AJ.....79..864M

Second and first authors’ initials

(d)

RM

HHMM+DDMM  93

(Rad)

-

1983K1  KONONOV V.K.+  1983SvA....27..399K

Radio source in Mon R2

(a) RFS = (Reich 1-)
(b) RGH  The identif. number is to be taken in Table 5, not in Table 4
(c) RL  = RWT
(d) RM  = MR74

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

RM1-

NNN  839

M Superg. in LMC

RM 1-

1983R2 A REBEIROT E.+  1983A&AS...51..277R
1983R2 B PREVOT L.+  1985A&AS...62...23P

Two first authors’ initials, list 1

(a)

RM1- use SMC AGB1-

N  .

Red ∗ ; in SMC

[RM90] 1-

1990R2  REID N.+  1990ApJ...360..490R

Authors’ initials, field 1

RM2-

NNN  145

Red ∗ ; in LMC

RM 2-

1983R2 A REBEIROT E.+  1983A&AS...51..277R
1983R2 B PREVOT L.+  1985A&AS...62...23P

Two first authors’ initials, list 2

(b)

RM2- use SMC AGB2-

NN  .

Red ∗ ; in SMC

[RM90] 2-

1990R2  REID N.+  1990ApJ...360..490R

Authors’ initials, field 2

RM3-

NNNN  2629

Late ∗ ; in LMC

RM 3-

1987R1  ROBIN A.+  1987A&AS...68...63R

Two first authors’ initials, list 3

(c)

RM3- use SMC AGB3-

NN  .

Red ∗ ; in SMC

[RM90] 3-

1990R2  REID N.+  1990ApJ...360..490R

Authors’ initials, field 3

[RM90] 1- eq. SMC AGB1-

N  .

Red ∗ ; in SMC

[RM90] 1-

1990R2  REID N.+  1990ApJ...360..490R

Authors’ initials, field 1

[RM90] 2- eq. SMC AGB2-

NN  .

Red ∗ ; in SMC

[RM90] 2-

1990R2  REID N.+  1990ApJ...360..490R

Authors’ initials, field 2

[RM90] 3- eq. SMC AGB3-

NN  .

Red ∗ ; in SMC

[RM90] 3-

1990R2  REID N.+  1990ApJ...360..490R

Authors’ initials, field 3

RM 1- eq. RM1-

NNN  .

M Superg. in LMC

RM 1-

1983R2+ REBEIROT E.+ .

Two first authors’ initials, list 1

(a) RM1- = RM 1- = (RMMP)

Table II in 1983R2 A

(b) RM2- = RM 2- = (RMMP3-)

Table III in 1983R2 A

(c) RM3- = RM 3-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

RM 2- eq. RM2-

NNN  .

Red ∗ ; in LMC

RM 2-

1983R2+ REBEIROT E.+ .

Two first authors’ initials, list 2

RM 3- eq. RM3-

NNNN  .

Late ∗ ; in LMC

RM 3-

1987R1  ROBIN A.+  1987A&AS...68...63R

Two first authors’ initials, list 3

RMB  NNN  228 Blue Obj.  p RMB           1967R2  RUBIN V.C.+  1967AJ.....72...59R Authors’ initials

RMC eq. R

NNN  .

∗ in MC

RMC

1960F1  FEAST M.W.+  1960MNRAS.121..337F

Radcliffe obs., Magellanic Clouds

RMHB  eq. NRC  NN  . (Rad)  -               1965R1  RAGHAVARAO R.+  1965MNRAS.129..159R Authors’ initials

RMMP use RM1-

NNN  .

M Superg. in LMC

RM 1-

1983R2+ REBEIROT E.+ .

Four first authors’ initials

RMMP3- use RM2-

NNN  .

Red ∗ ; in LMC

RM 2-

1983R2+ REBEIROT E.+ .

Four first authors’ initials, table III

RN  NN  87 (Rad)  RN              1962R2  RYLE M.+  1962MNRAS.125...39R Authors’ initials

RNGC catalog: use NGC

NNNNA  .

(Opt)

NGC

1888D1 B SULENTIC J.W.+ .

Revised New General Catalog

RNO

NNNa  150

Red Neb. Obj.

p RNO

1980C1 A COHEN M.  1980AJ.....85...29C
1980C1 B JONES B.F.+  1984AJ.....89.1404J

Red Nebulous Obj.

Rob  eq. Roberts  NNN  . WR  MR              1962R1  ROBERTS M.S.  1962AJ.....67...79R Author’s name
Roberts  NNN  123 WR  MR              1962R1  ROBERTS M.S.  1962AJ.....67...79R Author’s name  WR Nmcl (a)

ROC

NN  59

(Rad) in ; ρ Oph DCld

ROC

.  ANDRE P.+  1987AJ.....93.1182A

ρ Oph DCld Central region

Table IV

(a) Roberts = MR = Rob

19 stars are deleted from the WR Catalogue, see ref. 1981VH A, table IV

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

RoCG

NNN  124

Cluster of G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1976R2  ROSE J.A.  1976A&AS...23..109R

Author’s name, Cluster of G

(a)

Rochester  -  1 (Gamma)  -  .  -  .  Author’s name  Obsolete
Rood  NN  44 Group of Clusters of G Rood  .  ROOD H.J.  1976ApJ...207...16R Author’s name

ROS  NN  58 (Rad) in ; ρ Oph DCld ROS  .  ANDRE P.+  1987AJ.....93.1182A ρ Oph Survey  Table III

Ros  eq. Roslund  N  . OCl  Cl Roslund      1960R3  ROSLUND C.  1960PASP...72..205R Author’s name
Rose  use RoCG  NNN  . Cluster of G -               1976R2  ROSE J.A.  1976A&AS...23..109R Author’s name

Rose  NN  38 Group of G -               1977R1  ROSE J.A.  1977ApJ...211..311R Author’s name  ^{(b)}

Rosino

NNN  142

{Nova \atop in M 31}

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  ROSINO L.  1964AnAp...27..498R
                                                                                         .  ROSINO L.  1973A&AS....9..347R
                                                                                         .  ROSINO L.+  1989AJ.....97...83R

Author’s name

Roslund  N  7 OCl  Cl Roslund      1960R3  ROSLUND C.  1960PASP...72..205R Author’s name  ^{(c)}
ROSS  eq. Ross  NNNN  . ∗  ROSS            1925R1  ROSS F.E.  1925AJ.....36...96R Author’s name
Ross  NNNN  1070 ∗  ROSS            1925R1  ROSS F.E.  1925AJ.....36...96R Author’s name  ^{(d)}
Rossiter  eq. Rst  NNNN  . Double ∗  ∗∗ RST          1955R1  ROSSITER R.A.  1955POMic..11....1R Author’s name

ROT eq. Uesugi

NNNN  .

∗

                                                                    ROT

                                                                                     1970U1  UESUGI A.+  1970CoKwa.189.....U

Rotationnal velocity

(a) RoCG  = (Rose)

Don’t use the synonyme Rose which refers to compact groups of galaxies (ref. 1977R1)

(b) Rose  = RCG

For clusters of galaxies (ref. 1976R2) use the acronym RoCG

(c) Roslund = Ros
(d) Ross  = (R) = ROSS

Ref. 1925R1 also contains the Simbad II ref.: 26..2001 ; 26..2002 ; 26..2003 ; 27..2001 ; 28..2001 ; 29..2001 ; 30..2001 ; 31..2001 ; 37..2001 ; 39..2001 ; 39..2002

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

ROX

NN  47

(X) in ; ρ Oph DCld

                                                                    ROX

                                                                                     1983M2  MONTMERLE T.+  1983ApJ...269..182M

ρ Oph DCld, X-ray source

ROX

CNN  20

(X) in ; ρ Oph DCld

                                                                    ROX

                                                                                     1983M2  MONTMERLE T.+  1983ApJ...269..182M

ρ Oph, X-ray source

(a)

Rp  eq. Ruprecht  NNN  . OCl  Cl Ruprecht     1966R1  RUPRECHT J.  1966BAICz..17...33R Author’s name
RPZM  NN  48 PN  -  .  RATAG M.A.+  1990A&A...233..181R Authors’ initials  PN Nmcl
RRF  NNN  884 (Rad)  RRF  .  REICH W.+  1990A&AS...83..539R Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}
RS  NN  53 Blue Obj.  p RS            1965R2  RICHTER N.+  1965MiTau..24....5R Authors’ initials

RSF

LLL.ℓ+BB.b  330

RSF

                                                                    -

1981A2  AVEDISOVA V.  .

Region of ∗ Formation

RSO  N  1 QSO  -               1979A1  ARP H.+  1979ApJ...229..496A Radio Source Obj.
RSO  catalog: use NIPSS FFFFCNNN  . Red Stel. Obj. NIPSS           1979C1  CRAINE E.R.+  .  Red Stellar Obj.

RSO1 catalog: use NIPSS FFFFCNNN  . Red Stel. Obj. NIPSS           1979C1  CRAINE E.R.+  .  Red Stellar Obj.

RST  eq. Rst  NNNN  . Double ∗  ∗∗ RST          1955R1  ROSSITER R.A.  1955POMic..11....1R Author’s name
Rst  NNNN  5534 Double ∗  ∗∗ RST          1955R1  ROSSITER R.A.  1955POMic..11....1R Author’s name  IDS Nmcl (c)

RT eq. BW

FF-NN  .

(IR)

                                                                    -

.  RUELAS-MAYORGA R.A.+1992A&AS..93....61R

                                                                                         .  1992A&AS...93...61R

Authors’ initials

[RT93]

AN FF-NN  69

∗

                                                                    [RT93]

. RUELAS-MAYORGA R.A.+1993A&AS...97..587R Authors’ initials, 1993

(d)

(a) ROX  C in the format: Complementary list
(b) RRF  = (Reich 2-)
(c) Rst  = Rossiter = RST
(d) [RT93]  Format: AN for R1, R2, R3 regions ; R1 02-01 means the first source found on the second row of the scan corresponding to the R1 region. (authors use AN FF/NN)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Ru  eq. Ruprecht  NNN  . OCl  Cl Ruprecht     1966R1  RUPRECHT J.  1966BAICz..17...33R Author’s name
Rup  eq. Ruprecht  NNN  . OCl  Cl Ruprecht     1966R1  RUPRECHT J.  1966BAICz..17...33R Author’s name
Ruprecht  NNN  >176 OCl  Cl Ruprecht     1966R1  RUPRECHT J.  1966BAICz..17...33R Author’s name  C Nmcl (a)

RV eq. R

NNN  .

∗ in MC

                                                                    RMC

                                                                                     1960F1  FEAST M.W.+  1960MNRAS.121..337F

Radcliffe obs., Variable

RW  NN  17 G in Clus- ter of G -               1973R1  ROBINSON L.B.+  1973ApJ...179L.135R Authors’ initials

RWT  RL  NNN  89 Blue ∗  RL              1971R2 B RUBIN V.C.+  1974AJ.....79.1406R Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}
RX  JHHMMm-DDMM JHHMM.m-DDMM 17 {(X) \atop in LMC}  RX              1991T2  TRUMPER J.+  1991Natur.349..579T Rosat sat., (X)  ^{(c)}

RX  JHHMMm+DDMM JHHMM.m+DDMM 41 (X)  RX              1992B5  BADE N.+  1992A&A...254..L21B Rosat sat., (X)  ^{(d)}

RZ  NN  70 (Rad)  RZ              1991V2  MINGALIEV M.G.+  1991PAZh...17..787M Ratan Zenith  ^{(e)}
rz  use RZ  NN  . (Rad)  RZ              1991V2  MINGALIEV M.G.+  1991PAZh...17..787M Ratan Zenith

1S

HHMM+DDd  .

(X)

                                                                    -

.  -  .

SAS-3 satellite, list 1

2S

HHMM+DDd  .

(X)

                                                                    2S

                                                                                         .  BRADT H.V.+  1977Natur.269...21B

SAS-3 satellite, list 2

S  use Son  NNNNN  . V ∗  SV∗ SON  .  -  .  Sonneberg inst.
S  use Simeis  NNN  . H II  SIM             1950S1+ SHAJN G.A.+  .  Simeis obs.  ^{(f)}

(a) Ruprecht = (R) = RP = Ru = Rup
(b) RWT  RWT 152 is a poss. PN in ref. 1992AO
(c) RX  Ref. 1991T2. The numbering is based on J2000 coord., thus it is mandatory to write a J in the format.
(d) RX  Ref. 1992B5. The authors use the format JHHMMm+DDMM, where J stands for 2000 coord.
(e) RZ  = (rz)

(f) S Ref. 1950S1: S 147, a wellknown galactic SNR, should be labelled Simeis 147 ; S instead of Sh2- (H II region, Sharpless, ref. 1959S3) is of current use except in eastern Europa where it generally stands for Simeis (H II region, Shajn+Gaze, ref. 1950S1).

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
S  use LHA 115-S NN  . \begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in SMC \end{matrix}  LHA 115-S       1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H Star

S  use LHA 120-S NNN  . \begin{matrix}Em. ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}  LHA 120-S       1956H2  HENIZE K.G.  1956ApJS....2..315H Star

S  use Strand  NN  . ∗  -               1958S1  STRAND K.Aa.+  1958AJ.....63..337S Strand
S  use Sh2-  NNN  . H II + PN  SH 2-           1959S3  SHARPLESS S.  1959ApJS....4..257S Sharpless  ^{(a)}
S  use Sk  NNN  . ∗ in SMC  SK              1968S1+ SANDULEAK N.  .  Sanduleak  ^{(b)}

S

NNN  110

∗ galactic ; and ; in LMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1970F1 A FERENBACH C.+  1970A&AS....1....1F

liste

Supplementaire

S  use Sk  -DD NNNA  . ∗ in LMC  SK              1970S1  SANDULEAK N.  1970CoTol..89.....S Sanduleak  ^{(c)}
S  use Simeis  HHMM+DD.N  . (Rad)  SIM             1971L1  LARIONOV M.G.+  1971ATsir.665....1L Simeis obs.
S  use [S73]  NN  . {GCl \atop in M 31}  [S73]  .  SHAROV A.S.  1973SvA....17..174S Sharov

S  use Sand  NNN  . M ∗  SAND            1976S2  SANDULEAK N.  1976AJ.....81..350S Sanduleak

S use DNCG

HHMM-DDd  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    p STR

                                                                                     1977D1  DUUS A.+  1977ApJS...35..209D

Southern cluster of galaxies

S  use WOH  NNN  . Superg. in LMC  -               1981W1  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1981A&AS...43..267W Supergiant

S  use ACOS  NNNN  . Cluster of G ACO S           1989AC  ABELL G.O.+  1989ApJS...70....1A Suppl. southern

[S73]  NN  25 {GCl \atop in M 31}  [S73]  .  SHAROV A.S.  1973SvA....17..174S Sharov, 1973  ^{(d)}

(a) S Ref. 1959S3: S 147, a wellknown galactic SNR, should be labelled Simeis 147 ; S instead of Sh2- (H II region, Sharpless, ref. 1959S3) is of current use except in eastern Europa where it generally stands for Simeis (H II region, Shajn+Gaze, ref. 1950S1).

(b) S  Ref 1968S1, in SMC: Identified with this acronym S instead of Sk on Hodge+Wright charts (ref. 1977HW)
(c) S  Ref. 1970S1: in LMC: Identified with this acronym instead of Sk on Hodge+Wright charts (ref. 1977HW)
(d) [S73] = (S)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
[S84]  NNNNN  10053 ∗  [S84]  .  STOCK J.  1984RMxAA...9...77S Stock, 1984  ^{(a)}
[S87]  NN  48 Pair of G  -  .  SCHWEIZER L.Y.  1987ApJS...64..411S Schweizer, 1987
[S87]  NNA  48x2 G in pair  -  .  SCHWEIZER L.Y.  1987ApJS...64..411S Schweizer, 1987
[S92]  R-NNN  812+491 ∗  [S92]  .  STOCK J.  1992RMxAA..24...45S Stock, 1992  ^{(b)}

S∗ eq. Stephenson

NNN  .

S ∗

                                                                    S1∗

                                                                                     1976ST  STEPHENS0N C.B.  1976PW&SO...2....2S

catalog of S ∗ (1st ed.)

S1  HHMM+DDA  27 (Rad)  -               1972P3 A PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1972AJ.....77..265P Strong Source

S1∗ eq. Stephenson

NNN  .

S ∗

                                                                    S1∗

                                                                                     1976ST  STEPHENS0N C.B.  1976PW&SO...2....2S

catalog of S ∗ (1st ed.)

S2  HHMM+DDA  218 (Rad)  -               1972P3 A PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1972AJ.....77..265P Strong Source
S3  HHMM+DDA  240 (Rad)  -               1972P3 B PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1972AJ.....77..797P Strong Source
S4  HHMM+DDA HHMM+DDd  484 (Rad)  -               1972P3 C PAULINY-TOTH I.I.K.+ 1978AJ.....83..451P Strong Source

S5  HHMM+DDA HHMM+DDd  476 (Rad)  -               1972P3 D KUHR H.+  1981AJ.....86..854K Strong Source

SA

FFF  206

Area

                                                                    SA

                                                                                     1918P1 A PICKERING E.C.+  1918AnHar.101.....P
                                                                                     1918P1 B PICKERING E.C.+  1923AnHar.102..276P
                                                                                     1918P1 C PICKERING E.C.+  1924AnHar.103..343P

Selected Area

SA

FFF-NNN  67941

∗ in Se- ; lected Area

                                                                    SA

                                                                                     1918P1 A PICKERING E.C.+  1918AnHar.101.....P
                                                                                     1918P1 B PICKERING E.C.+  1923AnHar.102..276P
                                                                                     1918P1 C PICKERING E.C.+  1924AnHar.103..343P

Selected Area

SA  use PSD  FFF-NNNN  . Southern ∗  BSD             1929B1+ BECKER F.  .  Selected Area
SA  use BSD  FFF-NNNN  . Northern ∗ BSD             1935S1  SCHWASSMANN A.+  1935BSD..........1S Selected Area
SA  use SASpecial FF  . Area  -               1952V1+ VAN RHIJN P.J.  .  Selected Area

(a) [S84] = (SVS) = (StVS)

The complete catalogue is described in the paper, but published separately.

(b) [S92]  Format: roman num. I for area I (table 3, N=812), roman num. II for area II (table 4, N=491)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
SA  use SASpecial FF-NNNNN  . ∗ in Se- ; lected Area -               1952V1+ VAN RHIJN P.J.  .  Selected Area

Sa  use Sk  -DD NNNA  . ∗ in LMC  SK              1970S1  SANDULEAK N.  1970CoTol..89.....S Sanduleak
Sa  eq. SL  NNN  . DCld  p Sandqvist     1976S1+ SANDQVIST Aa.+  .  Sandqvist
Sa  use SMP1-  NNNA  . {PN \atop in LMC}  p SMP 1-        1978S2 C SANDULEAK N.  1984IAUS..108..231S Sanduleak

Sa1-

N  8

PN

PN Sa 1-

1974S5  SANDULEAK N.  1974PASP...86..215S

Author’s name, list 1

PN Nmcl (a)

Sa2-

NNN  392

PN

PN Sa 2-

1975S2  SANDULEAK N.  1975PW&SO........5S

Author’s name, list 2

PN Nmcl (b)

Sa3-

NNN  153

Susp. PN

PN Sa 3-

1967PK E SANDULEAK N.  1976PW&SO....3...2S

Author’s name, list 3

PN Nmcl (c)

Sa4-

N  1

PN

PN Sa 4-

.  SANDULEAK N.  1983PASP...95..619S

Author’s name, list 4 Sa4-1 = PN G075.7+35.8 = PK 075+35 1

(d)

Sa 1- eq. Sa1-

N  .

PN

PN Sa 1-

1974S5  SANDULEAK N.  1974PASP...86..215S

Author’s name, list 1

Sa 2- eq. Sa2-

NNN  .

PN

PN Sa 2-

1975S2  SANDULEAK N.  1975PW&SO........5S

Author’s name, list 2

Sa 3- eq. Sa3-

NNN  .

PN

PN Sa 3-

1967PK E SANDULEAK N.  1976PW&SO....3...2S

Author’s name, list 3

Sa 4- eq. Sa4-

N  .

PN

PN Sa 4-

.  SANDULEAK N.  1983PASP...95..619S

Author’s name, list 4

Sahbazjan eq. Shakhbazian R  . Cluster of G Cl Sahlbajan    1957S1  SHAKHBAZIAN R.K.  1957AciCh.177...11S Author’s name

Sahlbajan eq. Shakhbazian R  . Cluster of G Cl Sahlbajan    1957S1  SHAKHBAZIAN R.K.  1957AciCh.177...11S Author’s name

(a) Sa1- = Sa 1- = (Sanduleak) = (Sp1-) = (St1-)
(b) Sa2- = Sa 2- = (Sanduleak)
(c) Sa3- = Sa 3- = (Sanduleak) = (St2-)
(d) Sa4- = Sa 4-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Sand  NNN  274 M ∗  SAND            1976S2  SANDULEAK N.  1976AJ.....81..350S Author’s name  ^{(a)}
Sand  use Sand WR N  . WR  NAME SAND WR    1971S5  SANDULEAK N.  1971ApJ...164L..71S Author’s name

Sandqvist eq. SL

NNN  .

DCld

                                                                    p Sandqvist

1976S1+ SANDQVIST Aa.+ .

First author’s

name

Sanduleak  use Sa1-  N  . PN  PN Sa 1-        1974S5  SANDULEAK N.  1974PASP...86..215S Author’s name
Sanduleak  use Sa2-  NNN  . PN  PN Sa 2-        1975S2  SANDULEAK N.  1975PW&SO........5S Author’s name
Sanduleak  use Sa3-  NNN  . PN  PN Sa 3-        1967PK E SANDULEAK N.  1976PW&SO....3...2S Author’s name
Sanduleak  use Sk  NNN  . ∗ in SMC  SK              1968S1+ SANDULEAK N.  .  Author’s name
Sanduleak  use Sk  -DD NNNA  . ∗ in LMC  SK              1970S1  SANDULEAK N.  1970CoTol..89.....S Author’s name
Sanduleak  N  6 T Tau ∗ in ; Orion NAME SAND T TAU 1971S2  SANDULEAK N.  1971PASP...83...95S Author’s name

Sanduleak  use Sand  NNN  . M ∗  SAND            1976S2  SANDULEAK N.  1976AJ.....81..350S Author’s name
Sanduleak  use Sand WR N  . WR  NAME SAND WR    1971S5  SANDULEAK N.  1971ApJ...164L..71S Author’s name

Sand WR

N  5

WR

                                                                    NAME SAND WR

                                                                                     1971S5  SANDULEAK N.  1971ApJ...164L..71S

Author’s name,

WR ∗

(b)

SAO

NNNNNN  258997

∗

                                                                    SAO

1966S2  The SAO staff  .

Smithsonian

Astrophysical Obs.

SASpecial

FF  46

Area

                                                                    -

1952V1 A VAN RHIJN P.J.  .
1952V1 B VAN RHIJN P.J.  .

Selected Area of the Special plan

(c)

SASpecial

FF-NNNNN ≃ 200000

∗ in Se- ; lected Area

                                                                    -

1952V1 A VAN RHIJN P.J.  .
1952V1 B VAN RHIJN P.J.  .

Selected Area of the Special plan

(d)

(a) Sand  = (S) = (Sanduleak)
(b) Sand WR = (Sand) = (Sanduleak)
(c) SASpecial = (SpA) = (SA)
(d) SASpecial = (SpA) = (SA)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SaSt1-

N  3

PN

PN SaSt 1-

.  SANDULEAK N.+  1972ApJ...178..183S

Authors’ names, list 1

PK Nmcl (a)

SaSt2-

NN  23

PN

PN SaSt 2-

.  SANDULEAK N.+  1972PASP...84..816S

Authors’ names, list 2

PK Nmcl (b)

SaSt3-

NNN  -

PN

PN SaSt 3-

.  SANDULEAK N.+  1973ApJ...185..899S

Authors’ names, list 3

PN Nmcl (c)

SaSt 1- eq. SaSt1-

N  3

PN

PN SaSt 1-

.  SANDULEAK N.+  1972ApJ...178..183S

Authors’ names, list 1

SaSt 2- eq. SaSt2-

NN  23

PN

PN SaSt 2-

.  SANDULEAK N.+  1972PASP...84..816S

Authors’ names, list 2

SaSt 3- eq. SaSt3-

NNN  .

PN

PN SaSt 3-

.  SANDULEAK N.+  1973ApJ...185..899S

Authors’ names, list 3

SaWe  N  4 PN  -  .  SAURER W.+  1987A&AS...69..527S Authors’ names  PN Nmcl
SAWI  eq. ShWi 2-  N  . PN  -  .  SHAW R.A.+  1985PASP...97.1071S Authors’ names

SB

NNN  737

SB

-

1967BA  BATTEN A.H.  1967PDAO...13..119B

Spectroscopic Binary

(d)

SB use SKB

N  .

Carbon ∗

SKB

.  SLETTEBAK A.+  1969AJ.....74..373S

First author’s name

SB  NNN  957 ∗ near SGP SB              1971S3  SLETTEBAK A.+  1971AJ.....76..338S Authors’ initials  ^{(e)}
SB  N  6 WR  -               1975S1  STENHOLM B.  1975A&A....39..307S Stenholm B.  ^{(f)}

[SB79]

NN  11

{SNR \atop in M 33}

[SB79]

.  SABBADIN F.+  1979PASP...91...62S

Authors’ initials, 1979

(a) SaSt1- = SaSt 1-
(b) SaSt2- = SaSt 2-
(c) SaSt3- = SaSt 3-
(d) SB  Superseded by Batten ref. 1978BF
(e) SB  = (B)
(f) SB  = (BS)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SBC eq. Batten

NNN  .

SB

SBC

1978BF  BATTEN A.H.+  1978PDAO...15..121B

Spectroscopic Binary, Catalog

SBS  NN  84 Blue ∗  SBS             1961S1  SLETTEBAK A.+  1961ApJ...134..195S Authors’ initials

SBS catalog: use SBSG

HHMM+DDdA  .

QSO, Blue G

SBSG

1983M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.+ .

Second Biurakan obs., Survey

(a)

SBS catalog: use SBSS

HHMM+DDd  .

Blue ∗

SBSS

1983M1 B+ MARKARIAN B.E.+ .

Second Biurakan obs., Survey

SBSG

HHMM+DDdA  .

QSO, Blue G

SBSG

1983M1 A MARKARIAN B.E.+  1983Afz....19...29M
1983M1 B MARKARIAN B.E.+  1983Afz....19..639M
1983M1 D MARKARIAN B.E.+  1984Afz....20..513M
1983M1 E MARKARIAN B.E.+  1985Afz....23..439M
1983M1 F NELSON R.L.+  1988AJ.....95.1678N
1983M1 G SEAL J.+  1990AJ....100.1028S

Second Biurakan obs. Survey, G

SBSS

HHMM+DDd  .

Blue ∗

SBSS

1983M1 B MARKARIAN B.E.+  1983Afz....19..639M
1983M1 C MARKARIAN B.E.+  1984Afz....20...21M
1983M1 D MARKARIAN B.E.+  1984Afz....20..513M
1983M1 E MARKARIAN B.E.+  1985Afz....23..439M
1983M1 F NELSON R.L.+  1988AJ.....95.1678N
1983M1 G SEAL J.+  1990AJ....100.1028S

Second Biurakan obs. Survey, ∗

SBSSS catalog: use SBSG

HHMM+DDdA  .

QSO, Blue G

SBSG

1983M1+ MARKARIAN B.E.+ .

Second Biurakan obs., Spectral Sky Survey

SBSSS catalog: use SBSS

HHMM+DDd  .

Blue ∗

SBSS

1983M1 B+ MARKARIAN B.E.+ .

Second Biurakan obs., Spectral Sky Survey

SC  use LuCG  HHMM+DDd  . Cluster of G iden- tified with (X) SC              1978L1  LUGGER P.M.  1978ApJ...221..745L Southern Cluster

SC  use WSCG  NN  . SuperCl of G WSCG            1989W2  WEST M.J.  1989ApJ...347..610W Super Cluster

(a) SBS Ref 1983M1: The results of the survey in successive papers are given in separate tables for ”peculiar objects or galaxies” (Table 1), and ”blue stars” (Tables 2) with the same acronym SBS. The format is not sufficient to discriminate the objects (e.g. SBS 1210+537 in 1983M1 E is present twice for two differents tables), so that we urge to use respectively SBSS (S for Star) and SBSG (G for Galaxy).

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
SC  use [ZZS93]  NN NN/2 NN/10 NN/20 NN/40 NN/200  . SuperCl of ACO Cl [ZZS93]  .  ZUCCA E.+  1993ApJ...407..470Z Super Cluster

[SC93]

NNN  602

(UV)

                                                                    [SC93]

                                                                                         .  SCHMIDT E.G.+  1993ApJ...408..484S

Schmidt + Carruthers, 1993

SCAP

LLL-BBNNN  487

∗

                                                                    SCAP

                                                                                         .  REICHEN M.+  1990Ap&SS.163..275R

SCAP-2000

balloon experiment

(a)

SCC

NNN  102

SuperCl of ACO Cl

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  BATUSKI D.J.+  1985AJ.....90.1413B

SuperCluster Candidate

(b)

SCGG use SHCG

NNN  .

Cluster of G

                                                                    p SHCG

1973S4+ SHAKHBAZIAN R.K. .

Shakhbazian,

Compact Group of G

Schaefer  YYYY  3 Optical Transient  NAME SCHAEFER   1984S2  SCHAEFER B.E.+  1984ApJ...286...L1S Discoverer’s name ^{(c)}

Schulte  N  2 OB ∗  -               1956S1  SCHULTE D.H.  1956ApJ...123..250S Author’s name
Schuster  -  1 OCl  NAME SCHUSTER CL .  -  .  Author’s name  = C 1002-556
Schuster-West  -  1 OCl  NAME SCHUSTER-WEST CL .  -  .  Authors’ names  = C 0149-447

SchuWe-

N  3

Poss. PN + 1PN

                                                                    PN SuWt

                                                                                         .  SCHUSTER M.E.+  1976A&A....46..139S
                                                                                         .  WEST R.M.+  1980A&A....88..350W

Authors’ names

PN Nmcl (d)

SCHWE eq. SchuWe-

N  .

Poss. PN + PN

                                                                    PN SuWt

                                                                                         .  SCHUSTER M.E.+  1976A&A....46..139S
                                                                                         .  WEST R.M.+  1980A&A....88..350W

Authors’ names

ScWe eq. SchuWe-

N  .

Poss. PN + PN

                                                                    PN SuWt

                                                                                         .  SCHUSTER M.E.+  1976A&A....46..139S
                                                                                         .  WEST R.M.+  1980A&A....88..350W

Authors’ names

(a) SCAP  = (SP)

In the format LLL-BB is the field center (in this paper: 025-02), NNN the individual star number.

(b) SCC  = (BB)
(c) Schaefer  YYYY are 1901, 1928 and 1944
(d) SchuWe- = SCHWE = ScWe = SuWt

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SD use BD

-DD NNNNN  .

∗

                                                                    BD

1886A1 A SCHONFELD E. .

Sudliche Bonner Durchmusterung

Sd  eq. She-  N  . PN  PN Sd  .  SHERWOOD W.A.  1969Obs....89..207S Author’s name
SDG  NNN  286 G  p SDG  .  SCHNEIDER D.P.+  1986AJ.....92..523S Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}
SEG  NN  83 ∗  -               1969S1  SOFIA S.+  1969AJ.....74...20S Authors’ initials
SER  FFF-NNN  186 Cluster of G + G SER             1974S1  SERSIC J.L.  1974Ap&SS..28..365S Author’s name  ^{(b)}

Sersic  eq. SER  FFF-NNN  . Cluster of G + G SER             1974S1  SERSIC J.L.  1974Ap&SS..28..365S Author’s name

Sersic Cluster

-  1

Probable GCl

                                                                    NAME SERSIC CL

.  -  .

Author’s name,

Cluster

= C 0435-589

SFAM  NNN  213 (Rad) in ; ρ Oph DCld -  .  STINE P.C.+  1988AJ.....96.1394S Authors’ initials

SG  use Simeis  NNN  . H II  SIM             1950S1+ SHAJN G.A.+  .  Authors’ initials

SGPA

NNN  305

A ∗ at SGP

                                                                    SGPA

                                                                                     1988L3 A LANCE C.M.  1988ApJS...68..463L
                                                                                     1988L3 B LANCE C.M.  1988ApJ...334..927L

South Gal. Pole, A ∗

SGS-LMC

N  9

H II Super- shell in LMC

                                                                    LMC-SGS

                                                                                     1980M2  MEABURN J.  1980MNRAS.192..365M

SuperGiant Shell, LMC

(c)

SGS-SMC

N  1

H II Super- shell in SMC

                                                                    NAME SMC-SGS

                                                                                     1980M2  MEABURN J.  1980MNRAS.192..365M

SuperGiant Shell, SMC

(d)

(a) SDG  G in Cluster of G
(b) SER  = CALAN = Sersic
(c) SGS-LMC = (LMC) = LMC-SGS

Often the format is R; for instance Butler 1972, Dunsink Obs. Publ. 1, 133-192; Martin W.L. 1977, Mem. Roy. Astron. Soc. 83, 95 ; the fields from different authors are different. LMC is also used for photometric sequences.

(d) SGS-SMC = (SMC) = SMC-SGS

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

[SGW92]

NNNN  1312

HVC

-

.  STARK A.A.+  1992ApJS...79...77S

Three first authors’ initials, 1992

SH use Simeis

NNN  .

H II

SIM

1950S1+ SHAJN G.A.+ .

First author’s name

SH  use Sh1-  NNN  . H II  + RFN + PN SH 1-           1953S1  SHARPLESS S.  1953ApJ...118..362S Author’s name

SH  eq. Sh2-  NNN  . H II + PN  SH 2-           1959S3  SHARPLESS S.  1959ApJS....4..257S Author’s name

Sh use Simeis

NNN  .

H II

SIM

1950S1+ SHAJN G.A.+ .

First author’s name

Sh  use Sh1-  NNN  . H II  + RFN + PN SH 1-           1953S1  SHARPLESS S.  1953ApJ...118..362S Author’s name

Sh  eq. Sh2-  NNN  . H II + PN  SH 2-           1959S3  SHARPLESS S.  1959ApJS....4..257S Author’s name

Sh1-

NNN  142

H II + RFN + PN

SH 1-

1953S1  SHARPLESS S.  1953ApJ...118..362S

Author’s name, list 1

(a)

Sh2-

NNN  313

H II + PN

SH 2-

1959S3  SHARPLESS S.  1959ApJS....4..257S

Author’s name, list 2

(b)

SH 1- eq. Sh1-

NNN  .

H II + RFN + PN

SH 1-

1953S1  SHARPLESS S.  1953ApJ...118..362S

Author’s name, list 1

SH 2- eq. Sh2-

NNN  .

H II + PN

SH 2-

1959S3  SHARPLESS S.  1959ApJS....4..257S

Author’s name, list 2

SHA use Sh1-

NNN  .

H II + RFN + PN

SH 1-

1953S1  SHARPLESS S.  1953ApJ...118..362S

Author’s name, list A

(a) Sh1- = (SH) = SH 1- = (SHA) = (Sh)

Not used, Superseded by Sh2- for H II ; Nos 3, 5, 6, 15, 72, 89, 118 are compiled as PN, see ref. 1967PK F

(b) Sh2- = (S) = (SH) = (Sh) = SH 2- = (SHB)

S 147, a wellknown galactic SNR, should be labelled Simeis 147. S instead of Sh2- (H II region, Sharpless, ref. 1959S3) is of current use except in eastern Europa where it generally stands for Simeis (H II region, Shajn+Gaze, ref. 1950S1). Nos 4, 6, 20, 52, 61, 71, 95, 116, 167, 176, 179, 189, 267, 274, 290, 313 are PN ; see ref. 1967PK ; Nos 80, 99, 128, 207, 266, 267, 271, 272, though compiled as PN, are H II regions

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SHA- .

QSO

-

.  SMITH-HAENNI A.L.  .

Smith-Haenni, list A

(a)

Shah  use Shakhbazian R  . Cluster of G Cl Sahlbajan    1957S1  SHAKHBAZIAN R.K.  1957AciCh.177...11S Author’s name

Shakhbazian  R  1 Cluster of G Cl Sahlbajan    1957S1  SHAKHBAZIAN R.K.  1957AciCh.177...11S Author’s name  = SHCG 1 (b)

Shakhbazian use SHCG

NNN  .

Cluster of G

p SHCG

1973S4+ SHAKHBAZIAN R.K. .

Shakhbazian, Cluster of G

SHAPLEY  eq. Shapley  R  . RSF in MC NAME SHAPLEY    1953M1+ McKIBBEN NAIL V.+  .  Discoverer’s name

Shapley

R  9

RSF in MC

NAME SHAPLEY

1953M1 A McKIBBEN NAIL V.+  1953PNAS...39..358M
1953M1 B VAN DEN BERGH S.  1981A&AS...46...79V

Discoverer’s name

(c)

SHB use Sh2-

NNN  .

H II + PN

SH 2-

1959S3  SHARPLESS S.  1959ApJS....4..257S

Author’s name,

list B

SHB-

NNN  403

QSO

-

1977S1  SMITH-HAENNI A.L.  1977A&AS...27..205S

Smith-Haenni, list B

SHCG

NNN  377

Cluster of G

p SHCG

1973S4 A SHAKHBAZIAN R.K.  1973Ap......9..296S
1973S4 B SHAKHBAZIAN R.K.+  1974Ap.....10....6S
1973S4 C BAIER F.W.+  1974Ap.....10..202B
1973S4 D PETROSIAN M.B.  1974Ap.....10..291P
1973S4 E BAIER F.W.+  1975Ap.....11..146B
1973S4 F BAIER F.W.+  1976Ap.....12....1B
1973S4 G BAIER F.W.+  1976Ap.....12..263B
1973S4 H BAIER F.W.+  1978Ap.....14..157B
1973S4 I PETROSIAN M.B.  1978Ap.....14..356P
1973S4 J BAIER F.W.+  1979Ap.....15...24B

Shakhbazian, Cluster of G

(d)

She-  N  1 PN  PN Sd  .  SHERWOOD W.A.  1969Obs....89..207S Author’s name  ^{(e)}

(a) SHA-  Quoted in SHB- without any ref.
(b) Shakhbazian = Sahbazjan = Sahlbajan = (Shah)
(c) Shapley  = SHAPLEY

The large structure of the LMC is studied from the distribution of the supergiants in Martin+ 1976Astr. Astrophys. 51, 31 Their region 30 Dor W is Shapley II, their region A2 includes Shapley V, B1 = Shapley VI, B2 includes Shapley VII, B’2 = Shapley VIII, B3 = Shapley IX. There are no Shapley numbers for their regions A1, D1, D2, D3.

(d) SHCG  = SCGG = (Shakhbazian) = (Shk) = (Shkh)
(e) She-  = Sd

She-1 = PN G078.9+00.7 = PK 078+00 1

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Sher  N  1 OCl  Cl Sher         1964S1  SHER D.  1964Obs....84..263S Author’s name  = C 1058-601
Shk  use SHCG  NNN  . Cluster of G p SHCG          1973S4+ SHAKHBAZIAN R.K.  .  Shakhbazian

Shkh  use SHCG  NNN  . Cluster of G p SHCG          1973S4+ SHAKHBAZIAN R.K.  .  Shakhbazian

SHV

._{HHMMSSs-DDMMSS} 1043

LPV in LMC

                                                                    SHV

                                                                                     1989H1  HUGHES S.M.G.  1989AJ.....97.1634H

S. Hughes, Variable ∗

ShWi 2-  N  7 PN + Poss. PN -  .  SHAW R.A.+  1985PASP...97.1071S Authors’ names  PN Nmcl (a)

SHZ  use Simeis  NNN  . H II  SIM             1950S1+ SHAJN G.A.+  .  Authors’ names
Si  use Simeis  NNN  . H II  SIM             1950S1+ SHAJN G.A.+  .  Simeis obs.
Si  use Simeis  HHMM+DD.N  . (Rad)  SIM             1971L1  LARIONOV M.G.+  1971ATsir.665....1L Simeis obs.
SIM  eq. Simeis  NNN  . H II  SIM             1950S1+ SHAJN G.A.+  .  Simeis obs.
SIM  eq. Simeis  HHMM+DD.N  . (Rad)  SIM             1971L1  LARIONOV M.G.+  1971ATsir.665....1L Simeis obs.

Simeis

NNN  306

H II

                                                                    SIM

                                                                                     1950S1 A SHAJN G.A.+  1950IzKry...6....3S
                                                                                     1950S1 B GAZE V.F.+  1951IzKry...7...93G
                                                                                     1950S1 C GAZE V.F.+  1952IzKry...8...17G
                                                                                     1950S1 D GAZE V.F.+  1952IzKry...9...52G
                                                                                     1950S1 E GAZE V.F.+  1954IzKry..11...39G

Simeis obs.

(b)

Simeis  HHMM+DD.N  121 (Rad)  SIM             1971L1  LARIONOV M.G.+  1971ATsir.665....1L Simeis obs.  ^{(c)}
Simeiz  eq. Simeis  NNN  . H II  SIM             1950S1+ SHAJN G.A.+  .  Simeis obs.
Simeiz  eq. Simeis  HHMM+DD.N  . (Rad)  SIM             1971L1  LARIONOV M.G.+  1971ATsir.665....1L Simeis obs.

(a) ShWi 2- = SAWI

No. 3 is rejected as a PN in ref. 1992AO

(b) Simeis  = (S) = (SG) = (SH) = (Sh) = (SHZ) = (Si) = SIM = (Simeiz)

S 147, a wellknown galactic SNR, should be labelled Simeis 147.

S instead of Sh2- (H II region, Sharpless, ref. 1959S3) is of current use except in eastern Europa where it generally stands for Simeis (H II region, Shajn+Gaze, ref. 1950S1). Simeis 22 is a PN = PN G128.0-04.1 = PK 128-04 1

(c) Simeis  = (S) = (Si) = SIM = Simeiz

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Siv  NN  11 H II  -               1974S3  SIVAN J.P.  1974A&AS...16..163S Author’s name
SK  eq. Sk  NNN  . ∗ in SMC  SK              1968S1+ SANDULEAK N.  .  Author’s name
SK  eq. Sk  -DD NNNA  . ∗ in LMC  SK              1970S1  SANDULEAK N.  1970CoTol..89.....S Author’s name

Sk

NNN  216

∗ in SMC

                                                                    SK

                                                                                     1968S1 A SANDULEAK N.  1968AJ.....73..246S
                                                                                     1968S1 B SANDULEAK N.  1969AJ.....74..877S

Author’s name

(a)

Sk  -DD NNNA (NNN-DD) (-DD/NNN)  1272 ∗ in LMC  SK              1970S1  SANDULEAK N.  1970CoTol..89.....S Author’s name  ^{(b)}

Sk  use SkKM  NNN  . {K,M  ∗ \atop in SMC} SkKM            1989S1  SANDULEAK N.  1989AJ.....98..825S Sanduleak

SKB  N  . Carbon ∗  SKB  .  SLETTEBAK A.+  1969AJ.....74..373S Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}
SKHB  NNN  355 {GCl \atop in M 31}  SKHB  .  SARGENT W.L.W.+  1977AJ.....82..947S Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}

SKK  N  1 (Rad)  -               1974S2  SISTLA G.+  1974MNRAS.166P..17S Authors’ initials

SKKM eq. SkKM

NNN  .

{K,M ∗ \atop in SMC}

                                                                    SkKM

                                                                                     1989S1  SANDULEAK N.  1989AJ.....98..825S

Sanduleak, K or M ∗

SkKM

NNN  372

{K,M ∗ \atop in SMC}

                                                                    SkKM

                                                                                     1989S1  SANDULEAK N.  1989AJ.....98..825S

Sanduleak, K or M ∗

(e)

SKWL1- use StWr1-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN StWr 1-

                                                                                     1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 1

(a) Sk  = (S) = SK = (Sanduleak)
(b) Sk  = (NS) = (S) = (Sa) = SK = (Sanduleak)

Ref. 1970S1 (in LMC): The format NNN-DD is contrary to the general practice nomenclature, based on δ zones ; It had been first introduced to make a clear discrimination from CPD then constantly used.

(c) SKB  = (SB)
(d) SKHB = (G) = (M31C)
(e) SkKM = (Sk) = SKKM

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SKWL2- use StWr2-

NN  .

PN

PN StWr 2-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 2

SKWL3- use StWr3-

N  .

PN

PN StWr 3-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 3

SKWL4- use StWr4-

NN  .

PN

PN StWr 4-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 4

SKWL 1- use StWr1-

N  .

PN

PN StWr 1-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 1

SKWL 2- use StWr2-

NN  .

PN

PN StWr 2-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 2

SKWL 3- use StWr3-

N  .

PN

PN StWr 3-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 3

SKWL 4- use StWr4-

NN  .

PN

PN StWr 4-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 4

SL  NNN  898 OCl in LMC  p SL            1963S1  SHAPLEY H.+  1963IrAJ....6...74S Authors’ initials

SL

NNN  137

DCld

p Sandqvist

1976S1 A SANDQVIST Aa.+  1976A&A....53..179S
1976S1 B SANDQVIST Aa.  1977A&A....57..467S

Authors’ initials

(a)

SLS  use LS  NNNN  . Southern ; OB ∗  LS              1971S4  STEPHENSON C.B.+  1971PW&SO...1....1S  Southern ; Luminous ∗

SLSBG

NNN  300

{G in \atop ACO 3574}

SLSBG

.  TURNER J.A.+  1993MNRAS.261...39T

Shapley Low Surface Brightness Galaxy

Sm  eq. Ste-  N  . PN  PN Ste          1975S1  STENHOLM B.  1975A&A....39..307S Author’s name

(a) SL = (Sa) = Sandqvist

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SMC use SGS-SMC

N  .

H II Super- shell in SMC

NAME SMC-SGS

1980M2  MEABURN J.  1980MNRAS.192..365M

Small Magellanic Cloud

SMC  N  1 {PN \atop in LMC}  NAME SMC 1  .  SAVAGE A.+  1982Obs...102..229S Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

SMC

N  3

∗ in SMC

NAME SMC Symb. star

.  MORGAN D.H.  1992MNRAS.258..639M

Small Magellanic Cloud Identif. charts

(b)

SMC AB

N  8

{WR \atop in SMC}

-

1979A3  AZZOPARDI M.+  1979A&A....75..120A

SMC, Authors’ initials

(c)

SMC AGB1-

N  7

Red ∗ ; in SMC

[RM90] 1-

1990R2  REID N.+  1990ApJ...360..490R

SMC, Asymptotic Giant Branch, field 1

(d)

SMC AGB2-

NN  20

Red ∗ ; in SMC

[RM90] 2-

1990R2  REID N.+  1990ApJ...360..490R

SMC, Asymptotic Giant Branch, field 2

(e)

SMC AGB3-

NN  18

Red ∗ ; in SMC

[RM90] 3-

1990R2  REID N.+  1990ApJ...360..490R

SMC, Asymptotic Giant Branch, field 3

(f)

SMC ARM

NN  92

Superg. in SMC

-

1977A4  ARDEBERG A.+  1977A&AS...30..261A

SMC, Authors’ names

(g)

SMC ASS  NN  70 Ass. in SMC  p SMC ASS       1985H1  HODGE P.  1985PASP...97..530H SMC, Association

SMC-B  NN  83 Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in SMC BMB-B           1980B1 A BLANCO V.M.+  1980ApJ...242..938B SMC, Bar  ^{(h)}

(a) SMC  SMC 1 = SMP1-104A = LMC SMP 104a (ref. 1978S2 C)
(b) SMC  = Mn
(c) SMC AB  = (AB) = ABWR
(d) SMC AGB1- = (RM1-) = [RM90] 1-
(e) SMC AGB2- = (RM2-) = [RM90] 2-
(f) SMC AGB3- = (RM3-) = [RM90] 3-
(g) SMC ARM  = (ARM) = (ARMA)
(h) SMC-B  = BMB-B

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SMC-DEM eq. DEM S

NNN  .

H II in SMC

                                                                    DEM S

                                                                                     1976D1 B MEABURN J.  1986MNRAS.223..317M

Authors’ initials, SMC

SMC MVDWR eq. MVD

N  .

{WR \atop in SMC}

                                                                    NAME SMC MVDWR

                                                                                     1991M1  MORGAN D.H.+  1991MNRAS.251..P51M

SMC,

Authors’ initials, WR ∗

SMC OB  NN  31 OB Ass. in SMC -               1991B2  BATTINELLI P.  1991A&A...244...69B SMC, OB ass.

SMC-SGS eq. SGS-SMC

N  .

H II Super- shell in SMC

                                                                    NAME SMC-SGS

                                                                                     1980M2  MEABURN J.  1980MNRAS.192..365M

SMC, SuperGiant Shell

SMC SMP use SMP2-

NN  .

{PN \atop in SMC}

                                                                    p SMP 2-

1978S2+ SANDULEAK N.+ .

SMC,

Authors’ initials

SMC-W  NN  56 Carbon ; and Late ∗ ; in SMC BMB-W           1980B1 A BLANCO V.M.+  1980ApJ...242..938B SMC, Wing  ^{(a)}

SMC X-  N  . {(X) \atop in SMC}  X SMC X-  .  -  .  SMC, X-ray source ^{(b)}

Smith  eq. LSWR  NN  . WR (1PN) LSWR            1968S2  SMITH L.F.  1968MNRAS.138..109S Author’s name

SMP use SMP1-

NNNA  .

{PN \atop in LMC}

                                                                    p SMP 1-

                                                                                     1978S2 A SANDULEAK N.+  1978PASP...90..621S

1978S2 C+ SANDULEAK N.  .

Authors’ initials

SMP  use SMP2-  NN  . {PN \atop in SMC}  p SMP 2-        1978S2+ SANDULEAK N.+  .  Authors’ initials

SMP1-

NNNA  128

{PN \atop in LMC}

                                                                    p SMP 1-

                                                                                     1978S2 A SANDULEAK N.+  1978PASP...90..621S
                                                                                     1978S2 C SANDULEAK N.  1984IAUS..108..231S
                                                                                     1978S2 D MORGAN D.H.  1984MNRAS.208..633M

Authors’ initials, Table 1

(c)

(a) SMC-W = BMB-W

(b) SMC X- See also the complete X-ray survey of SMC by Seward+ 1981, ApJ 243, 736-743, the deeper surveys IKT (ref. 1983I1), BKGS (ref. 1987B3), WW (ref. 1992W1) Optical counterparts of extended X-ray sources, Mathewson+ (ref. 1983M3 A,B).

(c) SMP1-  = LMC SMP = (SMP) = SMP 1- = (Sa)

Table 1 in 1978S2 A, continued in 1978S2 C. (Nos 1-127) and one additional object No. 104A. sometimes quoted as LMC 1

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SMP2-

NN  34

{PN \atop in SMC}

p SMP 2-

1978S2 A SANDULEAK N.+  1978PASP...90..621S
1978S2 B SANDULEAK N.+  1981PASP...93..431S
1978S2 D MORGAN D.H.  1984MNRAS.208..633M

Authors’ initials, Table 2

(a)

SMP 1- eq. SMP1-

NNNA  .

{PN \atop in LMC}

p SMP 1-

1978S2 A SANDULEAK N.+  1978PASP...90..621S

1978S2 C+ SANDULEAK N.  .

Authors’ initials, Table 1

SMP 2- eq. SMP2-

NN  .

{PN \atop in SMC}

p SMP 2-

1978S2+ SANDULEAK N.+ .

Authors’ initials, Table 2

SMS

N  3

(Submm) in W 3 (Main)

NAME W 3 SMS

     .  LADD E.F.+  1993ApJ...419..186L

SubMillimeter

Source

SMSP  NN  13 WR  SMSP            1991S1  SHARA M.M.+  1991AJ....102..716S Authors’ initials

SN

YYYYA YYYYaa  661

SN

SN

1974SS  SARGENT W.L.W.+  .

1984BC  BARBON R.+  1984A&AS...58..735B
1989BC  BARBON R.+  1989A&AS...81..421B

Supernova See V ∗ Nmcl

(b)

SN use KMS

NNN  .

{(IR) \atop in LDN 1641}

KMS

1989S2  STROM K.M.+  1989ApJS...71..183S

Two first authors’ initials

Sn  N  1 PN  NAME Sn 1  .  SHANE  .  Shane  1964 (c)

S.N. eq. SN

YYYYA YYYYaa  .

SN

SN

1974SS  SARGENT W.L.W.+  .

1984BC  BARBON R.+  1984A&AS...58..735B
1989BC  BARBON R.+  1989A&AS...81..421B

Supernova

SNOW  NN  34 Cluster of G -               1970S2  SNOW T.P.Jr  1970AJ.....75..237S Author’s name

SNR

HHMM-DDd  39+7

SNR + Poss. SNR in MC

SNR

1983M3 A MATHEWSON D.S.+  1983ApJS...51..345M
1983M3 B MATHEWSON D.S.+  1984ApJS...55..189M
1983M3 C MATHEWSON D.S.+  1985ApJS...58..197M

SuperNova Remnant

(a) SMP2- = SMC SMP = (SMP) = SMP 2- = (SP)

Table 2 in 1978S2 A, continued in 1978S2 B.

(b) SN  = (AD) = (A.D.) = S.N. = Supernova
(c) Sn  Sn 1 = PN G013.3+32.7 = PK 013+32 1

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SNR

LLL.ℓ+BB.b  157

Gal. SNR

                                                                    SNR

                                                                                     1984GR  GREEN D.A.  1984MNRAS.209..449G
                                                                                     1988GR A GREEN D.A.  1988Ap&SS.148....3G
                                                                                     1988GR B ARENDT R.G.  1989ApJS...70..181A

SuperNova Remnant

SNR  HHMM-DDd  40 SNR in MC or Poss. SNR in LMC SNR             1984M1  MILLS B.Y.+  1984AuJPh..37..321M  SuperNova Remnant

SNR  HHMMSS+DDMMm 42 SNR  or Poss. SNR in M 33 -               1990L1  LONG K.S.+  1990ApJS...72...61L  SuperNova Remnant  ^{(a)}

SON  eq. Son  NNNNN  . V ∗  SV∗ SON  .  -  .  Sonneberg inst.
Son  NNNNN  >10447 V ∗  SV∗ SON  .  -  .  Sonneberg inst.  V ∗ Nmcl (b)

SOPS

R a-NNN  ≃ 3400

(Opt)

                                                                    SOPS

                                                                                     1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Southern Objective Prism Survey

(c)

SP

-  -

HVC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1968H1 A HULSBOSCH A.N.M.  1968BAN....20...33H

South Pole complex

SP use SP77

FF-NNa  .

Red ∗ ; in LMC

                                                                    p SP77

1977S3  SANDULEAK N.+  .

Authors’ initials, 1977

SP  use SMP2-  NN  . {PN \atop in SMC}  p SMP 2-        1978S2 B SANDULEAK N.  1981PASP...93..431S Authors’ initials

SP use SCAP

LLL-BBNNN  .

∗

                                                                    SCAP

                                                                                         .  REICHEN M.+  1990Ap&SS.163..275R

SCAP-2000

balloon experiment

Sp  N  5 PN  PN Sp  .  SHAPLEY H.  1936BHarO.902...26S Author’s name  PN Nmcl

(a) SNR  SNR in M 33 (ref. 1990L1) format HHMMSS+DDMMm: rounded coordinates
(b) Son  = (S) = SON
(c) SOPS = (STO)

The authors proposed no acronyms for the objects of 30 Tables. These objects have been later quoted under different acronyms, even IIc (or similar), from the Table numbering

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Sp1- Sa1-

N  1

PN

PN Sa 1-

1974S5  SANDULEAK N.  1974PASP...86..215S

Observer: Stephenson, list 1 Sp1-1 = Sa1-1 = PK 284-05 1 is rejected as a PN in ref. 1992AO

SP77

FF-NNa  609

Red ∗ ; in LMC

p SP77

1977S3  SANDULEAK N.+  .

Authors’ initials, 1977

(a)

SP82

NN  55

Em. G

p SP82

1982S2  SANDULEAK N.+  1982ApJ...258L..11S

Authors’ initials, 1982

SpA  use SASpecial FF  . Area  -               1952V1+ VAN RHIJN P.J.  .  Special Area
SpA  use SASpecial FF-NNNNN  . ∗ in Se- ; lected Area -               1952V1+ VAN RHIJN P.J.  .  Special Area

SPF3

NNN  671

∗

-

1974L1  LOYOLA P.R.+  1974PDAUC...2..159L

Santiago Pulkovo obs., Fundamental catalog, 3rd

SPH  NNN  160 Em. Obj.  SPH             1990S1  SCHWARTZ R.D.+  1990AJ....100..793S Authors’ initials

[SPW92]

R NN  170

∗

-

.  SAURER W.+  1992A&AS...93..553S

Three first authors’ initials, 1992

(b)

SPZ eq. SVS

NNNN  .

V ∗

SV∗ SVS

1992K2  KAZAROVETS E.V.+  1992IBVS.3743....1K

Sovetskaya Peremennaya Zvezda

SR  NN  26 Em. ∗ in ; Oph & Sco ; DCld EM∗ SR          1949S1  STRUVE O.+  1949ApJ...109...92S Authors’ initials

SR

NNNN  >1002

∗ Ring

-

1968I1 A ISSERSTEDT J.  1968VeBoc...1....1I
1968I1 B URANOVA T.A.  1973ACiCh.772....4U
1968I1 C URANOVA T.A.  1973ACiCh.773....3U

Sternringe (Stellar Ring)

SR  use SRCG  HHMM.m+DDMM  . Cluster of G -               1991S2  STRUBLE M.F.+  1991ApJ...374..395S Authors’ initials

(a) SP77  = (SP) = (WS)
(b) [SPW92]  Format: R NN where R is a roman num. (I to IV) for field number. Finding charts.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SRCG

HHMM.m+DDMM 23

Cluster of G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1991S2  STRUBLE M.F.+  1991ApJ...374..395S

Authors’ initials, Cluster of G No explicit format (a)

SRN use VdB

NNNa  .

∗ in RFN

                                                                    VDB

1966V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S. .

Star in Reflection Nebula

SRN use VdBH

NNa  .

∗ in RFN

                                                                    VDBH

1975V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S.+ .

Star in Reflection Nebula

SRNH use VdBH

{NNa \atop NNa’}  .

∗ in RFN

                                                                    VDBH

                                                                                     1975V1 B HERBST W.  1975AJ.....80..212H

Star in Reflection Nebula, Herbst

SRS  NNNNN  24900 Position ∗  SRS             1976H3  HOG E.+  1976AAHam...9....1H  Southern ; Reference ∗

SRWW

N  1

Poss. PN

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  SCARROTT S.M.+  1990MNRAS.245..484S

Four first authors’ initials

PN Nmcl

SS  use SS I  NNN  . ∗ near NGP p SS I          1959S1  SLETTEBAK A.+  1959AAHam...5..105S Authors’ initials
SS  use SS II  NNN  . ∗ near NGP p SS II         1959S1  SLETTEBAK A.+  1959AAHam...5..105S Authors’ initials
SS  use SS73-  NNN  . Em. Obj.  SS73            1973S2  SANDULEAK N.+  1973ApJ...185..899S Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}
SS  eq. SS77-  NNN  . Em. ∗  SS              1977S2  STEPHENSON C.B.+  1977ApJS...33..459S Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}
SS  use LS  NNNN  . Southern ; OB ∗  LS              1971S4  STEPHENSON C.B.+  1971PW&SO...1....1S Authors’ initials

S-S  NN  74 H II  -               1962S1  STRUVE O.+  1962PASP...74..474S Authors’ initials

SS73-

NNN  179

Em. Obj.

                                                                    SS73

                                                                                     1973S2  SANDULEAK N.+  1973ApJ...185..899S

Authors’ initials, 1973

(d)

(a) SRCG = (SR) = (Struble)
(b) SS  Ref. 1973S2: the acronym SS, usual for the famous SS 433 = SS77-433 from ref. 1977S2, should be used only for ref. 1977S2, never more for ref. 1973S2
(c) SS  Ref. 1977S2: the acronym SS, usual for the famous SS 433 = SS77-433 from ref. 1977S2, should be used only for ref. 1977S2, never more for ref. 1973S2
(d) SS73- = (SS)

The acronym SS, usual for the famous SS 433 = SS77-433 from ref. 1977S2, should be used only for ref. 1977S2, never more for ref. 1973S2

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

SS77-

NNN  455

Em. ∗

SS

1977S2  STEPHENSON C.B.+  1977ApJS...33..459S

Authors’ initials, 1977

(a)

SS I

NNN  365

{∗ near \atop NGP}

p SS I

1959S1  SLETTEBAK A.+  1959AAHam...5..105S

Authors’ initials, list I

(b)

SS II

NNN  236

{∗ near \atop NGP}

p SS II

1959S1  SLETTEBAK A.+  1959AAHam...5..105S

Authors’ initials, list II

(c)

SSA

FF-NN  100

G

p SSA

1991L1  LILLY S.J.+  1991ApJ...369...79L

Small Selected Area

[SSB92]

NNN  136

{V ∗ \atop in SMC}

[SSB92]

.  SMITH H.A.+  1992AJ....104.1430S

Three first authors’ initials, 1992

SSC

FF-NNNN  2550

∗

-

1951E1  ELVIUS T.  .

Stockholm obs., Spectral Catalog

SSC catalog: use IRAS

HHMMm+DDMMA  .

(IR)

IRAS

1985IR C KLEINMANN S.G.+ .

Serendipitous Survey Catalog

SSRS catalog: use MDCG

NN  .

Group of G

-

.  DA COSTA L.N.+  1988ApJ...327..544D
1989M1  MAIA M.A.G.+  1989ApJS...69..809M

Southern Sky Redshift Survey

SSS catalog: use IRAS

HHMMm+DDMMA  .

(IR)

IRAS

1985IR D HELOU G.+ .

Small Scale Structure

SSSC catalog: use IRAS

HHMMm+DDMMA  .

(IR)

IRAS

1985IR D HELOU G.+ .

Small Scale Structure Catalog

SSV  NN  70 {(IR)  in \atop LDN 1630} SSV             1976S5  STROM K.M.+  1976AJ.....81..308S Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}

SSV  use STSV1-  N  . {(IR)  in \atop LDN 1551} -               1976S8  STROM K.M.+  1976AJ.....81..320S Authors’ initials

SSV  use STSV2-  NN  . {(IR)  in \atop LDN 1517} -               1976S8  STROM K.M.+  1976AJ.....81..320S Authors’ initials

[ST92]

N-NNN  306

∗ in 30 Dor

[ST92]

1990T1 B SCHILD H.+  1992A&AS...92..729S

Authors’ initials, 1992

(a) SS77- = (SS)

The acronym SS, usual for the famous SS 433 = SS77-433 from ref. 1977S2, should be used only for ref. 1977S2, never more for ref. 1973S2

(b) SS I  = (SS)
(c) SS II = (SS)
(d) SSV  See the remark for VSSG

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

St  N  5 WR  NAME ST         1966S1  STEPHENSON C.N.  1966AJ.....71..477S Stephenson

St  use Stock  N  . OCl  Cl Stock        1956S2  STOCK J.  1956ApJ...123..258S Author’s name
St  use Stephenson N  . OCl  Cl Stephenson   1959S2  STEPHENSON C.B.  1959PASP...71..145S Author’s name
St  use Str  NN  . H II  -               1950S2  STROHMEIER W.  1950ZA.....27...49S Strohmeier

St1- use Sa1-

N  1

PN

                                                                    PN Sa 1-

                                                                                     1974S5  SANDULEAK N.  1974PASP...86..215S

Observer:

Stephenson, list 1 St1-1 = Sa1-1 = PK 284-05 1 is rejected as a PN in ref. 1992AO

St2- use Sa3-

NNN  5

PN

                                                                    PN Sa 3-

                                                                                     1967PK E SANDULEAK N.  1976PW&SO....3...2S

Observer:

Stephenson, list 2

(a)

St3-  N  1 PN  PN St 3-  .  STEPHENSON C.B.  1978PASP...90..396S Stephenson, list 3  ^{(b)}
St 3-  eq. St3-  N  . PN  PN St 3-  .  STEPHENSON C.B.  1978PASP...90..396S Stephenson, list 3
Ste-  N  4 PN  PN Ste          1975S1  STENHOLM B.  1975A&A....39..307S Author’s name  PK Nmcl (c)
Stephenson  N  1 OCl  Cl Stephenson   1959S2  STEPHENSON C.B.  1959PASP...71..145S Author’s name  = C 1851+368_{(d)}
Stephenson  NNN  741 S ∗  S1∗  1976ST  STEPHENS0N C.B.  1976PW&SO...2....2S Author’s name  ^{(e)}

StHA

NNN  206

Em. ∗

                                                                    EM∗ STHA

                                                                                     1986S4  STEPHENSON C.B.  1986ApJ...300..779S

Stephenson, Hα obj.

StKM

NNNN  2201

Dw.

                                                                    STKM

                                                                                     1986S5  STEPHENSON C.B.  1986AJ.....91..144S

Stephenson, K and M ∗

(f)

StKM1- eq. StKM

NNNN  .

Dw.

                                                                    STKM

                                                                                     1986S5  STEPHENSON C.B.  1986AJ.....91..144S

Stephenson, K and M ∗, list 1

(a) St2-  5 objects from Sa3- list
(b) St3-  = St 3-

St3-1 = PN G217.4+02.0 = PK 217+02 1

(c) Ste-  = Sm
(d) Stephenson = (St)
(e) Stephenson = S∗ = S1∗
(f) StKM  = StKM1-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

StKM2-

NNNN  1808

Dw.

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1986S6  STEPHENSON C.B.  1986AJ.....92..139S

Stephenson, K and M ∗, list 2

StM  NNN  558 M ∗  -               1986S7  STEPHENSON C.B.  1986ApJ...301..927S Stephenson, M ∗  ^{(a)}

STO use SOPS

R a-NNN  .

(Opt)

                                                                    SOPS

                                                                                     1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

First author’s

name

(b)

STO

NNN  890

Superg. in LMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1976S7  STOCK J.+  1976A&AS...24...35S

First author’s

name

Stock  N  2 OCl  Cl Stock        1956S2  STOCK J.  1956ApJ...123..258S Discoverer’s name C Nmcl (c)
Stock 2  KS  NNN  168 ∗ in OCl  Cl Stock 2      1967K1  KRZEMINSKI W.+  1967ApJ...147..988K Cl Stock 2
Stockton  use QS  HHMM+DDM  . QSO  QSO             1969S2  STOCKTON A.  1969ApJ...155.L141S Author’s name
STR  eq. Strand  NN  . PM ∗  -               1958S1  STRAND K.Aa.+  1958AJ.....63..337S Author’s name
STR  eq. DNCG  HHMM-DDd  . Cluster of G p STR           1977D1  DUUS A.+  1977ApJS...35..209D Stromlo obs.

Str  NN  42 H II  -               1950S2  STROHMEIER W.  1950ZA.....27...49S Author’s name  ^{(d)}

Strand

NN  40

PM ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1958S1  STRAND K.Aa.+  1958AJ.....63..337S

First author’s

name

(e)

Stromlo  use Gum  {NNa \atop NN}  . H II (4PN) GUM             1955G2  GUM C.S.  1955MmRAS..67..155G Stromlo obs.

StRS

NNN  447

∗

                                                                    STRS

                                                                                     1992S1  STEPHENSON C.B.  1992AJ....103..263S

Stephenson, Reddened ∗

Reddened stars

Struble  use SRCG  HHMM.m+DDMM  . Cluster of G -               1991S2  STRUBLE M.F.+  1991ApJ...374..395S First Author’s name

(a) StM  No numbering in the Table 1A, the objects are renumbered by us and in the literature

(b) STO The authors proposed no acronyms for the objects of 30 Tables ; These objects have been later quoted under different acronyms, even IIc (or similar), from the Table numbering. See the comments for the ref. 1974S5 (Sa1-) and the remark for StWr.

(c) Stock  = (St)

The other clusters (Stock 1956, 1957) were published for the first time in the first edition of the Catalogue of Star Clusters and Associations, 1958, see ref. 1970AR A

(d) Str  = (St)
(e) Strand = (S) = STR

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

StSV1-

N  6

{(IR) in \atop LDN 1551}

-

1976S8  STROM K.M.+  1976AJ.....81..320S

Strom, other authors’ initials, table 1

(a)

StSV2-

NN  13

{(IR) in \atop LDN 1517}

-

1976S8  STROM K.M.+  1976AJ.....81..320S

Strom, other authors’ initials, table 2

(b)

StVS use [S84]

NNNNN  .

∗

[S84]

.  STOCK J.  1984RMxAA...9...77S

Stock, Velocity Survey

StVS

NN  25

{(IR) in \atop NGC 1333}

STVS

1976S6  STROM S.E.+  1976AJ.....81..314S

Strom, other authors’ initials

(c)

StWr1-

N  6

PN

PN StWr 1-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 1

PN Nmcl (d)

StWr2-

NN  48

PN

PN StWr 2-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 2

PN Nmcl (e)

StWr3-

N  8

PN

PN StWr 3-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 3

PN Nmcl (f)

StWr4-

NN  16

PN

PN StWr 4-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 4

PN Nmcl (g)

(a) StSV1- = (SSV)

See the remark for VSSG

(b) StSV2- = (SSV)

See the remark for VSSG

(c) StVS  = (SVS)

See the remark for VSSG

(d) StWr1- = (SKWL1-) = (SKWL 1-) = StWr 1-

The ref. 1972S2 contains 4 Tables of PN or Poss. PN: StWr1- => Table Ib Only a few objects are compiled in the PK Nomenclature. StWr without a serial number for the table number may be confusing.

(e) StWr2- = (SKWL2-) = (SKWL 2-) = StWr 2-

The ref. 1972S2 contains 4 Tables of PN or Poss. PN: StWr2- => Table IIb Only a few objects are compiled in the PK Nomenclature. StWr without a serial number for the table number may be confusing.

(f) StWr3- = (SKWL3-) = (SKWL 3-) = StWr 3-

The ref. 1972S2 contains 4 Tables of PN or Poss. PN: StWr3- => Table IIIb Only a few objects are compiled in the PK Nomenclature. StWr without a serial number for the table number may be confusing.

(g) StWr4- = (SKWL4-) = (SKWL 4-) = StWr 4-

The ref. 1972S2 contains 4 Tables of PN or Poss. PN: StWr4- => Table IVb Only a few objects are compiled in the PK Nomenclature. StWr without a serial number for the table number may be confusing.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

StWr 1- eq. StWr1-

N  .

PN

PN StWr 1-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 1

StWr 2- eq. StWr2-

NN  .

PN

PN StWr 2-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 2

StWr 3- eq. StWr3-

N  .

PN

PN StWr 3-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 3

StWr 4- eq. StWr4-

NN  .

PN

PN StWr 4-

1972S2  STOCK J.+  1972PDAUC...2...59S

Authors’ names, table 4

Supernova eq. SN

YYYYA YYYYaa  .

SN

SN

1974SS  SARGENT W.L.W.+  .

1984BC  BARBON R.+  1984A&AS...58..735B
1989BC  BARBON R.+  1989A&AS...81..421B

Type of object

SuWt eq. SchuWe-

N  .

Poss. PN + PN

PN SuWt

.  SCHUSTER M.E.+  1976A&A....46..139S
.  WEST R.M.+  1980A&A....88..350W

Authors’ names

Svop  N  5 ∗  -               1969S3  SVOPOULOS S.N.  1969AN....291..129S Author’s name

SVS use [S84]

NNNNN  .

∗

[S84]

.  STOCK J.  1984RMxAA...9...77S

Stock Velocity Survey

SVS

NNNN  2887

V ∗

SV∗ SVS

1992K2  KAZAROVETS E.V.+  1992IBVS.3743....1K

Soviet Variable Star

(a)

SVS  use StVS  NN  25 {(IR)  in \atop NGC 1333} STVS            1976S6  STROM S.E.+  1976AJ.....81..314S Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

SVS  use SVS1-  NN  . {(IR)  in \atop NGC 7129} p SVS1-         1976S9  STROM S.E.+  1976AJ.....81..638S Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

(a) SVS = SPZ

V ∗ Nmcl (ref. 1992K2)

(b) SVS Ref. 1976S6: This acronym is also used for other sources discovered by the same authors for other dark clouds. EX. SVS (NGC 7129) instead of SVS1-. See the remark for VSSG

(c) SVS Ref. 1976S9: This acronym is also used (for instance Harvey+ 1984, ApJ 278, 156) for 2microm. sources discovered by the same authors for other dark clouds. Ex. SVS (NGC 1333) instead of StVS. See the remark for VSSG

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
SVS  use SVS2-  NN  . (IR) in Ser DCld p SVS2-         1976S9  STROM S.E.+  1976AJ.....81..638S Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

SVS1-

NN  16

{(IR) in \atop NGC 7129}

                                                                    p SVS1-

                                                                                     1976S9  STROM S.E.+  1976AJ.....81..638S

Authors’ initials, table 1

(b)

SVS2-

NN  20

(IR) in Ser DCld

                                                                    p SVS2-

                                                                                     1976S9  STROM S.E.+  1976AJ.....81..638S

Authors’ initials, table 2

(c)

SW  NNN  150 ∗  SW  .  SARG K.+  1970A&AS....2..251S Authors’ initials

SWCG

NNN  646

Cluster of G

                                                                    SWCG

                                                                                     1985S1  SHECTMAN S.A.  1985ApJS...57...77S

Authors’ initials, Cluster of G

SwSt-  N  1 PN  PN SwSt  .  SWINGS P.+  1940PNAS...26..454S Authors’ names  ^{(d)}

[SY92]

NNNa  199

∗

                                                                    [SY92]

                                                                                         .  SHEVCHENKO V.S.+  1992AZh....69..986S

Authors’ initials, 1992

SYHG  {NNN \atop ENN}  139+23 ∗ + Em. ∗  SYHG            1991S3  SHEVCHENKO V.S.+  1991AZh....68..275S Authors’ initials

1SZ

NNN  25/348

Compact G

                                                                    p SZ I

                                                                                     1978R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1978ApJ...225..768R

Southern Zwicky, field 1

(e)

2SZ

NN  33/76

Compact G

                                                                    p SZ II

                                                                                     1978R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1978ApJ...225..768R

Southern Zwicky, field 2

(f)

SZ  eq. Sz  NNN  . Em. ∗ ; in DCld (1 ; Em. line ; G) SZ              1974H2 C SCHWARTZ R.D.  1977ApJS...35..161S Author’s name

(a) SVS Ref. 1976S9: This acronym is also used (for instance Harvey+ 1984, ApJ 278, 156) for 2microm. sources discovered by the same authors for other dark clouds. Ex. SVS (NGC 1333) instead of StVS. See the remark for VSSG

(b) SVS1- = (SVS)
(c) SVS2- = (SVS)
(d) SwSt-  SwSt-1 = PN G001.5-06.7 = PK 001-06 2
(e) 1SZ  = I SZ = ISZ = SZ I
(f) 2SZ  = II SZ = IISZ = SZ II

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Sz

NNN  140

Em. ∗ ; in DCld (1 ; Em. line ; G)

                                                                    SZ

                                                                                     1974H2 C SCHWARTZ R.D.  1977ApJS...35..161S

Author’s name Sz 80 (Em. line

G) (a)

SZ I eq. 1SZ

NNN  .

Compact G

                                                                    p SZ I

                                                                                     1978R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1978ApJ...225..768R

Southern Zwicky, I (roman num.): 1st field

SZ II eq. 2SZ

NN  .

Compact G

                                                                    p SZ II

                                                                                     1978R2  RODGERS A.W.+  1978ApJ...225..768R

Southern

Zwicky, II (roman num.): 2nd field

T  use Haro  NN  . Em. G + Blue G p HARO          1956H4  HARO G.  .  Tonantzintla obs.

T  use Ton  NNNN  . Blue ∗ near ; NGP TON             1957I1+ IRIARTE B.+  .  Tonantzintla obs.

T  use TonS  NNN  . Blue ∗ near ; SGP TON S           1958C1  CHAVIRA E.  1958BITon...2H..15C Tonantzintla obs.

T  use HFS1-  NNN  . Flare ∗  HPRA            1968H3+ HARO G.  .  Tonantzintla obs.

T  N  8 G  -               1973T2  TIFFT W.G.+  1973ApJ...185..115T Tifft

T  use Tol  NNN HHMM+DDd  . {Em. G + \atop QSO} Tol             1976S4  SMITH M.G.+  1976ApJS...32..217S Tololo obs.

T use Tol

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMM.m+DD.d HHMM+DDMM  .

{Em. G + \atop QSO}

                                                                    Tol

                                                                                     1978B3  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1978ApJ...221..776B
                                                                                     1979B2  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1979ApJ...231..653B

Tololo obs.

T  use Trumpler NNN  . OCl  Cl Trumpler     1930T1  TRUMPLER R.J.  1930LicOB..14..154T Trumpler
T  use NBGCG  FN-NN  . Group of G -               1987TU C TULLY R.B.  1987ApJ...321..280T Tully
T  use T62-  NN  . ∗ in SMC  -               1962T5  THACKERAY A.D.  1962MNSSA..21...74T Thackeray
T62-  NN  13 ∗ in SMC  -               1962T5  THACKERAY A.D.  1962MNSSA..21...74T Thackeray, 1962  ^{(b)}

(a) Sz  = SZ
(b) T62- = (T) = Tha

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
[T93]  FFF-NNNNNN  ≃ 400 Poss. very ; low-mass ∗ [T93]  .  TINNEY C.G.  1993ApJ...414..279T Tinney, 1993

TAP

NN  59

T Tau ∗

                                                                    TAP

                                                                                     1987F1  FEIGELSON E.D.+  1987AJ.....94.1251F

Taurus Auriga Perseus

TAU  N  1 (X)  NAME TAU  .  WALTER F.M.  1986ApJ...306..573W Taurus

TAU  use Elias 3-  NN  . (IR) in Tau DCld com- plex Elia 3-         1978E1 C ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...224..857E Taurus

Tau  use Elias 3-  NN  . (IR) in Tau DCld com- plex Elia 3-         1978E1 C ELIAS J.H.  1978ApJ...224..857E Taurus

Tau MC

N  2

MCld

                                                                    NAME TMC

                                                                                     1978C1 A CHURCHWELL E.+  1978A&A....67..139C
                                                                                     1978C1 B WALMSLEY C.M.+  1982ApJ...258..L75W

Taurus, Molecular Cloud

(a)

TBJ  eq. TrBr  N  . Diffuse Obj.  -  .  TERZAN A.+  1978CRB...287..235T Authors’ initials

TBJ  eq. TrBr  N  . PN  PN Tr  .  TERZAN A.+  1978CRB...287..235T Authors’ initials

TC

NNN  930

G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1988T1 A TIFFT W.G.+  1988ApJS...67....1T
                                                                                     1988T1 B TIFFT W.G.+  1990A&AS...84...47T
                                                                                     1988T1 C TIFFT W.G.  1990ApJS...73..603T

Authors’ initials

(b)

Tc  N  1 PN  PN Tc  .  THACKERAY A.D.  1950MNRAS.110..524T Author’s name  Tc 1 = PN G345.2-08.8 = PK 345-08 1

TC E-

NN  37

G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1988T1 B TIFFT W.G.+  1990A&AS...84...47T

Authors’ initials, Extension

TCSS  -  - PN  -  .  TURATTO M.+  1990AJ.....99.1170T Authors’ initials
TD1  NNNNN  . (UV)  TD1  .  THOMPSON G.I.+  .  TD1 satellite

(a) Tau MC = TMC = TMC-

(b) TC (Nos 1-930), with many missing numbers. In ref. 1988T1 A, in Table 1, the 1950 coord. are written very inconveniently with minus signs as separators and without leading zeroes. e.g. α = 0- 7-45.0 for α = 00 07 45.0 ; δ = -18-32-36 . for δ = -18 32 36

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
TDC  N  2 PN + Poss. PN -  .  THOMPSON D.J.+  1991PASP..103..487T Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

Te

NNNN  9+10

PN + Poss. PN

                                                                    Terz N

                                                                                     1980T2 A TERZAN A.+  1980Msngr..20....6T
                                                                                     1980T2 B TERZAN A.  1985Msngr..42....4T
                                                                                     1982T1 B TERZAN A.+  1988A&AS...76..205T
                                                                                     1982T1 D CUISINIER F.+  1993A&A...277..203C

Author’s name

(b)

TeJu  eq. Te  NN  . PN + Poss. PN Terz N          1980T2 A TERZAN A.+  1980Msngr..20....6T Authors’ names

TeOu eq. TerzN

NN  .

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    Terz N

                                                                                     1982T1 B TERZAN A.+  1988A&AS...76..205T

Authors’ names (Nos 42-71,Table III)

TeOu  eq. Te  NN  . PN + Poss. PN Terz N          1982T1 B TERZAN A.+  1988A&AS...76..205T Authors’ names

TER use TerzN

NN  .

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    Terz N

1980T2+ TERZAN A.+  .
1982T1 B+ TERZAN A.+  .

Author’s name

TER  use TerzV  NNNN  . V ∗  Terz V          1982T1+ TERZAN A.+  .  Author’s name
Ter  use Terzan  NN  . OCl and GCl Cl Terzan       1971T1  TERZAN A.  1971A&A....12..477T Author’s name

Terzan use TerzN

NN  .

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    Terz N

1980T2+ TERZAN A.+  .
1982T1 B+ TERZAN A.+  .

Author’s name

Terzan  use TerzV  NNNN  . V ∗  Terz V          1982T1+ TERZAN A.+  .  Author’s name
Terzan  NN  12 OCl and GCl Cl Terzan       1971T1  TERZAN A.  1971A&A....12..477T Author’s name  C Nmcl (c)

Terzan-Ju  use TerzN  NN  . Neb. Obj.  Terz N          1980T2 A TERZAN A.+  1980Msngr..20....6T Authors’ names  (Nos 1-24)

(a) TDC  TDC 1 = PN G029.2-00.0 ; TDC 2 is a poss. PN
(b) Te  = TeJu (ref. 1980T2 A) = TeOu (ref. 1982T1 B)

used for the PN and Poss.PN among TerzN (nebulous objects)

(c) Terzan = (Ter)

See the remark for Haute Provence

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

TerzN

NNN  138

Neb. Obj.

Terz N

1980T2 A TERZAN A.+  1980Msngr..20....6T
1980T2 B TERZAN A.  1985Msngr..42....4T
1982T1 B TERZAN A.+  1988A&AS...76..205T
1982T1 C TERZAN A.+  1991A&AS...90..451T
1982T1 D CUISINIER F.+  1993A&A...277..203C

Author’s name, Nebulous obj.

(a)

Terz N eq. TerzN

NNN  .

Neb. Obj.

Terz N

1980T2+ TERZAN A.+  .
1982T1 B+ TERZAN A.+  .

Author’s name, Nebulous obj.

TerzV

NNNN  2213

V ∗

Terz V

1982T1 A TERZAN A.+  1982A&AS...49..715T
1982T1 B TERZAN A.+  1988A&AS...76..205T
1982T1 C TERZAN A.+  1991A&AS...90..451T

Author’s name, Variable ∗

(b)

Terz V eq. TerzV

NNNN  .

V ∗

Terz V

1982T1+ TERZAN A.+ .

Author’s name, Variable ∗

TF  NNN  108 {(X) \atop in M 31}  TF              1991T1  TRINCHIERI G.+  1991ApJ...382...82T Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

TG  NNN  103 Group of G -               1976T1  TURNER E.L.+  1976ApJS...32..409T Authors’ initials

Th1-

A  10

PN

PN Th 1-

1962T4  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..14.....T

Author’s name, list 1

PN Nmcl (d)

Th2-

A  3

PN

PN Th 2-

1962T3  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..17.....T

Author’s name, list 2

PN Nmcl (e)

Th3-

NN  29

∗

-

.  THE P.S.  1964CoBos..26....1T

Author’s name, list 3

(f)

Th3-

NN  39

PN

PN Th 3-

.  THE P.S.  1964CoBos..26....1T

Author’s name, list 3

PN Nmcl (g)

(a) TerzN = (TER) = Terz N = (Terzan) = (Terzan-Ju) = (TJ) = (Trz)

Includes Terzan-Ju (nebulous objects) among which PN and Poss.PN named TeJu. The PN or Poss.PN are named Te (among them TeJu and TeOu). An additional reference including Nos up to 2337 is a private communication by Terzan.

(b) TerzV = (TER) = Terz V = (Terzan)
(c) TF  = (E)
(d) Th1-  = Th 1-
(e) Th2-  = Th 2-
(f) Th3-  = Th 3-
(g) Th3-  = Th 3-

Table I in the ref. 1964CoBos.26.1T; Th3-22 is a nova

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Th4-

NN  11

PN

PN Th 4-

.  THE P.S.  1964CoBos..28....1T

Author’s name, list 4

PN Nmcl (a)

Th 1- eq. Th1-

A  .

PN

PN Th 1-

1962T4  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..14.....T

Author’s name, list 1

Th 2- eq. Th2-

A  .

PN

PN Th 2-

1962T3  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..17.....T

Author’s name, list 2

Th 3- eq. Th3-

NN  .

PN

PN Th 3-

.  THE P.S.  1964CoBos..26....1T

Author’s name, list 3

Th 4- eq. Th4-

NN  .

PN

PN Th 4-

.  THE P.S.  1964CoBos..28....1T

Author’s name, list 4

Tha  eq. T62-  NN  . ∗ in SMC  -               1962T5  THACKERAY A.D.  1962MNSSA..21...74T Author’s name

THA 10-

NN  27

Em. ∗

-

1961T1  THE P.-S.  1961CoBos..10....1T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 10

(b)

THA 14-

NN  62

Em. ∗

p THA 14-

1962T4  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..14.....T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 14

(c)

THA 15-

NN  44

Em. ∗

p THA 15-

1962T1  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..15.....T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 15

(d)

THA 17-

NN  90

Em. ∗

p THA 17-

1962T3  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..17.....T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 17

(e)

THA 23-

NN  32

Em. ∗

-

1964T1  THE P.-S.  1964CoBos..23.....T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 23

(f)

(a) Th4-  = Th 4-

Table I in the ref. 1964CoBos.28.1T.

(b) THA 10- = THα 10-
(c) THA 14- = THα 14-
(d) THA 15- = THα 15-
(e) THA 17- = THα 17-
(f) THA 23- = THα 23-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

THA 27-

N  8

Em. ∗

-

1964T2  THE P.-S.  1964CoBos..27....1T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 27

(a)

THA 34-

NN  43

Em. ∗

-

1966T1  THE P.-S.  .

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 34

(b)

THA 35-

NNN  231

Em. ∗

-

1966T2  THE P.-S.  1966CoBos..35....1T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 35

(c)

THα 10- eq. THA 10-

NN  .

Em. ∗

-

1961T1  THE P.-S.  1961CoBos..10....1T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 10

THα 14- eq. THA 14-

NN  .

Em. ∗

p THA 14-

1962T4  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..14.....T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 14

THα 15- eq. THA 15-

NN  .

Em. ∗

p THA 15-

1962T1  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..15.....T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 15

THα 17- eq. THA 17-

NN  .

Em. ∗

p THA 17-

1962T3  THE P.-S.  1962CoBos..17.....T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 17

THα 23- eq. THA 23-

NN  .

Em. ∗

-

1964T1  THE P.-S.  1964CoBos..23.....T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 23

THα 27- eq. THA 27-

N  .

Em. ∗

-

1964T2  THE P.-S.  1964CoBos..27....1T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 27

THα 34- eq. THA 34-

NN  .

Em. ∗

-

1966T1  THE P.-S.  .

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 34

THα 35- eq. THA 35-

NNN  .

Em. ∗

-

1966T2  THE P.-S.  1966CoBos..35....1T

The, Hα em., contribution Bosscha obs. no. 35

(a) THA 27- = THα 27-
(b) THA 34- = THα 34-
(c) THA 35- = THα 35-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
TJ  use TerzN  NN  . Neb. Obj.  Terz N          1980T2 A TERZAN A.+  1980Msngr..20....6T Authors’ initials
TLE  use Wildey  NNN  . ∗ in GCl  NGC 104         1961W1 B LLOYD EVANS T.  1974MNRAS.167..393L Author’s initials  (Nos 201-412)

TMC eq. Tau MC

N  .

MCld

                                                                    NAME TMC

1978C1+ CHURCHWELL E.+ .

Taurus, Molecular Cloud

TMC- eq. Tau MC

N  .

MCld

                                                                    NAME TMC

1978C1+ CHURCHWELL E.+ .

Taurus, Molecular Cloud

TME

NNNN  4135

∗

                                                                    -

1962T2  TUZI K.  .

Tokyo-Mitaka obs., Equatorial ∗

TMSS catalog: use IRC

+D0NNN  .

(IR)

                                                                    IRC

1969N1  NEUGEBAUER G.+  .

Two Micron Sky Survey

TN  use Ton  NNNN  . WD  TON             1957I1+ IRIARTE B.+  .  Tonantzintla obs.
TNST  NN  18 ∗ in Heiles ; Cld 2 p TNST  .  TAMURA M.+  1987MNRAS.224..413T Authors’ initials

TOL  eq. Tol  NNN HHMM+DDd  . {Em. G + \atop QSO} Tol             1976S4  SMITH M.G.+  1976ApJS...32..217S Tololo obs.

TOL eq. Tol

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMM.m+DD.d HHMM+DDMM  .

{Em. G + \atop QSO}

                                                                    Tol

                                                                                     1978B3  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1978ApJ...221..776B
                                                                                     1979B2  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1979ApJ...231..653B

Tololo obs.

Tol  NNN HHMM+DDd  116 {Em. G + \atop QSO} Tol             1976S4  SMITH M.G.+  1976ApJS...32..217S Tololo obs.  ^{(a)}

Tol

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMM.m+DD.d HHMM+DDMM 90+23

{Em. G + \atop QSO}

                                                                    Tol

                                                                                     1978B3  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1978ApJ...221..776B
                                                                                     1979B2  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1979ApJ...231..653B

Tololo obs.

(b)

(a) Tol = (CTIO) = (T) = TOL = Tololo

Two formats (NNN and HHMM+DDd) are proposed in ref. 1976S4 ; Notice that a few objects are giant H II regions in galaxies (ex. Tol 89 in NGC 5398).

Tol 26 = CTIO 1230-275 is a PN (ref. 1992AO).

(b) Tol = (T) = TOL = Tololo

New lists of Tololo Em. line galaxies ; use Parkes designation exclusively, as proposed in col. 2 of Table 1 (ref. 1978B3) and in col. 2 of Table 2 (ref. 1979B2): The Nos of column (1) would be confusing with that of ref. 1976S4 (Nos 1-116).

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Tololo  eq. Tol  NNN HHMM+DDd  . {Em. G + \atop QSO} Tol             1976S4  SMITH M.G.+  1976ApJS...32..217S Tololo obs.

Tololo eq. Tol

HHMM+DD HHMM+DDd HHMM.m+DD.d HHMM+DDMM  .

{Em. G + \atop QSO}

                                                                    Tol

                                                                                     1978B3  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1978ApJ...221..776B
                                                                                     1979B2  BOHUSKI T.J.+  1979ApJ...231..653B

Tololo obs.

Tombaugh  N  5 OCl  Cl Tombaugh     1938T1  TOMBAUGH C.W.  1938PASP...50..171T Author’s name  C Nmcl
TON  eq. Ton  NNNN  . Blue ∗ near ; NGP TON             1957I1+ IRIARTE B.+  .  Tonantzintla obs.

Ton

NNNN  1589

Blue ∗ near ; NGP

                                                                    TON

                                                                                     1957I1 A IRIARTE B.+  1957BOTT....2G...3I
                                                                                     1957I1 B CHAVIRA E.  1959BOTT....2I...3C

Tonantzintla obs.

(a)

Ton  use HFS1-  NNN  . Flare ∗  HPRA            1968H3+ HARO G.  .  Tonantzintla obs.
Tonantzintla use HFS1-  NNN  . Flare ∗  HPRA            1968H3+ HARO G.  .  Tonantzintla obs.
Tonantzintla use HFS3-  NN  . Flare ∗ in ; NGC 2264  Cl∗ NGC 2264 HAR1968H3 A HARO G.  .  Tonantzintla obs.

Tonantzintla use HFS4-  NN  . Flare ∗ in ; Tau DCld -               1968H3 A HARO G.  .  Tonantzintla obs.

Tonantzintla use HFS5-  NN  . Flare ∗ in ; Pleiades Cl∗ Melotte 22 HAR 1968H3 A HARO G.  .  Tonantzintla obs.

Tonantzintla use HFS7-  N  . Flare ∗ in ; Coma BER -               1968H3 A HARO G.  .  Tonantzintla obs.

Tonantzintla use HFS8-  NN  . Flare ∗ in ; Praesepe  Cl∗ NGC 2632 HAR1968H3 A HARO G.  .  Tonantzintla obs.

TonS

NNN  419

Blue ∗ near ; SGP

                                                                    TON S

                                                                                     1958C1  CHAVIRA E.  1958BITon...2H..15C

Tonantzintla obs., South

(b)

(a) Ton  = (T) = (TN) = TON
(b) TonS = CHA = Chavira = (T) = Ton S = (TS)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Ton S eq. TonS

NNNN  .

Blue ∗ near ; SGP

                                                                    TON S

                                                                                     1958C1  CHAVIRA E.  1958BITon...2H..15C

Tonantzintla obs., South

TP

HHMM+DDdA  7250

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1980D2  DOUGLAS J.N.+  1980PAUTx..17....1D

.  .

Texas Publication

(a)

TR  use Trumpler NNN  . OCl  Cl Trumpler     1930T1  TRUMPLER R.J.  1930LicOB..14..154T Author’s name
TR  N  1 Dw. G  -               1977T2  THONNARD N.+  1977BAAS....9..619T Authors’ initials
Tr  use Trumpler NNN  . OCl  Cl Trumpler     1930T1  TRUMPLER R.J.  1930LicOB..14..154T Author’s name

Tr eq. TrBr

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Tr

                                                                                         .  TERZAN A.+  1978CRB...287..235T

First author’s

name

Tr  use [ME92]  NNN  . ∗  -  .  McDONALD S.W.+  1992AJ....104..862M Triton occultation

TrBr

N  3

Diffuse Obj.

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  TERZAN A.+  1978CRB...287..235T

Two first authors’ names

(b)

TrBr

N  1

PN

                                                                    PN Tr

                                                                                         .  TERZAN A.+  1978CRB...287..235T

Two first authors’ names

(c)

TRM

NNN  158

Red ∗ ; in LMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1990R1  REID N.+  1990ApJ...348...98R

Authors’ initials (in disorder)

Trumpler  NNN  334 OCl  Cl Trumpler     1930T1  TRUMPLER R.J.  1930LicOB..14..154T Author’s name  C Nmcl (d)

Trz use TerzN

NN  .

Neb. Obj.

                                                                    Terz N

1980T2+ TERZAN A.+  .
1982T1 B+ TERZAN A.+  .

First author’s

name

TS use TonS

NNN  .

Blue ∗ near ; SGP

                                                                    TON S

                                                                                     1958C1  CHAVIRA E.  1958BITon...2H..15C

Tonantzintla obs., South

TS  use TSWR  N  . WR near 30 Dor TSWR            1990T1+ TESTOR G.+  .  Authors’ initials

(a) TP  = (UTRAO)
(b) TrBr  = TBJ = Tr
(c) TrBr  = TBJ = Tr

TrBr 4 = PN G357.6+01.0 = PK 357+01 3

(d) Trumpler = (T) = (TR) = (Tr)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

TSWR

N  4

WR near 30 Dor

                                                                    TSWR

                                                                                     1990T1 A TESTOR G.+  1990A&A...240..299T
                                                                                     1990T1 B SCHILD H.+  1992A&AS...92..729S

Authors’ initials, WR ∗

(a)

TT use BM

R NNN  .

∗

                                                                    BM

                                                                                     1955B1  BLANCO V.M.+  1955BOTT....2C..17B

Tonantzintla y Tacubaya obs.

(b)

TT

NN  48

G in Coma Cl

                                                                    p TT

                                                                                         .  TIFFT W.G.+  1975ApJ...199...10T
                                                                                         .  TIFFT W.G.+  1977ApJ...217..944T

Authors’ initials

[TTC90]

NN  34

M Giant

                                                                    [TTC90]

                                                                                         .  THE P.S.+  1990PASP..102..565T

Three first authors’ initials, 1990

TTV  N  3 V ∗  -  .  KESTLANE+  .  Tatu obs., Variable ^{(c)}
TTV-  eq. TTV  N  . V ∗  -  .  KESTLANE+  .  Tatu obs., Variable

TV

N  5

V ∗

                                                                    -

.  -  .

Tkyo obs., Variable

V ∗ Nmcl

2U  HHMM+DD  125 (X)  2U              1972G1  GIACCONI R.+  1972ApJ...178..281G Uhuru satellite
3U  HHMM+DD  161 (X)  3U              1974G4  GIACCONI R.+  1974ApJS...27...37G Uhuru satellite
4U  HHMM+DD  339 (X)  4U              1978F1  FORMAN W.+  1978ApJS...38..357F Uhuru satellite

U use UGC

NNNNNA  .

G

                                                                    UGC

                                                                                     1973N1 A NILSON P.  1973UGC.....1.....N

Uppsala obs., general catalog

U  NN  19 UV Obj. + QSO -               1980A1  ARP H.  1980ApJ...236...63A Ultraviolet

U  NN HHMM+DDd  29 Poss. UV Exc.  -               1984H1  HE X.-T.+  1984MNRAS.211..443H Ultraviolet excess

UA use UGCA

NNNNNA  .

G

                                                                    UGCA

                                                                                     1973N1 B NILSON P.  1974UppOR...5.....N

Uppsala obs., Addendum

(a) TSWR = (TS)
(b) TT  often used for BM VII NN
(c) TTV  = TTV-
1970; V ∗ Nmcl

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
UB  NN  16 UV Obj.  -               1979A2  ARP H.+  1979ApJ...229..489A Ultraviolet Blue

UBA eq. MUL

NNa  .

(Rad)

-

1959M2  MULLER H.G.  1959VeUSB..52....1M

University of Bonn, list A

UBV  eq. USN  NNNNN  . ∗  UBV             1968B3  BLANCO V.M.+  1968PUSNO.......21B UBV system

UCL

NNa  46

(Far IR)

-

1973E1 A EMERSON J.P.+  1973ApJ...184..401E
1973E1 B FURNISS I.+  1975ApJ...202..400F

University College, London

UCM

HHMM+DDMM  254

Em. G

UCM

1990Z2  ZAMORANO J.+  1990Ap&SS.170..353Z
1993R2  REGO M.+  1993AJ....105..427R

Univ. Complutense de Madrid

(a)

Uesugi

NNNN  3951

∗

ROT

1970U1  UESUGI A.+  1970CoKwa.189.....U

First author’s name

(b)

UGC

NNNNNA  12940

G

UGC

1973N1 A NILSON P.  1973UGC.....1.....N

Uppsala obs., General Catalog

(c)

UGCA

NNNNNA  400

G

UGCA

1973N1 B NILSON P.  1974UppOR...5.....N

Uppsala obs., General Catalog, Addendum

(d)

UGCG catalog: use UGC

NNNNNA  .

G

UGC

1973N1 A NILSON P.  1973UGC.....1.....N

Uppsala obs., General Catalog of G

UGP

NNN  624

K,M ∗

UGP

.  UPGREN A.R.+  1972AJ.....77..486U

Three first authors’ initials

UHA eq. UHα

NNN  .

Em. ∗

EM∗ UHA

1973W2  WELIN G.  1973A&AS....9..183W

Uppsala obs., Hα em.

UHα

NNN  141

Em. ∗

EM∗ UHA

1973W2  WELIN G.  1973A&AS....9..183W

Uppsala obs., Hα em.

(e)

UI

DD-NNN  1127

∗

p UI

1963U1  UPGREN A.R.  1963AJ.....68..194U

Upgren, Intermediate spectral type

(a) UCM  Format based on 1950 coordinates
(b) Uesugi = ROT
(c) UGC  = (U)
(d) UGCA = (UA)
(e) UHα  = UHA

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

UKS

HHMM+DDd HHMM+DD.d  .

(Opt)

UKS

.  -  .

United Kingdom Schmidt

(a)

UL eq. NGP

DD-NNN  .

Late ∗

p NGP

1962U1  UPGREN A.R. Jr.  1962AJ.....67...37U

Upgren, Late spectral type

UM

NNN  685

Exgl Em. Obj.

UM

1977M1 A MacALPINE G.M.+  1977ApJS...34...95M
1977M1 B MacALPINE G.M.+  1977ApJS...35..197M
1977M1 C MacALPINE G.M.+  1977ApJS...35..203M
1977M1 D MacALPINE G.M.+  1978ApJS...36..587M
1977M1 E MacALPINE G.M.+  1981ApJS...45..113M
1977M1 F MacALPINE G.M.+  1982ApJ...261..412M

University of Michigan

(b)

UOA

NN  27

(IR)

-

1973L2  LOW F.J.  .

University of Arizona

(c)

UoB  eq. MUL  NNa  . (Rad)  -               1959M2  MULLER H.G.  1959VeUSB..52....1M University of Bonn
Up  use NGP  DD-NNN  . Late ∗  p NGP           1962U1  UPGREN A.R.Jr  1962AJ.....67...37U Upgren
Upgren  use NGP  DD-NNN  . Late ∗  p NGP           1962U1  UPGREN A.R.Jr  1962AJ.....67...37U Author’s name

Upgren

N  1

OCl

Cl Upgren

1965U1  UPGREN A.R.+  1965PASP...77..355U

First author’s

name

= C 1232+365

Upgren  use VVO  NNN  . PM ∗  VVO             1968G1+ GROSSENBACHER R.+  .  One of the authors

US

NNNN  3987

Faint Blue Obj.

US

1981U1 A USHER P.D.  1981ApJS...46..117U
1981U1 B USHER P.D.+  1982ApJS...48...51U
1981U1 C USHER P.D.+  1982ApJS...49..487R
1981U1 D HUANG K.-L.+  1984ApJS...56..393H
1981U1 E USHER P.D.+  1988ApJS...66....1U
1981U1 F USHER P.D.+  1990ApJS...74..885U

Author’s name

USN  NNNNN  20705 ∗  UBV             1968B3  BLANCO V.M.+  1968PUSNO.......21B US Naval obs.  ^{(d)}

USNO use IDS

HHMM.mNDDMMA HHMM.mSDDMMA .

Double ∗

IDS

1963JV  JEFFERS H.M.+  .

US Naval Obs. format: 1900 coord.

(a) UKS  Quoted in ApJ 237, 432 (1980). Plates taken with the 48 inch UK Schmidt Telescope
(b) UM  = MCS = Mi = Michigan
(c) UOA = AFCRL-UOA
(d) USN = Blanco = UBV = WPC

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

USNO

NNN  908

∗

                                                                    USNO

                                                                                     1980H1 A HARRINGTON R.S.+  1980AJ.....85..454H
                                                                                     1980H1 B DAHN C.C.+  1982AJ.....87..419D
                                                                                     1980H1 C HARRINGTON R.S.+  1985AJ.....90..123H
                                                                                     1980H1 D DAHN C.C.+  1988AJ.....95..237D
                                                                                     1980H1 E HARRINGTON R.S.+  1993AJ....105.1571H

US Naval Obs.

USS

HHMM+DDd  81

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  WIERINGA M.H.+  1992A&AS...93..399W

Ultra-Steep Spectrum

UT  HHMM+DDd  3263 (Rad)  -               1973D1 A  .  University of Texas ^{(a)}

UTRAO use UT

HHMM+DDd  .

(Rad)

                                                                    -

1973D1+ DOUGLAS J.N.+ .

Univ. of Texas, Radio Astron. Obj.

UTRAO use TP

HHMM+DDdA  .

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1980D2  DOUGLAS J.N.+  1980PAUTx..17....1D

.  .

Univ. of Texas, Radio Astron. Obj.

UV  use CEL  NNNN  . UV Obj.  CEL             1973D3  DAVIS R.J.+  1973SAOSR.350.....D Ultraviolet obj.
UV  HHMM+DD  11 UV Obj.  EQ              1983C1  CARNOCHAN D.J.+  1983MNRAS.202..317C Ultraviolet obj.
15V  NN  94 (Rad)  15V             1991F1  FOMALONT E.B.+  1991AJ....102.1258F 15th VLA survey
16V  NN  46 (Rad)  -               1993W1  WINDHORST R.A.+  1993ApJ...405..498W 16th VLA survey
17V  NN  36 (Rad)  -               1993W1  WINDHORST R.A.+  1993ApJ...405..498W 17th VLA survey
V  HHMM+DDd  . (Hard X)  -  .  -  .  Vela 5B satellite
V  use MCC  NNN  . M ∗  MCC             1943V1+ VYSSOTSKY A.N.  .  Vyssotsky

(a) UT = (UTRAO)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

V

AA CCC VNNNN CCC  .

V ∗

                                                                    V∗

1969KK A KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1969KK B KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1969KK C KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1969KK D KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1969KK E KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1969KK F KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1985KS A KHOLOPOV P.N.+  .
1985KS B KHOLOPOV P.N.+  .
1985KS C KHOLOPOV P.N.+  .
1985KS D KHOLOPOV P.N.+  .

Variable ∗

(a)

V  use [V62]  NNN  . {GCl \atop in M 31}  [V62]  .  VETESNIK M.  1962BAICz..13..180V Vetesnik

V  use IGVV  NNN  . IG  p IG VV         1970V1 A VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  .  Vorontsov
[V62]  NNN  327 {GCl \atop in M 31}  [V62]  .  VETESNIK M.  1962BAICz..13..180V Vetesnik, 1962

[V64]

OB NNN  188

OB Ass. in M 31

                                                                    [V64]

                                                                                         .  VAN DEN BERGH S.  1964ApJS....9...65V

Van Den Bergh, 1964

(b)

[V84]  eq. GRV  NNN  . Group of G [V84]           1984V1  VENNIK J.  1984TarOT..73....1V Group of G

V∗ eq. V

AA CCC VNNNN CCC  .

V ∗

                                                                    V∗

1969KK+ KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1985KS+ KHOLOPOV P.N.+  .

Variable ∗

VA  eq. vA  NNN  . ∗ in Hyades  Cl∗ Melotte 25 VA 1969V2  VAN ALTENA W.F.  1968AJ.....74....2V Van Altena
vA  NNN  778 ∗ in Hyades  Cl∗ Melotte 25 VA 1969V2  VAN ALTENA W.F.  1968AJ.....74....2V van Altena  ^{(c)}
Van Bueren  NNN  152 ∗ in Hyades  Cl Melotte 25  1952V2  VAN BUEREN H.G.  1952BAN....11..385V Author’s name  ^{(d)}
Van den Bergh  NNN  9 OCl  Cl VDB          1957V1  VAN DEN BERGH S.  1957ApJ...126..323V Author’s name  C Nmcl (e)

(a) V  = V∗ = VAR

Variable Star Nomenclature: defined in the General Catalogue of Variable Stars (GCVS). The numbering is explained in the comment of ref. 1985KS A

(b) [V64]  = (vdB)
(c) vA  = VA
(d) Van Bueren  = VB = vB
(e) Van den Bergh = VDB

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Van den Bergh use DDO  NNN  . Dw. G  DDO             1959V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S.  .  Author’s name
Van den Bergh-Hagen  NNN  262 OCl + GCl Cl VDBH         1975V2  VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1975AJ.....80...11V Authors’ names
Van Wijk  NN  16 ∗ in LMC  -               1952V3  VAN WIJK U.  1952BHarO.921....7V Author’s name

VAR eq. V

AA CCC VNNNN CCC  .

V ∗

                                                                    V∗

1969KK+ KUKARKIN B.V.+  .
1985KS+ KHOLOPOV P.N.+  .

Variable ∗

VB

NN  16

V ∗

                                                                    SV∗ VB

.  -  .

Variable ∗, Bologna obs.

V ∗ Nmcl

VB eq. VBe

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN VBe

                                                                                         .  VAN DEN BERGH S.  1978ApJS...38..119V
                                                                                         .  VAN DEN BERGH S.  1979ApJ...227..497V

Van den Bergh

VB  eq. Van Bueren NNN  . ∗ in Hyades  Cl Melotte 25  1952V2  VAN BUEREN H.G.  1952BAN....11..385V Van Bueren
VB  NN  29 Faint ∗  VB              1961V1  VAN BIESBROECK G.  1961AJ.....66..528V Van Biesbroeck  ^{(a)}
vB  eq. Van Bueren NNN  . ∗ in Hyades  Cl Melotte 25  1952V2  VAN BUEREN H.G.  1952BAN....11..385V van Bueren
vB  eq. VB  NN  . Faint ∗  VB              1961V1  VAN BIESBROECK G.  1961AJ.....66..528V van Biesbroeck

VBe

N  3

PN

                                                                    PN VBe

                                                                                         .  VAN DEN BERGH S.  1978ApJS...38..119V
                                                                                         .  VAN DEN BERGH S.  1979ApJ...227..497V

Van den Bergh

(b)

VBH  use VdBH  NN  . RFN  VDBH            1975V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1975AJ.....80..208V Authors’ initials
VBH  use VdBH  {NNa \atop NNa’}  . ∗ in RFN  VDBH            1975V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S.+  .  Authors’ initials

vBH  use VdBH  NN  . RFN  VDBH            1975V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1975AJ.....80..208V Authors’ initials
vBH  use VdBH  {NNa \atop NNa’}  . ∗ in RFN  VDBH            1975V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S.+  .  Authors’ initials

(a) VB = vB = VBS
(b) VBe = VB

VBe 1 = PK 339-00 1 is described in ref. 1973VM B (p. 124), and is a poss. PN in ref. 1992AO.

VBe 2 and 3 are near the SNR 326.3-01.8, VBe 2 is a poss. PN in ref. 1992AO, and VBe 3 = PN G326.1-01.9

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

VBRC eq. BRABCMS-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN VBRC

                                                                                         .  VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1973ApJ...179..863V

Two first authors’ names

VBS eq. VB

NN  .

Faint ∗

                                                                    VB

                                                                                     1961V1  VAN BIESBROECK G.  1961AJ.....66..528V

Van Biesbroeck Star

VCC

NNNN  2096

G

                                                                    VCC

                                                                                     1985B2  BINGGELI B.+  1985AJ.....90.1681B

Virgo Cluster Catalog

(a)

VCLS  WR  {NNN \atop NNa}  . WR  WR              1981VH A VAN DER HUCHT K.A.+ 1981SSRv...28..227V Authors’ initials

VCT  use VSS  VIII-NN  . ∗ in CrA ; DCld VSS             1976V2 B VRBA F.J.+  1981ApJ...243..489V Authors’ initials

Vd  eq. Vd1-  N  . PN  PN Vd 1-  .  VANDERVORT G.L.  1964CoBos..30.....V Author’s name

Vd1-

N  9

PN

                                                                    PN Vd 1-

                                                                                         .  VANDERVORT G.L.  1964CoBos..30.....V

Author’s name,

list 1

PN Nmcl (b)

Vd 1- eq. Vd1-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN Vd 1-

                                                                                         .  VANDERVORT G.L.  1964CoBos..30.....V

Author’s name,

list 1

VDB  eq. Van den Bergh NNN  . OCl  Cl VDB          1957V1  VAN DEN BERGH S.  1957ApJ...126..323V Van Den Bergh
VDB  eq. VdB  NNN  . RFN  -               1966V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.  1966AJ.....71..990V Van Den Berg
VDB  eq. VdB  NNNa  . ∗ in RFN  VDB             1966V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S.  .  Van Den Bergh
VdB  NNN  158 RFN  -               1966V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.  1966AJ.....71..990V Van den Bergh  ^{(c)}

VdB

NNNa  188

∗ in RFN

                                                                    VDB

                                                                                     1966V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.  1966AJ.....71..990V
                                                                                     1966V1 B RACINE R.  1968AJ.....73..233R

Van den Bergh

(d)

vdB  use [V64]  OB NNN  . OB Ass. in M 31 [V64]  .  VAN DEN BERGH S.  1964ApJS....9...65V van den Bergh

vdB  eq. VdB  NNN  . RFN  -               1966V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.  1966AJ.....71..990V van den Bergh
vdB  eq. VdB  NNNa  . ∗ in RFN  VDB             1966V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S.  .  van den Bergh
VDBG  NNN  191 Spiral G  VDBG            1989V2  VAN DEN BERGH S.  1989AJ.....97.1556V Van Den Bergh, G

(a) VCC = BST
(b) Vd1- = Vd 1-
(c) VdB = VDB = vdB
(d) VdB = (SRN) = VDB = vdB

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
VDBH  eq. VdBH  NN  . RFN  VDBH            1975V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1975AJ.....80..208V Authors’ initials
VDBH  eq. VdBH  {NNa \atop NNa’}  . ∗ in RFN  VDBH            1975V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S.+  .  Authors’ initials

VdBH  NN  93 RFN  VDBH            1975V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1975AJ.....80..208V Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

VdBH

{NNa \atop NNa’}  212

∗ in RFN

                                                                    VDBH

                                                                                     1975V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1975AJ.....80..208V
                                                                                     1975V1 B HERBST W.  1975AJ.....80..212H
                                                                                     1975V1 C GAHM G.F.+  1980A&A....82..295G

Authors’ initials

(b)

vdBH  eq. VdBH  NN  . RFN  VDBH            1975V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1975AJ.....80..208V Authors’ initials
vdBH  eq. VdBH  {NNa \atop NNa’}  . ∗ in RFN  VDBH            1975V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S.+  .  Authors’ initials

Ve  use Ve3-  NN  4 PN  VE 3-           1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V Author’s name  PN Nmcl
Ve  use Ve6-  NN  1 PN  VE 6-           1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V Author’s name  PN Nmcl
Ve  use Ve7-  NN  2 PN  VE 7-           1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V Author’s name  PN Nmcl

Ve1-

NN  31

Em. ∗

                                                                    VE 1-

                                                                                     1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 1

(c)

Ve2-

NN  27

Em. ∗

                                                                    VE 2-

                                                                                     1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 2

(d)

Ve3-

NN  4

PN

                                                                    VE 3-

                                                                                     1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 3

(e)

(a) VdBH = (VBH) = (vBH) = VDBH = vdBH = (VHE)
(b) VdBH = (Herbst) = (SRN) = (SRNH) = (VBH) = (vBH) = VDBH = vdBH = (VHE)
(c) Ve1-  = VE 1-

Table 1: (Nos 1-31) near M8 and M20

(d) Ve2-  = VE 2-

Table 2: (Nos 32-58) near M8 and M20

(e) Ve3-  = (Ve) = VE 3-

Table 3: (Nos 59-62) near M8 and M20

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

Ve4-

NN  4

Red ∗

VE 4-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 4

(a)

Ve5-

NN  10

Em. ∗

VE 5-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 5

(b)

Ve6-

NN  15

{Em. ∗ + \atop 1PN}

VE 6-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 6 No. 22 is a PN

(c)

Ve7-

NN  2

PN

VE 7-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 7

(d)

VE 1- eq. Ve1-

NN  .

Em. ∗

VE 1-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 1

VE 2- eq. Ve2-

NN  .

Em. ∗

VE 2-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 2

VE 3- eq. Ve3-

NN  .

PN

VE 3-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 3

VE 4- eq. Ve4-

NN  .

Red ∗

VE 4-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 4

VE 5- eq. Ve5-

NN  .

Em. ∗

VE 5-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 5

VE 6- eq. Ve6-

NN  .

{Em. ∗ + \atop PN}

VE 6-

1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name, table 6

(a) Ve4- = VE 4-

Table 4: (Nos 63-66) near M8 and M20

(b) Ve5- = VE 5-

Table 5: (Nos 1-10) in Vela

(c) Ve6- = (Ve) = VE 6-

Table 6: (Nos 11-25) in Vela

(d) Ve7- = (Ve) = VE 7-

Table 7: (Nos 26 and 27) in Vela

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

VE 7- eq. Ve7-

NN  .

PN

                                                                    VE 7-

                                                                                     1957V2  VELGHE A.G.  1957ApJ...126..302V

Author’s name,

table 7

Vel  use VelC  NN  . Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Vela
VelC  NN  70 Carbon ∗  -               1989A1  AARONSON M.+  1989ApJS...70..637A Vela, Carbon ∗  ^{(a)}

VERA

NNN  2

Poss. PN

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1980V1  VEGA E.I.+  1980AJ.....85.1207V

Two first authors’ names

(b)

VES

NNN  977

Em. ∗

                                                                    EM∗ VES

                                                                                     1974C1 A COYNE G.V.+  1974VatOP...1..181C
                                                                                     1974C1 B COYNE G.V.+  1975VatOP...16.197C
                                                                                     1974C1 C WISNIEWSKI W.+  1976VatOP...18.225W
                                                                                     1974C1 D WISNIEWSKI W.+  1976VatOP...1B.245W
                                                                                     1974C1 E COYNE G.V.+  1978VatOP...1C.257C
                                                                                     1974C1 F MacCONNELL D.J.+  1983VatOP..15...63M
                                                                                     1974C1 G COYNE G.V.+  1983VatOP...2...73C

Vatican obs.,

Em. ∗

(c)

VGF  NN  64 (Rad)  -               1990V1  VENTURI T.+  1990AJ.....99.1381V Authors’ initials
VHE  use VdBH  NN  . RFN  VDBH            1975V1 A VAN DEN BERGH S.+  1975AJ.....80..208V Authors’ names
VHE  use VdBH  {NNa \atop NNa’}  . ∗ in RFN  VDBH            1975V1+ VAN DEN BERGH S.+  .  Authors’ names

VKDA  use V-V3-  N  . PN  PN V-V 3-  .  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.+ 1972ATsir.716....7V Authors’ initials
VKDA  use V-V Anon N  . PN  -  .  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1975SvA....19..163V Authors’ initials

VLSB

AFFF-VNN  140

G

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  SCHOMBERT J.M.+  1988AJ.....95.1389S
                                                                                         .  SCHOMBERT J.M.+  1992AJ....103.1107S

V prefix, Low-Surface Brightness

(d)

(a) VelC  = (Vel)
(b) VERA  VERA 90 = VRMF 90 = PK 336-01 1 ; VERA 104 = VRMF 104 = PK 336-02 1

(c) VES Nos 420-595 are missing. Total number of objects N = 801, among which 341 not previously known (ℓ = 58 to 174^{∘}, |b| ¡ 5^{∘}. Hα emission is confirmed in only 600 objects (303 in ref. 1974C1 F, and 297 in ref. 1974C1 G))// Some objects are PN (ref. 1992AO): in ref. 1974C1 F named MaCCo, and in ref. 1974C1 G named CoMaC

(d) VLSB = LSB

In the format AFFF is the plate field identif.: letter F + a number (FFF), V is a prefix for the secondary catalogue (primary catalogue = LSB).

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
vM  use vMo  NN  . Pair of G ; ∗L - NAME vMo  .  VAN MOORSEL G.A.  1987A&A...176...13V van Moorsel

vMa  N  2 ∗  NAME vMa  .  -  .  van Maanen  ^{(a)}
vMo  NN  16 Pair of G ; ∗L - NAME vMo  .  VAN MOORSEL G.A.  1987A&A...176...13V van Moorsel  Table 3 (b)

Vo  N  4 PN  -  .  VOLK K.  .  Author’s name  PN Nmcl (c)
Von Zeipel  NNNN  1571 ∗ in GCl  NGC 5272        1908V1  VON ZEIPEL M.H.  1908AnPar.......25V Author’s name  ^{(d)}

VR eq. VRO

DD.HH.NN  .

(Rad)

                                                                    VRO

1965M1+ MacLEOD J.M.+ .

Vermillion River obs.

VR  {N \atop N-N}  7+25 (IR)  -  .  MONETI A.+  1992MNRAS.258..705M Very Red  ^{(e)}

VRMF  NNN  124 Em. ∗  EM∗ VRMF        1980V1  VEGA E.I.+  1980AJ.....85.1207V Authors’ initials

VRO

NN  69

(Rad)

                                                                    VRO

                                                                                     1964Y1  YANG K.S.+  1964AJ.....69..246Y

Vermillion River Obs.

(f)

VRO

DD.HH.NN  1591

(Rad)

                                                                    VRO

                                                                                     1965M1 A MacLEOD J.M.+  1965AJ.....70..756M
                                                                                     1965M1 B DICKEL J.R.+  1967AJ.....72..757D
                                                                                     1965M1 C WENDKER H.J.+  1970AJ.....75..148W
                                                                                     1965M1 D DICKEL J.R.+  1971AJ.....76..294D
                                                                                     1965M1 E WEBB H.D.+  1971AJ.....76..223W

Vermillion River Obs.

(g)

VS eq. VSSG

NN  .

(IR) in ; ρ Oph DCld

                                                                    VSSG

                                                                                     1975V4  VRBA F.J.+  1975ApJ...197...77V

Two first authors’ initials

VS

NNN  116

{(X) \atop in M 31}

                                                                    C84

                                                                                     1984C1  CRAMPTON D.+  1984ApJ...284..663C

Discoverer’s name: Van Speybroeck

(h)

(a) vMa  only star quoted: vMa 2 = GJ 35 = Wolf 28 = van Maanen’s star ; this star is a white dwarf with large proper motion ; Use GJ 35
(b) vMo  = (vM)
(c) Vo  1988, private communication
(d) Von Zeipel = V.Z. = v.Z.
(e) VR  VR (Nos 1-7) are cross-identif. with IRAS, VR N-N are sources in each IRAS
(f) VRO  = (Y) = YW)
(g) VRO  = VR
(h) VS  = C84 = CRX

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
VSF  FFF  2 Field  of ; V ∗ -               1978G1  GRAYZECK E.J.  1978AJ.....83.1390G Variable ∗ Field

VSS  use VSST  NN  . (IR)  in CrA DCld VSST            1976V1  VRBA F.J.+  1976AJ.....81..317V Authors’ names

VSS

R-NNN  -

∗ in 5 DCld

                                                                    VSS

                                                                                     1976V2 A VRBA F.J.+  1976AJ.....81..958V
                                                                                     1976V2 B VRBA F.J.+  1981ApJ...243..489V
                                                                                     1976V2 C VRBA F.J.+  1993AJ....105.1010V

Authors’ initials

(a)

VSSG  NN  31 (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld VSSG            1975V4  VRBA F.J.+  1975ApJ...197...77V Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

VSST  NN  18 (IR)  in CrA DCld VSST            1976V1  VRBA F.J.+  1976AJ.....81..317V Authors’ names  ^{(c)}

VV

NNN  ≃ 500

V ∗

                                                                    SV∗ VV

.  -  .

Vatican obs., Variable ∗

V ∗ Nmcl

VV  NNN  288 PN  PN VV  .  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1934AZh....11...40V  Vorontsov- Vel’jaminov  PN Nmcl (d)

VV  eq. IGVV  NNN  . IG  p IG VV         1970V1 A VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  .  Vorontsov- Vel’jaminov

[VV92]

NNN  190

G

                                                                    [VV92]

                                                                                         .  VISVANATHAN N.+  1992AJ....103.1057V
                                                                                         .  VISVANATHAN N.  1992AJ....103.1501V

Authors’ initials, 1992

VV’  NNN  584 PN  PN VV'  .  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  .  Vorontsov- Vel’jaminov  PN Nmcl (e)

VV1- eq. V-V1-

N  .

H II

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1961V2  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1961SvA.....5..278V

Vorontsov-

Vel’jaminov, list 1

(a) VSS The ref. 1976V2 A contains 5 lists, the table number must be included in the numbering. For instance the VSS obj. in CrA are named VSS VIII- . The list VSS VIII- is continued in ref. 1976V2 B (N = 97) The list VSS II- is continued in ref. 1976V2 C (N = 153)

(b) VSSG = VS

All the designations: GSS, SSV (ref. 1976S5), STSV (ref. 1976S8), StVS (ref. 1976S6), SVS (ref. 1976S6 and 1976S9), VS (ref. 1975V4), VSS (ref. 1976V1 and 1976V2), VSSG (ref. 1975V4), VSST (ref. 1976V1) are formed from Grasdalen, Strom, Strom and Vrba authors’ initials or names combinations for (IR) sources or stars in different dark clouds. This is highly confusing. The designation should explicitly quote the reference, the dark cloud studied and (or) whether it is an (IR) source or a visible star.

(c) VSST = (VSS)

See the remark for VSSG

(d) VV  Nos 13, 25, 145, 183, 187, 200, 231, 271, 277, 280, 282, 283 are not compiled as PN in ref. 1967PK F
(e) VV’  Nos 19, 36, 57, 100, 106, 188, 337, 408, 416, 437, 517, 566, 570, 572, 573, 582 are not compiled as PN in ref. 1967PK F

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

VV1- eq. V-V1-

N  .

PN

PN V-V 1-

1961V2  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1961SvA.....5..278V

Vorontsov-Vel’jaminov, list 1

V-V use V-V1-

N  .

H II

-

1961V2  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1961SvA.....5..278V

Vorontsov-Vel’jaminov, list 1

V-V use V-V1-

N  .

PN

PN V-V 1-

1961V2  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1961SvA.....5..278V

Vorontsov-Vel’jaminov, list 1

V-V1-

N  3

H II

-

1961V2  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1961SvA.....5..278V

Vorontsov-Vel’jaminov, list 1

(a)

V-V1-

N  6

PN

PN V-V 1-

1961V2  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1961SvA.....5..278V

Vorontsov-Vel’jaminov, list 1

(b)

V-V2- .

?

-

Vorontsov-Vel’jaminov, list 2

(c)

V-V3-

N  6

PN

PN V-V 3-

.  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.+ 1972ATsir.716....7V

First author’s initials

(d)

V-V 1- eq. V-V1-

N  .

PN

PN V-V 1-

1961V2  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1961SvA.....5..278V

Vorontsov-Vel’jaminov, list 1

V-V 3- eq. V-V3-

N  .

PN

PN V-V 3-

.  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.+ 1972ATsir.716....7V

First author’s initials

V-V Anon

N  3

PN

-

.  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1975SvA....19..163V

First author’s initials, Anonymous

PN Nmcl (e)

VVD

NNWW  62

IRAS G

VVD

1991V1 A VAN DEN BROEK A.C.+ 1991A&AS...91...61V
1991V1 B VAN DRIEL W.+  1991A&AS...90...55V

Three first authors’ first initials

VVKDA  use V-V3-  N  . PN  PN V-V 3-  .  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.+ 1972ATsir.716....7V Authors’ initials
VVKDA  use V-V Anon N  . PN  -  .  VORONTSOV-V. B.A.  1975SvA....19..163V Authors’ initials

(a) V-V1-  = (V-V) = V-V 1- = VV1-
(b) V-V1-  = (V-V) = V-V 1- = VV1-
(c) V-V2-  not used. Catalog name
(d) V-V3-  = V-V 3- = (VKDA) = (VVKDA)

Acronym VVKDA introduced in ref. 1967PK C (1977) while Kohoutek (ref. 1967PK G, same year 1977) uses V-V3-

(e) V-V Anon = (VKDA) = (VVKDA)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

VVO

NNN  376

PM ∗

VVO

1968G1 A GROSSENBACHER R.+ 1968AJ.....73..744G
1968G1 B MESROBIAN W.S.+  1969AJ.....74..752M
1968G1 C UPGREN A.R.+  1970AJ.....75..319U
1968G1 D KERRIDGE S.J.+  1971AJ.....76...77K
1968G1 E UPGREN A.R.+  1971AJ.....76...77K
1968G1 F MESROBIAN W.S.+  1971AJ.....76.1133M
1968G1 G MESROBIAN W.S.+  1972AJ.....77..392M
1968G1 H TITTER J.C.+  1972AJ.....77..875T
1968G1 I UPGREN A.R.+  1974AJ.....79..708U
1968G1 J UPGREN A.R.+  1975AJ.....80..711U
1968G1 K BURT S.E.+  1976AJ.....81..551B
1968G1 L WEIS E.W.+  1976AJ.....81.1144W
1968G1 M UPGREN A.R.+  1980AJ.....85...71U
1968G1 N BREAKIRON L.A.+  1982AJ.....87..141B
1968G1 O UPGREN A.R.+  1983AJ.....88..132U
1968G1 P WEIS E.W.+  1983AJ.....88.1515W
1968G1 Q UPGREN A.R.+  1985AJ.....90..652U
1968G1 R UPGREN A.R.+  1989AJ.....98.1100U
1968G1 S UPGREN A.R.+  1992AJ....104.1203U

Van Vleck Obs.

(a)

Vy1-

N  1

∗

-

     .  VYSSOTSKY A.N.  1942PASP...54..152V

Author’s name, list 1

= Vy1-3 (b)

Vy1-

N  3

PN

PN Vy 1-

     .  VYSSOTSKY A.N.  1942PASP...54..152V

Author’s name, list 1

(c)

Vy2-

N  3

PN

PN Vy 2-

     .  VYSSOTSKY A.N.+  1945PASP...57..314V

Author’s name, list 2 Nos 2, 3, 11; PN Nmcl (d)

Vy 1- eq. Vy1-

N  .

PN

PN Vy 1-

     .  VYSSOTSKY A.N.  1942PASP...54..152V

Author’s name, list 1

Vy 2- eq. Vy2-

N  .

PN

PN Vy 2-

     .  VYSSOTSKY A.N.+  1945PASP...57..314V

Author’s name, list 2

VYS  use MCC  NNN  . M ∗  MCC             1943V1+ VYSSOTSKY A.N.  .  Author’s name

VYSM use MCC

NNN  .

M ∗

MCC

1943V1+ VYSSOTSKY A.N. .

Author’s name, M ∗

VYSSO-M use MCC

NNN  .

M ∗

MCC

1943V1+ VYSSOTSKY A.N. .

Author’s name, M ∗

(a) VVO = (Upgren)
(b) Vy1- = Vy 1-
(c) Vy1- = Vy 1-

Vy1-1 = PN G118.0-08.6 = PK 118-08 1 ; Vy1-2 = PN G053.3+24.0 = PK 053+24 1 ; Vy1-4 = PN G027.4-03.5 = PK 027-03 2 .

(d) Vy2- = Vy 2-

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

VYSSO.M use MCC

NNN  .

M ∗

MCC

1943V1+ VYSSOTSKY A.N. .

Author’s name, M ∗

V.Z.  eq. Von Zeipel NNNN  . ∗ in GCl  NGC 5272        1908V1  VON ZEIPEL M.H.  1908AnPar.......25V Von Zeipel
v.Z.  eq. Von Zeipel NNNN  . ∗ in GCl  NGC 5272        1908V1  VON ZEIPEL M.H.  1908AnPar.......25V von Zeipel

V ZW eq. 5Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW V

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list V (roman num.)

VI ZW eq. 6Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW VI

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list VI (roman num.)

VII ZW eq. 7Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW VII

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list VII (roman num.)

VIII ZW eq. 8Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW VIII

1971Z1 B ZWICKY F.+  1975AJ.....80..545Z

Zwicky, list VIII (roman num.)

1W

HHMM+DDWN  83

(Rad)

-

.  KATGERT P.+  1973A&A....23..171K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 1 Old format. Not used (a)

2W

HHMM+DDWNA  58

(Rad)

-

.  KATGERT P.  1974A&A....35..393K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 2 Old format. Not used (b)

3W

HHMM+DDWNA 238

(Rad)

-

.  KATGERT P.+  1975A&A....38...87K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 3 Old format. Not used (c)

4W

HHMM+DDWNa  109

(Rad)

-

.  JAFFE W.J.+  1975A&AS...21..137J

Westerbork radio telescope, list 4 Old format. Not used (d)

5W

HHMM+DDWN  130

(Rad)

-

.  VAN VLIET W.+  1976A&A....47..345V

Westerbork radio telescope, list 5 Old format. Not used (e)

6W

HHMM+DDWNN 1075

(Rad)

-

.  WILLIS A.G.+  1976A&AS...25..453W

Westerbork radio telescope, list 6 Old format. Not used (f)

(a) 1W  Modified Parkes format. W in the format for Westerbork
(b) 2W  Modified Parkes format. W in the format for Westerbork
(c) 3W  Modified Parkes format. W in the format for Westerbork
(d) 4W  Modified Parkes format. W in the format for Westerbork
(e) 5W  Modified Parkes format. W in the format for Westerbork
(f) 6W  Modified Parkes format. W in the format for Westerbork

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

7W

HHMM+DDWNN  27

(Rad)

-

.  JAFFE W.J.+  1976A&A....49..179J

Westerbork radio telescope, list 7 Old format. Not used (a)

10W

NNN  249

(Rad)

WSTB 10W

1977H3  HARRIS D.E.+  1977A&A....60...27H

Westerbork radio telescope, list 10

12W

NN  37

(Rad)

WSTB 12W

1977G5  GOSS W.M.+  1977A&A....61...93G

Westerbork radio telescope, list 12

13W

NNN  341

(Rad)

WSTB 13W

1978H1  HARRIS D.E.+  1978A&AS...34..117H
1986B3  BROTEN N.W.+  1986A&AS...64..499B

Westerbork radio telescope, list 13

14W

NNNA  145

(Rad)

WSTB 14W

1980H2  HARRIS D.E.+  1980A&AS...39..215H

Westerbork radio telescope, list 14

15W

NN  12

(Rad)

WSTB 15W

.  KOTANYI C.G.  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 15

PhD Thesis, 1980

16W

NNA  11

(Rad)

WSTB 16W

1979K3  KOTANYI C.G.  1979A&A....74..156K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 16

17W

NN  12

(Rad)

WSTB 17W

1979G1  GAVAZZI G.  1979A&A....72....1G

Westerbork radio telescope, list 17

18W

NN  24

(Rad)

WSTB 18W

1980G3  GAVAZZI G.+  1980A&A....84..228G

Westerbork radio telescope, list 18

19W

NNN  123

(Rad)

WSTB 19W

1979W1  WOUTERLOOT J.G.A.+ 1979A&AS...36..323W

Westerbork radio telescope, list 19

(b)

20W

NN  33

(Rad)

WSTB 20W

1979P1  PEROLA G.C.+  1979A&A....73...54P

Westerbork radio telescope, list 20

21W

NN  43

(Rad)

WSTB 21W

1979W2  WILLIS A.G.+  1979A&AS...37..397W

Westerbork radio telescope, list 21

22W

NN  50

(Rad)

WSTB 22W

1979G2  GISLER G.R.+  1979A&A....76..109G

Westerbork radio telescope, list 22

(a) 7W  Modified Parkes format. W in the format for Westerbork
(b) 19W  19W32 = PN G359.2+01.2 = PK 359+01 3 ; 19W43 is a poss. PN in ref. 1992AO

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

23W

NN  90

(Rad)

WSTB 23W

1980H3  HUMMEL E.  1980A&A....81..316H

Westerbork radio telescope, list 23

24W

NN  14

(Rad)

WSTB 24W

1980V2  VIALLEFOND F.+  1980A&A....82..207V

Westerbork radio telescope, list 24

26W

NNA  60

(Rad)

WSTB 26W

1980H4  HARRIS D.E.+  1980A&A....90..283H

Westerbork radio telescope, list 26

27W

NNN  220

(Rad)

WSTB 27W

1980V3  VALENTIJN E.A.  1980A&A....89..234V

Westerbork radio telescope, list 27

28W

NN  56

(Rad)

WSTB 28W

1980M3  MATTHEWS H.E.+  1980A&A....88..267M

Westerbork radio telescope, list 28

29W

NN  40

(Rad)

WSTB 29W

1980K2  KOTANYI C.G.  1980A&AS...41..421K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 29

30W

NN  41

(Rad)

WSTB 30W

1980K2  KOTANYI C.G.  1980A&AS...41..421K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 30

31W

NN  34

(Rad)

WSTB 31W

1980K2  KOTANYI C.G.  1980A&AS...41..421K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 31

32W

NN  68

(Rad)

WSTB 32W

1981F2  FANTI C.+  1981A&AS...43....1F

Westerbork radio telescope, list 32

33W

NN  22

(Rad)

WSTB 33W

1982H3  HABING H.J.+  1982A&A...108..412H

Westerbork radio telescope, list 33

35W

NN  60

(Rad)

WSTB 35W

1981I2  ISAACMAN R.  1981A&AS...43..405I

Westerbork radio telescope, list 35

36W

NNN  392

(Rad)

WSTB 36W

1984B2  BYSTEDT J.E.V.+  1984A&AS...56..245B

Westerbork radio telescope, list 36

37W

NNN  249

(Rad)

WSTB 37W

1985W2  WALTERBOS R.A.M.+  1985A&AS...61..451W

Westerbork radio telescope, list 37

38W

NN  33

(Rad)

WSTB 38W

1980G4  GOSS W.M.+  1980JApA....1..189G

Westerbork radio telescope, list 38

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

39W

NN  26

(Rad)

WSTB 39W

1982H4  HARRIS D.E.+  1982A&A...111..299H

Westerbork radio telescope, list 39

40W

NN  30

(Rad)

WSTB 40W

1981H1  HARTEN R.H.+  1981A&A...103...50H

Westerbork radio telescope, list 40

41W

NNN  202

(Rad)

WSTB 41W

1985K1  KARTGERT-MERKELIJN J.K.+ 1985A&AS...61..517K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 41

42W

NNN  183

(Rad)

WSTB 42W

1985K1  KARTGERT-MERKELIJN J.K.+ 1985A&AS...61..517K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 42

43W

NN  87

(Rad)

WSTB 43W

1985K1  KARTGERT-MERKELIJN J.K.+ 1985A&AS...61..517K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 43

44W

NNN  216

(Rad)

WSTB 44W

1985K1  KARTGERT-MERKELIJN J.K.+ 1985A&AS...61..517K

Westerbork radio telescope, list 44

45W

NN  86

(Rad)

WSTB 45W

1983M4  MATTHEWS H.E.+  1983A&A...126..433M

Westerbork radio telescope, list 45

46W

NN  25

(Rad)

WSTB 46W

1983M4  MATTHEWS H.E.+  1983A&A...126..433M

Westerbork radio telescope, list 46

47W

NN  27

(Rad)

WSTB 47W

1982B3  BIJLEVELD W.+  1982A&A...111...50B

Westerbork radio telescope, list 47

48W

NN  23

(Rad)

WSTB 48W

1982P3  PAULS T.  1982A&A...112..120P

Westerbork radio telescope, list 48

49W

HHMM+DDWNA 111

(Rad)

-

.  WILSON A.S.+  1982A&AS...47..601W

Westerbork radio telescope, list 49 Old format. Not used (a)

50W

NN  10

(Rad)

WSTB 50W

1983B1  BOSMA A.+  1983A&AS...54..387B

Westerbork radio telescope, list 50

51W

NN  21

(Rad)

WSTB 51W

1984B4  BROSCH N.+  1984A&A...132...80B

Westerbork radio telescope, list 51

(a) 49W  Modified Parkes format. W in the format for Westerbork

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

52W

NN  58

(Rad)

WSTB 52W

1984W2  WINDHORST R.A.+  1984A&AS...58....1W

Westerbork radio telescope, list 52

53W

NN  92

(Rad)

WSTB 53W

1984W2  WINDHORST R.A.+  1984A&AS...58....1W

Westerbork radio telescope, list 53

54W

NN  90

(Rad)

WSTB 54W

1984W2  WINDHORST R.A.+  1984A&AS...58....1W

Westerbork radio telescope, list 54

55W

NNN  231

(Rad)

WSTB 55W

1984W2  WINDHORST R.A.+  1984A&AS...58....1W

Westerbork radio telescope, list 55

56W

NNN  ≃ 140

(Rad)

WSTB 56W

.  WINDHORST R.A.  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 56

PhD Thesis, 1984

57W

NNN  ≃ 140

(Rad)

WSTB 57W

.  WINDHORST R.A.  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 57

PhD Thesis, 1984

58W

NNN  ≃ 120

(Rad)

WSTB 58W

.  WINDHORST R.A.  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 58

PhD Thesis, 1984

59W

NNN  ≃ 280

(Rad)

WSTB 59W

.  WINDHORST R.A.  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 59

PhD Thesis, 1984

60W

NNNa  123

(Rad)

WSTB 60W

1985O1  OORT M.J.A.+  1985A&A...145..405O

Westerbork radio telescope, list 60

61W

NN  41

(Rad)

WSTB 61W

1984G3  GOSS W.M.+  1984A&A...138..469G

Westerbork radio telescope, list 61

62W

NN  12

(Rad)

WSTB 62W

1986V1  VELUSAMY T.+  1986JApA....7..105V

Westerbork radio telescope, list 62

63W

NN  20

(Rad)

WSTB 63W

1984S1  SPOELSTRA T.A.Th.+  1984A&A...135..135S

Westerbork radio telescope, list 63

64W

NNN  397

(Rad)

WSTB 64W

1988O2  OORT M.J.A.+  1988A&AS...73..103O

Westerbork radio telescope, list 64

65W

NNN  349

(Rad)

WSTB 65W

1987O1  OORT M.J.A.  1987A&AS...71..221O

Westerbork radio telescope, list 65

66W

NN  69

(Rad)

WSTB 66W

1987O2  OORT M.J.A.+  1987A&AS...71...25O

Westerbork radio telescope, list 66

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

67W

NNA  71

(Rad)

WSTB 67W

1987O2  OORT M.J.A.+  1987A&AS...71...25O

Westerbork radio telescope, list 67

69W

NNNN  1199

(Rad)

WSTB 69W

.  WIERINGA M.  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 69

PhD Thesis, 1992

70W

NNN  595

(Rad)

WSTB 70W

.  WIERINGA M.  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 70

PhD Thesis, 1992

71W

NN  26

(Rad)

WSTB 71W

1987B1  BAARS J.W.M.+  1987A&A...181..210B

Westerbork radio telescope, list 71

72W

NNN  167

(Rad)

WSTB 72W

.  OORT M.J.A.+  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 72 PhD Thesis. p. 47, 1987

73W

NNN  308

(Rad)

WSTB 73W

1988R2  RIGHETTI G.+  1988A&AS...74..315R

Westerbork radio telescope, list 73

74W

NN  25

(Rad)

WSTB 74W

1990V1  VENTURI T.+  1990AJ.....99.1381V

Westerbork radio telescope, list 74

75W

NNN  806

(Rad)

WSTB 75W

.  WIERINGA M.  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 75

PhD Thesis, 1992

76W

NNN  851

(Rad)

WSTB 76W

.  WIERINGA M.  .

Westerbork radio telescope, list 76

PhD Thesis, 1992

W  use WALK  NNN  . ∗ in Cluster NGC 2264        1956W1  WALKER M.F.  1956ApJS....2..365W Walk
W  NN  82 (Rad)  W               1958W1  WESTERHOUT G.  1958BAN....14..215W Westerhout
W  use WEIS  NNNNN  . Faint ; Blue ∗ near ; NGP Weis            1973W3+ WEISTROP D.  .  Weistrop

W  use Wolf  NNNN  . ∗  WOLF            1919W1  WOLF M.  1919VeHei...7...10W Wolf

W  use Wilson  NNNNN  . ∗  GCRV            1953W1  WILSON R.E.  .  Wilson
W  use WRAY 15- NNNN  . {Em. ∗ \atop (53PN)}  WRAY 15         1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .  Wray

W  use Woolley  9NNNA  . ∗  GJ              1970W3  WOOLLEY R.v.d.R.+  1970ROAn.........5W Woolley

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
W  use WBP  NNN  . \begin{matrix}V ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}  -               1985W1  WOOD P.R.+  1985ApJ...290..477W Wood

W61

FF-NNN  ≃ 450

∗ in LMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1961W2  WESTERLUND B.  1961UppAn...5....1W

.  .

Westerlund, 1961

(a)

Walb eq. WB

N  .

{O ∗ in \atop 30 Dor}

                                                                    NAME WALBORN

                                                                                     1987W1  WALBORN N.R.+  1987ApJ...323..L65W

First author’s

name

WALBORN eq. WB

N  .

{O ∗ in \atop 30 Dor}

                                                                    NAME WALBORN

                                                                                     1987W1  WALBORN N.R.+  1987ApJ...323..L65W

First author’s

name

WALK  NNN  239 ∗ in Cluster NGC 2264        1956W1  WALKER M.F.  1956ApJS....2..365W Author’s name  ^{(b)}
Walker  eq. WALK  NNN  . ∗ in Cluster NGC 2264        1956W1  WALKER M.F.  1956ApJS....2..365W Author’s name
WAMS  NNN  550 ∗ in & ; betw. MC WAMS            1980W2  WAMSTEKER W.  1981A&AS...43..127W Author’s name

WAS

NN  96

Em. G

                                                                    WAS

                                                                                     1983W1 A WASILEWSKI A.J.  1983ApJ...272...68W
                                                                                     1983W1 B BOTHUN G.D.+  1989ApJS...70..271B

Author’s name

Wat

N  7

OCl

                                                                    Cl Waterloo

                                                                                     1979M2 A MOFFAT A.F.J.+  1979A&AS...38..197M
                                                                                     1979M2 B FITZGERALD M.P.+  1979A&AS...37..351F
                                                                                     1979M2 C FITZGERALD M.P.+  1980MNRAS.193..761F

Warterloo univ. (Canada)

C Nmcl (c)

Waterloo eq. Wat

N  .

OCl

                                                                    Cl Waterloo

1979M2+ MOFFAT A.F.J.+ .

Waterloo university (Canada)

WB  use CTB  NNN  . (Rad)  CTB             1960W1  WILSON R.W.+  1960PASP...72..331W Authors’ initials

(a) W61 Tables 3-28 (each beginning with No. 1) describe B and V measurements of individual stars in regions a to e (fig. 1) which are parts of 30 Dor, 30 Dor W (= Shapley II), and Shapley III. FF in the format means table number In Simbad for NGC 1983, 1984, 1994, 2001, 2004, 2011, 2014, 2021, 2074, 2081, 2092, 2100, the acronym will be: Cl∗ NGC NNNN WES

(b) WALK = (W) = Walker
(c) Wat  = Waterloo

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
WB  N  2 {O ∗ in \atop 30 Dor} NAME WALBORN    1987W1  WALBORN N.R.+  1987ApJ...323..L65W Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}

WBP  NNN  62/232 \begin{matrix}V ∗ \\ in LMC \end{matrix}  -               1985W1  WOOD P.R.+  1985ApJ...290..477W Authors’ initials  ^{(b)}

WD

HHMM+DDA HHMM+DDdA  560

WD

                                                                    WD

                                                                                     1977MS A MacCOOK G.P.+  1977VilCo...2.....C
                                                                                     1977MS B LIEBERT J.+  1980PASP...92..657L

White Dwarf

WD  HHMM+DDdA ≃ 1500 WD  WD              1984MS  MacCOOK G.P.+  1984VilCo...3....1M White Dwarf
WD  HHMM+DDd  1279 WD  WD              1987MS  MacCOOK G.P.+  1987ApJS...65..603M White Dwarf
WDHS  eq. WeDe  N  . PN  -  .  WEINBERGER R.+  1983ApJ...265..249W Authors’ initials
WDM  eq. Weedman N  . BSO  -               1971W1  WEEDMAN D.W.  1971ApL.....9...49W Author’s name

WDS HHMM.mNDDMM HHMM.mSDDMM JHHMM.mNDDMM JHHMM.mSDDMM 73610

Double ∗

                                                                    p WDS

1984WD  WORLEY C.E.+  .

Washington Univ., Double ∗ Updates IDS

(c)

We  NN  74 ∗  NAME We  .  WEAVER W.B.  1974ApJ...189..263W Author’s name  We 21 = WR 47a
We  a  6 PN  -  .  WEINBERGER R.  .  Author’s name  1982; PN Nmcl

We1-

NN  12

PN

                                                                    PN We 1-

                                                                                         .  WEINBERGER R.  1977A&AS...30..343W

Author’s name,

list 1

PN Nmcl (d)

We2-

NNN  6

PN

                                                                    PN We 2-

                                                                                     1967PK C WEINBERGER R.  1977A&AS...30..335W

Author’s name,

list 2

PN Nmcl (e)

(a) WB  = WALBORN = Walb
(b) WBP = (W)

(c) WDS Formats 1900 coordinates as for IDS, and 2000 coordinates ; Beware! the 2000 coordinates often are incorrectly quoted, with missing J and rounded instead of truncated coordinates, e.g. by Bagnuolo+, 1992AJ.103.1399B : for the star HD 1458, coord. 2000 : α = 04 35 39.2, δ = +10 09 39, they should have written HR 1458 = WDS J04356+1009 instead of WDS 04357+1010.

(d) We1- = We 1-
(e) We2- = We 2-

A ”private numbering”, only quoted in the 2nd column of ref. 1967PK C for 6 objects, and in Table 1b and 2 of the ref. 1992AM for respectivly 3 and 2 objects.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

We3-

N  1

PN

                                                                    PN We 3-

                                                                                         .  WEINBERGER R.  1978Obs....98..137W

Author’s name,

list 3

(a)

We 1- eq. We1-

NN  .

PN

                                                                    PN We 1-

                                                                                         .  WEINBERGER R.  1977A&AS...30..343W

Author’s name,

list 1

We 2- eq. We2-

NNN  .

PN

                                                                    PN We 2-

                                                                                     1967PK C WEINBERGER R.  1977A&AS...30..335W

Author’s name,

list 2

We 3- eq. We3-

N  .

PN

                                                                    PN We 3-

                                                                                         .  WEINBERGER R.  1978Obs....98..137W

Author’s name,

list 3

WeDe

N  1

PN

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  WEINBERGER R.+  1983ApJ...265..249W

Two first authors’ names

(b)

WEE  189  . QSO  WEE  .  WEEDMAN D.W.  1985ApJS...57..523W Author’s name
Weedman  N  9 BSO  -               1971W1  WEEDMAN D.W.  1971ApL.....9...49W Author’s name  ^{(c)}
WEIG  eq. Weinberger {NNN \atop AA}  . G  p WEIG          1980W1+ WEINBERGER R.  .  Author’s name

Weinberger

{NNN \atop AA}  225

G

                                                                    p WEIG

                                                                                     1980W1 A WEINBERGER R.  1980A&AS...40..123W

1980W1 B WEINBERGER R.  .

Author’s name

(d)

WEIS

NNNNN  269/13820

Faint ; Blue ∗ near ; NGP

                                                                    Weis

                                                                                     1973W3 A WEISTROP D.  1973A&A....23..215W
                                                                                     1973W3 B YOSS K.M.+  1987AJ.....94.1600Y
                                                                                     1973W3 C YOSS K.M.+  1989PASP..101..653Y

Author’s name

(e)

Weis  eq. WEIS  NNNNN  . Faint ; Blue ∗ near ; NGP Weis            1973W3+ WEISTROP D.  .  Author’s name

WEISTROP eq. WEIS  NNNNN  . Faint ; Blue ∗ near ; NGP Weis            1973W3+ WEISTROP D.  .  Author’s name

(a) We3-  = We 3-

We3-1 = PN G044.3+10.4 = PK 044+10 1

(b) WeDe  = WDHS

WDHS 1 = PN G197.4-06.4 = PK 197-06 1

(c) Weedman  = WDM
(d) Weinberger = WEIG
(e) WEIS  = (W) = Weis = WEISTROP = Weistrop

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Weistrop  eq. WEIS  NNNNN  . Faint ; Blue ∗ near ; NGP Weis            1973W3+ WEISTROP D.  .  Author’s name

WEPP  eq. Woolley  9NNNA  . ∗  GJ              1970W3  WOOLLEY R.v.d.R.+  1970ROAn.........5W Authors’ initials
WeSa  eq. WeSb  N  . PN  PN WeSb  .  WEINBERGER R.+  1981A&A...100...66W Authors’ names
WeSb  N  6 PN  PN WeSb  .  WEINBERGER R.+  1981A&A...100...66W Authors’ names  PN Nmcl (a)

Westerlund  N  2 OCl  Cl Westerlund   1968W1  WESTERLUND B.E.  1968ApJ...154L..67W Author’s name  No. 1 = C 1644- 457, No. 2 = C 1022-575

WG  NN  18 Poss. Clus- ter in SMC -               1971W2  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1971A&A....10....1W Authors’ initials

WG  eq. Wg  NN  . WD  WG              1973W1+ WEGNER G.  .  Author’s name

Wg

NN  54

WD

                                                                    WG

                                                                                     1973W1 A WEGNER G.  1973MNRAS.163..381W
                                                                                     1973W1 B WEGNER G.  1975MNRAS.171..637W

Author’s name

(b)

WH  NNN  526 ∗ in Orion  WH  .  WARREN W.H.Jr.+  1977ApJS...34..115W Authors’ initials
WhBe  N  1 Poss. PN  -  .  WHITE R.L.+  1990MNRAS.244P..12W Authors’ names  PN Nmcl
WHHW  HHMM.m-DDMM 105 {(X) \atop in LMC}  -               1991W2  WANG Q.+  1991ApJ...374..475W Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

WHHWE

HHMM.m-DDMM  9

{(X) \atop in LMC}

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1991W2  WANG Q.+  1991ApJ...374..475W

Authors’ initials, Extended

(d)

WhMe  N  1 PN  -  .  WHITELOCK P.A.+  1986MNRAS.223..497W Authors’ names  {PN G051.0+02.8 \atop = PK 051+02 1}

(a) WeSb  = WeSa
(b) Wg  = WG

(c) WHHW Rounded coordinates. The correct numbering should have a leading zero (madatory) and should have used truncated coordinates. Namely the correct numbering should be 0458.5-6908 instead of 458.6-6909

(d) WHHWE Rounded coordinates. The correct numbering should have a leading zero (madatory) and should have used truncated coordinates. Namely the correct numbering should be 0520.7-6737 instead of 520.8-6738

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

[WIE93]

N  3

Carbon ∗

                                                                    [WIE93]

                                                                                         .  WARREN S.J.+  1993MNRAS.261..185W

Three first authors’ initials, 1993

WIL  use Wilson  NNNNN  . ∗  GCRV            1953W1  WILSON R.E.  .  Author’s name

Wildey

NNN  413

∗ in GCl

                                                                    NGC 104

                                                                                     1961W1 A WILDEY R.L.  1961ApJ...133..430W
                                                                                     1961W1 B LLOYD EVANS T.  1974MNRAS.167..393L

Author’s name

(a)

WILS  use Wilson  NNNNN  . ∗  GCRV            1953W1  WILSON R.E.  .  Author’s name
Wilson  NNNNN  15106 ∗  GCRV            1953W1  WILSON R.E.  .  Author’s name  ^{(b)}
WK  NNN  478 (Rad)  WK              1969W1  WINDRAM M.D.+  1969MNRAS.146..265W Authors’ initials
WK  N  2 T Tau ∗  NAME WK81  .  WALTER F.M.+  1981ApJ...250..254W Authors’ initials  ^{(c)}

WK81 eq. WK

N  .

T Tau ∗

                                                                    NAME WK81

                                                                                         .  WALTER F.M.+  1981ApJ...250..254W

Authors’ initials, 1981

WKB  HHMM+DD.d  1069 (Rad)  WKB             1966W1  WILLIAMS P.J.S.+  1966MmRAS..70...53W Authors’ initials
WKK  NN  56 ∗  ASS CHA T 2-  .  WHITTET D.C.B.+  1987MNRAS.224.497W Authors’ initials  ^{(d)}

WKK

FNN  54

Field ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  WHITTET D.C.B.+  1987MNRAS.224.497W

Authors’ initials Table 6: F in the format for field stars

WL  NN  20 (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld p WL  .  WILKING B.A.+  1983ApJ...274..698W Authors’ initials

WLY  use WLY1  NN  . (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld -  .  WILKING B.A.+  1989ApJ...340..823W Authors’ initials

(a) Wildey = (TLE)
(b) Wilson = GCRV = (W) = (WIL) = (WILS)
(c) WK  = WK81

Table 2: WK 1 = 1E 0416.3+2830 ; WK 2 = 1E 0430.2+2459

(d) WKK  = ASS CHA T 2-

Table 5: format TNN, with prefixe T for members of the T asociation

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

WLY1

NN  64

(IR) in ; ρ Oph DCld

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  WILKING B.A.+  1989ApJ...340..823W

Authors’ initials, table 1

IRAS source (a)

WLY2

NN  58

(IR) in ; ρ Oph DCld

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  WILKING B.A.+  1989ApJ...340..823W

Authors’ initials, table 2

(b)

[WO84]

NN  22

∗ in LMC

                                                                    [WO84]

                                                                                         .  WALKER A.R.+  1984AExpr...1...45W

Authors’ initials, 1984

(c)

W& O’D  use [WO84]  NN  . ∗ in LMC  [WO84]  .  WALKER A.R.+  1984AExpr...1...45W  Walker & O’Donoghue

WOH  NNN  537 Superg. in LMC  -               1981W1  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1981A&AS...43..267W Authors’ initials  Table I (d)

WOHG

NNN  660

M Giant in LMC

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1981W1  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1981A&AS...43..267W

Authors’ initials, Giant

Table II (e)

WOLF  eq. Wolf  NNNN  . ∗  WOLF            1919W1  WOLF M.  1919VeHei...7...10W Author’s name
Wolf  NNNN  1566 ∗  WOLF            1919W1  WOLF M.  1919VeHei...7...10W Author’s name  ^{(f)}

Woolley

9NNNA  848

∗

                                                                    GJ

                                                                                     1970W3  WOOLLEY R.v.d.R.+  1970ROAn.........5W

First author’s

name

(g)

WOOV

NNN  .

V ∗

                                                                    WOOV

.  WOOLEY R.D.V.R.+  .

Author’s name, Variable ∗

WOR  NN  27 M ∗  -               1962W1  WORLEY C.E.  1962AJ.....67..396W Author’s name
WORC  NNN  302 Carbon ∗ ; in LMC  WORC            1978W1  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1978A&AS...31...61W Authors’ initials

(a) WLY1  = (WLY)
(b) WLY2  = (IRS)
(c) [WO84] = (W& O’D)

Table 1: ∗ near RMC 136a.

(d) WOH  = (S)
(e) WOHG = (G)
(f) Wolf  = (W) = WOLF
(g) Woolley = GJ = GL = Gl = GLIESE = Gliese = (W) = WEPP

Extension of the Gliese catalogue (ref. 1969G1 A,B). Authors have assigned to the newly added stars numbers starting at 9001 in order of 1950 right ascension.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

WOS

NN  74

S ∗

WOS

1978W2 A WESTERLUND B.E.+  1978A&AS...32..401W
1978W2 B LLOYD EVANS T.+  1989MNRAS.237..219L

Authors’ initials, S ∗

WOSH  FFFGNNN  179 G  -               1991W3  WATSON F.G.+  1991MNRAS.253..222W Authors’ initials  ^{(a)}
WP  NN  15 Red ∗  WP              1977W3  WEINBERGER R.+  1977A&AS...27..249W Authors’ initials

WPC eq. USN

NNNNN  .

∗

UBV

1968B3  BLANCO V.M.+  1968PUSNO.......21B

Washington Photoelectric Catalogue

WPVS

NNN  113

Em. G

WPVS

.  WAMSTEKER W.+  1985A&AS...62..255W

Four first authors’ initials

Finding charts

WR

{NNN \atop NNa}  ≃ 173

WR

WR

1981VH A VAN DER HUCHT K.A.+ 1981SSRv...28..227V
1981VH B VAN DER HUCHT K.A.+ 1988A&A...199..217V
1981VH C CRAWFORD I.A.+  1991A&A...251..L39C
1991S1  SHARA M.M.+  1991AJ....102..716S

Wolf Rayet ∗

(b)

WR  eq. Wr  NNN  . V ∗  SV∗ WR  .  WEBER R.  .  Weber R.
Wr  NNN  188 V ∗  SV∗ WR  .  WEBER R.  .  Weber R.  V ∗ Nmcl (c)
WR  use WRAY 15- NNNN  . {Em. ∗ \atop (53PN)}  WRAY 15-        1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .  Author’s name

WR15- eq. WRAY 15-

NNNN  .

{Em. ∗ \atop (53PN)}

WRAY 15-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XV

WR16- eq. WRAY 16-

NNN  .

PN

WRAY 16-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XVI

WR17- eq. WRAY 17-

NNN  .

Poss. PN

WRAY 17-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XVII

(a) WOSH  In the format the field is SERC field number (Table 4), the letter G stands for galaxy.
(b) WR  = VCLS

Format NNa: new WR inserted in RA

(c) Wr  = WR

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

WR18- eq. WRAY 18-

NNN  .

{Carbon ∗ \atop + S ∗}

WRAY 18-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XVIII

WR19- eq. WRAY 19-

NN  .

{Em. Obj. \atop (4PN)}

WRAY 19-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XIX

WR33  NN  . {WR \atop in M 33}  WR33  .  WRAY J.D.  1972ApJ...172..577W WR ∗ in M 33

WRA  use WRAY 15- NNNN  . {Em. ∗ \atop (53PN)}  WRAY 15-        1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .  Author’s name

WRAM  NN  . OB ∗  WRAM  .  WRAMDEMARK S.  1981A&AS...43..103W Author’s name
WRAY  use WRAY 15- NNNN  . {Em. ∗ \atop (53PN)}  WRAY 15-        1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .  Author’s name

WRAY 15-

NNNN  1887

{Em. ∗ \atop (53PN)}

WRAY 15-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XV

(a)

WRAY 16-

NNN  423

PN

WRAY 16-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XVI

(b)

WRAY 17-

NNN  113

Poss. PN

WRAY 17-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XVII

(c)

WRAY 18-

NNN  323

{Carbon ∗ \atop + S ∗}

WRAY 18-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XVIII

(d)

WRAY 19-

NN  55

{Em. Obj. \atop (4PN)}

WRAY 19-

1966W2  WRAY J.D.  .

Author’s name, table XIX

(e)

(a) WRAY 15- = (W) = (WR) = WR15- = (WRA) = (WRAY)

53 objects are compiled as PN (see ref. 1967PK F)

(b) WRAY 16- = WR16-
(c) WRAY 17- = WR17-
(d) WRAY 18- = WR18-
(e) WRAY 19- = WR19-

4 objects are compiled as PN (see ref. 1967PK F)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

WS use SP77

FF-NNa  .

Red ∗ ; in LMC

                                                                    p SP77

1977S3  SANDULEAK N.+  .

Warner & Swasey obs.

WS  use WSPN  NN  . {PN \atop in LMC}  WSPN            1964W1  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1964MNRAS.127..449W Authors’ initials

WS  eq. WSWR  NN  . {WR \atop in LMC}  WS              1964W2  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1964MNRAS.128..311W Authors’ initials

WS  use [WS90]  NN  . ∗  [WS90]  .  WALKER A.R.+  1990PASP..102..131W Authors’ initials

[WS90]

NN  39

∗

                                                                    [WS90]

                                                                                         .  WALKER A.R.+  1990PASP..102..131W

Authors’ initials, 1990

(a)

WSB  NN  86 Hα Em. ∗ ; in ; ρ Oph DCld WSB  .  WILKING B.A.+  1987AJ.....94..106W Authors’ initials

WSCG

NN  48

SuperCl of G

                                                                    WSCG

                                                                                     1989W2  WEST M.J.  1989ApJ...347..610W

West, SuperCluster of G

(b)

WSDH  N  1 PN  -  .  WEINBERGER R.+  1983ApJ...265..249W Authors’ initials  = PK 197-6(1)

WSPN

NN  42

{PN \atop in LMC}

                                                                    WSPN

                                                                                     1964W1  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1964MNRAS.127..449W

Authors’ initials, PN

(c)

WSRT

HHMM+DDWNA 1942

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1973K1 A KATGERT P.+  1973A&AS...23..171K
                                                                                     1973K1 B KATGERT J.K.+  1974A&A....35..393K
                                                                                     1973K1 C KATGERT P.  1975A&A....38...87K
                                                                                     1973K1 D WILLIS A.G.+  1976A&AS...25..453W
                                                                                     1973K1 E KATGERT J.K.  1978A&AS...31..409K

Westerbork Synthesis Radio Telescope

WSTB nW use nW  NNNA  . (Rad)  WSTB nW  .  -  .  Westerbork, list n ^{(d)}

(a) [WS90]  = (WS)

Table 4: ∗ near SN 1987A, (Nos 1-41), Nos 17 and 28 are missing

(b) WSCG  = (SC)
(c) WSPN  = (WS)
(d) WSTB nW  Acronym used only in SIMBAD; the list number n can take the values 10, 12 to 24, 26 to 33, 35 to 48, 50 to 67, 69 to 76.

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

WSWR

NN  53

{WR \atop in LMC}

                                                                    WS

                                                                                     1964W2  WESTERLUND B.E.+  1964MNRAS.128..311W

Authors’ initials, Wolf-Rayet ∗

(a)

WT

NNN  521

PM ∗

                                                                    WT

                                                                                     1989W3 A WROBLEWSKI H.+  1989A&AS...78..231W
                                                                                     1989W3 B WROBLEWSKI H.+  1991A&AS...91..129W

Authors’ initials

WTT  eq. NTTS  HHMMSS+DDMMAA . Naked ; T Tau ∗  NTTS            1988W2  WALTER F.M.+  1988AJ.....96..297W Walter, T Tau ∗

WU  HHMM+DD.d  12 (Far IR)  -               1974F4  FRIEDLANDER M.W.+ 1974ApJ...194...L5F  Washington University

WV  NNN  561 HVC  WV              1991WV  WAKKER B.P.+  1991A&A...250..509W Authors’ initials
WW  NN  70 {(X) \atop in SMC}  WW              1992W1  WANG Q.+  1992ApJS...78..391W Authors’ initials

X  HHMM+DDd  ≃ 115 (X)  -               1983BM  BRADT H.V.D.+  1983ARA&A..21...13B X-ray source
XB  HHMM+DDd  . (X)  XB  .  MURAKAMI T.+  1983PASJ...35..531M X-ray Burster
1XRS  HHMMm+DDd  517 (X)  1XRS  .  AMNUEL P.R.+  1979ApJS...41..327A X-Ray Source  ^{(b)}
2XRS  HHMMm+DDd  677 (X)  -               1982AM  AMNUEL P.R.+  1982Ap&SS..82....3A X-Ray Source  ^{(c)}

XZLJ1-

NNN  225

(IR) Exc.

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1990X1 A XIAO ZHEN+  1990AcApS..10..128X

Authors’ initials, list 1

XZLJ2-

NN  89

(IR) Exc.

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1990X1 B XIAO ZHEN+  1991AcApS..11..137X

Authors’ initials, list 2

Y  use Jenkins  NNNN NNNN.NN  . ∗  PLX             1952J1+ JENKINS L.F.  .  Yale obs.

Y  use VRO  NN  . (Rad)  VRO             1964Y1  YANG K.S.+  1964AJ.....69..246Y Yang

Y  use YZ  +DD NNNN  . ∗  YZ              1934S1+ SCHLESINGER F.+  .  Yale obs. catalog
Yale  eq. Jenkins  NNNN NNNN.NN  . ∗  PLX             1952J1+ JENKINS L.F.  .  Yale obs.

(a) WSWR = (WS)

compiled in 1981BR A

(b) 1XRS  = An 1 XRS
(c) 2XRS  = An 2 XRS

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

YAMAC

NNN  293

Carbon ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1972Y1 A YAMASHITA Y.  1972AnTok..13..169Y
                                                                                     1972Y1 B YAMASHITA Y.  1975AnTok..15...47Y

Author’s name,

Carbon ∗ Nos 184, 185 missing

YC  eq. Jenkins  NNNN NNNN.NN  . ∗  PLX             1952J1+ JENKINS L.F.  .  Yale obs., Catalog

YC  HHMM+DD  40 Pec. G  p Lu YC         1971L2  LU P.K.  1971AJ.....76..775L Yale Columbia obs. ^{(a)}
YC  eq. Y-C  NN  . Very Red ∗ -               1973C1+ CESCO C.U.+  .  Authors’ initials
YC  eq. CeGi  NN  . PN  PN Y-C          1973C1+ CESCO C.U.+  .  Yale Columbia obs.

Y-C

NN  31

Very Red ∗

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1973C1 A CESCO C.U.+  1973A&AS...11..335C
                                                                                     1973C1 B CESCO C.U.+  1984BAAA...28..159C

Yale Columbia obs.

(b)

Y-C  eq. CeGi  NN  . PN  PN Y-C          1973C1+ CESCO C.U.+  .  Yale Columbia obs.

Y-C 2- eq. CeGi

NN  .

PN

                                                                    PN Y-C

                                                                                     1973C1 B CESCO C.U.+  1984BAAA...28..159C

Yale Columbia obs., list 2

(Nos 34-47)

YCSP eq. Jenkins

NNNN NNNN.NN  .

∗

                                                                    PLX

1952J1+ JENKINS L.F. .

Yale obs., Catalog, Stellar Parallaxes

YCTSP eq. Jenkins

NNNN NNNN.NN  .

∗

                                                                    PLX

1952J1+ JENKINS L.F. .

Yale obs., Catalog, Trigonometric StellarParallaxes

YLW  NNA  31 (IR)  in ; ρ Oph DCld p YLW  .  YOUNG E.T.+  1986ApJ...304L..45Y Authors’ initials

YM

NN  36

PN

                                                                    PN YM

                                                                                     1955J1 A JOHNSON H.M.  1955ApJ...121..604J

Yerkes McDonald obs.

(Nos 1-36) (c)

(a) YC = Lu = Lu YC
(b) Y-C = (CG) = YC
(c) YM = (J1-)

YM 16 = PN 038.7+01.9 = PK 038+02 1 ; YM 28 = PN G204.0-08.5 = PK 204-08 1 ; YM 29 = PN G205.1+14.2 = PK 205+14 1

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

YM

NN  11

PN

PN YM

1955J1 B JOHNSON H.M.  1956ApJ...124...90J

Yerkes McDonald obs.

(Nos 37-47) (a)

YP eq. Jenkins

NNNN NNNN.NN  .

∗

PLX

1952J1+ JENKINS L.F. .

Yale obs., Parallaxes

YPC eq. Jenkins

NNNN NNNN.NN  .

∗

PLX

1952J1+ JENKINS L.F. .

Yale obs., Parallaxes, Catalog

YW  use VRO  NN  . (Rad)  VRO             1964Y1  YANG K.S.+  1964AJ.....69..246Y Authors’ initials

YZ

+DD NNNN ≃ 130000

∗

YZ

1934S1 A SCHLESINGER F.+  1934TOYal..10.....S
1934S1 B SCHLESINGER F.+  1939TOYal..11.....S
1934S1 C SCHLESINGER F.+  1940TOYal..12.....S
1934S1 D SCHLESINGER F.+  1943TOYal..13.....S
1934S1 E BARNEY I.  1945TOYal..16.....B
1934S1 F BARNEY I.  1947TOYal..18.....B
1934S1 G BARNEY I.  1948TOYal..19.....B
1934S1 H BARNEY I.  1949TOYal..20.....B
1934S1 I BARNEY I.  1950TOYal..21.....B
1934S1 J BARNEY I.  1951TOYal..23...14B
1934S1 K BARNEY I.  1953TOYal..24...10B
1934S1 L BARNEY I.  1954TOYal..25.....B

Yale obs., Zone catalog

(b)

YZC eq. YZ

+DD NNNN  .

∗

YZ

1934S1+ SCHLESINGER F.+ .

Yale obs., Zone Catalog

Z

FFF-NNN FFF-NNN/N HHMM.m+DDMM 31350

G

Z

1960Z1 A ZWICKY F.+  .
1960Z1 B ZWICKY F.+  .
1960Z1 C ZWICKY F.+  .
1960Z1 D ZWICKY F.+  .
1960Z1 E ZWICKY F.+  .
1960Z1 F ZWICKY F.+  .

1960Z1 G THOMSON M.J.  1992QJRAS..33...59T

Zwicky

(c)

Z  use Zel  HHMM+DDd NN  . (Rad)  -               1981A1+ AMIRKHANIAN V.R.+  .  Zelenchuk survey

(a) YM = (J2-)
(b) YZ = (Y) = YZC
(c) Z  = ZWG

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes

ZI

NNN  216

SN

                                                                    -

.  ZWICKY F.  .

Zwicky, first I = roman num.

(a)

ZII

NNN  > 357

SN

                                                                    -

.  ZWICKY F.  .

Zwicky, second II = roman num.

(b)

ZC  eq. ZWCL  HHMM+DDMM FFF-NN  . Cluster of G ZwCl            1960Z1+ ZWICKY F.+  .  Zwicky, Cluster

ZC use ZYCJ

HHMM+DDdA  .

Poss. QSO

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...7...99Z
                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...7..203Y
                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...9...37Z
                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...9..147Z
                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...9..313Z

Zhan + Chen

ZCOM

NNN  379

G in Coma Cl

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1990K1  KARACHENTSEV I.D.+ 1990MNRAS.243..390K

Z for redshift, Coma cl.

(c)

[ZCT89]

BFFF.NN  630

Pair of G

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  ZOU ZHENLONG+  1989PBeiO..12....8Z

Three first authors’ initials, 1989

[ZCT89]

BFFF.NN N  630x2

G in pair

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  ZOU ZHENLONG+  1989PBeiO..12....8Z

Three first authors’ initials, 1989

Zel

HHMM+DDd NN  -

(Rad)

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1981A1 A AMIRKHANIAN V.R.+  1981AZh....58..717A

1981A1 B AMIRKHANIAN V.R.+  .
1981A1 C AMIRKHANIAN V.R.+  .

                                                                                     1981A1 D AMIRKHANIAN V.R.+  1992PAZh...18..396A

Zelenchuk survey

(d)

Zi  NNNN  . V ∗  SV∗ ZI  .  ZINNER E.  .  Zinner  V ∗ Nmcl
ZL  NNN  218 Blue ∗  -               1967Z1  ZWICKY F.+  .  Authors’ initials
ZNG  NN  154 ∗ in GCl  Cl∗ NGC NNNN ZNG1972Z1  ZINN R.J.+  1972A&A....18..390Z Authors’ initials

(a) ZI  = Z-SN

Zwicky Master Lists of supernovae since 1885, cross-identified with SN number in Kukarkin+ (ref. 1969PK), 2nd suppl. 1974, p. 354, 3d suppl. 1976, p. 339 . ZII revised list different from ZI and different from Z-SN. ZI Nos 1-216 used up to the middle of 1968.

(b) ZII  = Z-SN

See the remark for ZI . ZII reaches No. 413 in 1974

(c) ZCOM = K90
(d) Zel  = (Z)

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Z-SN  eq. ZI  NNN  . SN  -  .  ZWICKY F.  .  Zwicky, SuperNova ^{(a)}
Z-SN  eq. ZII  NNN  . SN  -  .  ZWICKY F.  .  Zwicky, SuperNova ^{(b)}
ZW  eq. ZWCL  HHMM+DDMM FFF-NN  . Cluster of G ZwCl            1960Z1+ ZWICKY F.+  .  Zwicky

1Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW I

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list I (roman num.)

(c)

2Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW II

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list II (roman num.)

(d)

3Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW III

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list III (roman num.)

(e)

4Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW IV

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list IV (roman num.)

(f)

5Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW V

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list V (roman num.)

(g)

6Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW VI

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list VI (roman num.)

(h)

7Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW VII

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list VII (roman num.)

(i)

8Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW VIII

1971Z1 B ZWICKY F.+  1975AJ.....80..545Z

Zwicky, list VIII (roman num.)

(j)

Zw  eq. ZWCL  HHMM+DDMM FFF-NN  . Cluster of G ZwCl            1960Z1+ ZWICKY F.+  .  Zwicky

(a) Z-SN  See the remark for ZI
(b) Z-SN  See the remark for ZI
(c) 1Zw = I ZW = ZW I
(d) 2Zw = II ZW = ZW II
(e) 3Zw = III ZW = ZW III
(f) 4Zw  = IV ZW = ZW IV
(g) 5Zw = V ZW = ZW V
(h) 6Zw = VI ZW = ZW VI
(i) 7Zw  = VII ZW = ZW VII
(j) 8Zw  = VIII ZW = ZW VIII

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
Zw  NNNN  9134 Cluster of G -  .  ZWICKY F.+  .  Zwicky  ^{(a)}

ZW I eq. 1Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW I

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list I (roman num.)

ZW II eq. 2Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW II

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list II (roman num.)

ZW III eq. 3Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW III

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list III (roman num.)

ZW IV eq. 4Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW IV

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list IV (roman num.)

ZW V eq. 5Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW V

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list V (roman num.)

ZW VI eq. 6Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW VI

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list VI (roman num.)

ZW VII eq. 7Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW VII

1971Z1 A ZWICKY F.+ .

Zwicky, list VII (roman num.)

ZW VIII eq. 8Zw

NNNa  .

G

ZW VIII

1971Z1 B ZWICKY F.+  1975AJ.....80..545Z

Zwicky, list VIII (roman num.)

ZWCL

HHMM+DDMM FFF-NN ≃ 9700

Cluster of G

ZwCl

1960Z1 A ZWICKY F.+  .
1960Z1 C ZWICKY F.+  .
1960Z1 D ZWICKY F.+  .
1960Z1 E ZWICKY F.+  .
1960Z1 F ZWICKY F.+  .

1960Z1 G THOMSON M.J.  1992QJRAS..33...59T

Zwicky, Cluster

(b)

ZwCl  eq. ZWCL  HHMM+DDMM FFF-NN  . Cluster of G ZwCl            1960Z1+ ZWICKY F.+  .  Zwicky, Cluster

ZwCl  eq. Zw  NNNN  . Cluster of G -  .  ZWICKY F.+  .  Zwicky Cluster

(a) Zw  = ZwCl

Selection of ZWCL (ref. 1960Z1 A to F): It includes only rich clusters containing at least 50 galaxies in the luminosity range from m_{m}ax to m_{m}ax + 3 (where m_{m}ax is the apparent photographic magnitude of the brightest galaxy in the cluster) ; 1950 coordinates ; Available through ”starcat” at ESO, STScI and CADC (Victoria) on the name ”ZwiClu”.

(b) ZWCL = ZC = ZW = Zw = ZwCl

Acronym  Usage  Format  Number Obj. Type  Simbad  Ref  Author  Simbad Ref.  Meaning  Notes
ZWG  eq. Z  FFF-NNN FFF-NNN/N HHMM.m+DDMM  . G  Z               1960Z1 G THOMSON M.J.  1992QJRAS..33...59T Zwicky, G

ZWG

FFF.NNN a  90

H II in Zwicky G

                                                                    -

                                                                                     1983P2 B SANDULEAK N.+  1984ApJS...55..517S
                                                                                     1983P2 C PESCH P.+  1986ApJS...60..543P
                                                                                     1983P2 D SANDULEAK N.+  1987ApJS...63..809S
                                                                                     1983P2 F PESCH P.+  1988ApJS...66..297P

Zwicky, G

(a)

ZWICKY  N  1? GCl?  Cl ZWICKY  .  ZWICKY F.  .  Discoverer’s name ^{(b)}

ZYCJ

HHMM+DDdA  519

Poss. QSO

                                                                    -

                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...7...99Z
                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...7..203Y
                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...9...37Z
                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...9..147Z
                                                                                         .  ZHAN YIN+  1987AcApS...9..313Z

Zhan Yin + Chen Jiansheng

(c)

[ZZS93] NN NN/2 NN/10 NN/20 NN/40 NN/200 76+69+31+16+10+27 SuperCl of G

                                                                    [ZZS93]

                                                                                         .  ZUCCA E.+  1993ApJ...407..470Z

Three first authors’ initials, 1993

(d)

Π use Parenago

NNNN  .

∗ in Orion

Cl∗ NGC 1977 P

                                                                                     1954P1  PARENAGO P.P.  1954TrSht..25....3P

Cyrillic letter for Parenago

(a) ZWG  H II regions in Zwicky G (ref. 1960Z1, format FFF.NNN)
(b) ZWICKY  Quoted in 1970AR; = C 1657-004
(c) ZYCJ  = (ZC)
(d) [ZZS93]  = (SC)

In the format NN/T, the type of object T is characterized by the minimum of the density enhancement f chosen for defining a supercluster: each value of f defines a different set of superclusters. Format to use sparingly as the slash usually means the concatenation of two objects.